r* CD r< > X) v£vi; — ■ \*5 m co co — co E to E LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOlifUUSNI NVINOSHIMS S3 I 8V8 8 II L Z > CO _ Z CO Z CO 2 < ^ 2 < * s 2 k O x /* CO co Is x i# S Vs 5 S Xf’ 2 S ’ Sv > ' S '^£2^ > E CO x CO • "* Z CO z C/1 NOimillSNI NVIN0SH1IIAIS S3 I HVH 8 11 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION > co =; \ co _ = co vi ir. O ^LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOlinillSNI NVIN0SH1IWS S3IUVUan~L r- _ z r- _ z r- - f m ^ ^8?^ m NOU.niU.SNI NWIN0SH1IIMS S3 I iiVa 8 n~U B R AR I ES^SMITHSONIAN" INSTITUTION co z _ CO Z v.,*. CO 5* .. 1® < 2 .. < .. 2 2 z h , / ^ ♦ E h /®S5h^v ^ i > S ^ 2 > 2 LI B RAR I ES^SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION N0I1D1I1SNI NVIN0SH1I1MS S3 I dVdail CO Z _ CO ~ CO o ^ _ zN0linillSNI^NVIN0SHll'WSzS3 I dVH 8 ll^LI B RAR I ES^SMITHSONIANJNSTITUTION^j o - V 2 5 2 jMjjgfc» 5 X522X 2 » Nksfc, t; h |§p^ » 5 1^- «»*q| 'rv ItrP^ X&7.1 •*"* yjy/7* zZ H Bw* dd I I > _ (Sm _ .*• I t _ SS////% Sj? S t. •*' h-SiB» -am < I m XXs z m x^voswjx ^ m LI B RAR I ES SMITHSONIAN^INSTlTUTION^NOIlfUIJLSNI^NVINOSHXMS S3 I 8V8 811 _ to _ _ Z * CO z <0 NOlifUUSNI NVIN0SH1I1NS S3ldVd8n LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION £ CO ^ ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOlinXIlSNI NVINOSHXUNS S3 I BVB 9 11 LI B Ry 21 X in 21 if) £ t \. % ^ # O Igfc,^/ £ £ II, Jl 8 > ^ > '' 5 'Vs^vosv^/ >' 2 jnilJLSNl NVINOSHIIWS^SB I dVda ll^L! B RAR I ES^SMITHSONIAN ^INSTITUTION N°iin 5 \ oX w m xT^qX ^ x^l1 O X^osv^X _ O VARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIlfUllSNI^NVINOSHilWS ^$3 I d Vd 8 11 LIBR, z _ 2 r- 2 ^ m -b x^uasjx rn co £ — co . _ inillSNI NVINOSHJLII/NS S3ldVd0ll LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOlir 2 a in 2 > W" 2 v\ > X^xus^X 5 ^ > CO 2 CO V 2 - ^ *■, 2 RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIlfUIJLSNI NVIN0SH1IWS $3ldVdail LIBR CO “ CO ~ CO CJ. o _ XOjja^x O LflJUlSNI ^NVINOSHIIIAIS S3 I dVd 8 11 LI B.RAR I ES^SMITHSONIAN^INSTITUTION NOIlfl r- 21 r- 2 n z o X^T1T^\ Z Vn \ 0) /rjffis >VoX ^ ^ > te£ li ? CO m 1 R A R I ES^ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIXniIXSNI NVINOSHilWS S3IHVyan LIBR « _ _ ^ Z , 00 Z M Z . 2 1 ^ ^ | ^ '^N' | ^a«ss^ § t X " i * inillSNI _ NVINOSHIIIAJS^ S 3 I d V d 8 1 1 LIB RAR I ES°°SMITHS0N1AN INSTITUTION ^NOIJLT co _ I rz co — co RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIXOXIXSNI NVINOSHXIINS S3iavaail LIBR ISSN 0025-4231 BULLETIN OF THE THacylanb Rerpetological 0oriety Department of Herpetology The Natural History Society of Maryland, Inc. MdHS . A FOUNDER MEMBER OF THE Eastern Seaboard Herpetological League MARCH 1974 VOLUME 10, NUMBER 1 Bulletin of the Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 CONTENTS Turtles at the brink: our endangered species . Howard W. Campbell 1 Parasites of reptiles: part II - digenetic trematodes inhabiting the respiratory and upper digestive tracts of snakes . Richard Franz 7 Growth and feeding behavior in the endemic Florida scrub lizard, Sceloporus woodi Stejneger . ....... D.S.Lee, J . B . Funderburg & L.R. Franz 16 Possible role of fire on population density of the Florida scrub lizard, Soeloporus woodi Stejneger. . . David S. Lee 20 Agonistic behavior of the eastern mud turtle, Kinosternon subrubrum subrubrum . Louis Rigley 22 Chronological herpetological bibliography of Laurence Monroe Klauber from 1924 to 1972 . Arnold Powers 23 Snakes of northwestern Pennsylvania . . . . Donald M. McKinstry & Steven Felege 29 A note on cannibalism in corn snakes, Elaphe guttata guttata . David M. Hi 11 is 31 A new county record for the four- toed salamander, Hemidactylium scutatum, in Maryland . William L. Grogan, Jr. 32 Notes on Lampropeltis oalligaster rhombomaculata and Rana virgatipes . William L. Grogan, Jr. 33 News & Notes: Editorial Comment . 35 Endangered Species Act . 35 Revised Regul at i ons for import of i nj ur ious wildlife (Lacey Act) 37 Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 75-93458 The Maryland Herpetological Society, Department of Herpetology, Natural History Society of Maryland, Inc,, 2643 North Charles Street, Baltimore Maryland 21218, Published By Photographic Directory PubLtiher&, P0 Box 17 S, Randalls tom, Md. 11133 I *)!«■) BULLETIN OF THE mb 1)6 Volume 10 Number 1 The Maryland Herpetolog i cal Society Department of Herpetology, Natural History Society of Maryland, Inc. Bui 1 et i n Staff Executive Editor Herbert S. Harris, Jr. Associate Editor(s) John Funk, Jr., Brian Leverton Steering Committee John E. Cooper Frank Groves John D. Groves Jerry D. Hardy, Jr. Herbert S. Harris, Jr. Jeremy Jacobs Arnold Norden Mark J . Pr i hoda Margaret M. Thomas Peter Wemple Of f i cers Pres i dent . V i ce-P res i dent Secretary . T reasurer . Brian Leverton John Funk, Jr. Daniel Carver Wi 1 1 i am M . Ma rve 1 Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 76-93^58 Membership Rates Active members over 1 8 . . . . $ 1 0 . 00 , under 18. ...$6.00, subscribing members (outside a 20 mile radius of Baltimore C i ty) . . . . $3 • 00 , Fore i gn . . . . $4 . 00 . Meet i ngs The third Wednesday of each month, 8:15 p.m. at the Natural History Society of Maryland (except May-August, third Saturday of each month, 8:00 a.m.). The Department of Herpetology meets informally on all other Wednesday evenings at the NHSM at 8:00 p.m. Bulletin of the Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 31 March 1974 Number 1 TURTLES AT THE BRINK: OUR ENDANGERED SPECIES Howard W. Campbell The history of life on our pi anet i s marked by the rise and fall of animal groups and species; like the individual itself, species are born, 1 i ve thei r 1 i ves , and then die. The cycle is overwhelmingly apparent at any level of life we wish to examine and extends as far back as we have any evidence. The few kinds of animals which have es¬ caped, temporarily, this cycle are noteworthy for the i r ra r i ty . The tuatara of New Zealand, extending back nearly unchanged 1 50 mi 1 1 ion years to the late Jurassic, has survived because of i ts isolation on islands and protection from competitors. Crocodilians have pers i s ted since the lateTriassic, or about 190 million years. Tur¬ tles, as a class, may hold the longevi ty record for rept i 1 es w i th an ancestry that goes back some 210 million years to the early Tr i ass i c per iod . Many turt 1 e spe¬ cies have come and gone in this span of time, of course, some ending their lines, others evolving into others which continued on to replace them in the temporal unfolding of the evolutionary sequence. Extinction of type is the usual and natural consequence of the evolutionary process; extinction, in fact, could be cons i dered the i nev i tab 1 e fate for spec i es as death is for the individual. Why then, should we be so concerned about the species today which teeter on this brink? Is an "Endangered Species" of today of greater concern than the thousands which have suffered this fate over the eons of geologic time? Our own awareness and concern, of course, add a new dimension to the problems of extinction. We may simply be disturbed to lose a bit of diversity and diversion in our environment. But beyond this, the species we are losing today are not leaving their heritage in new and un ique stra i ns as did so many of the past species. They represent the termination, the end, of unique genetic lines. And this is occurring at an alarming rate. Each species that is lost takes with it a wealth of Figure 1. Clemmys muhlenburgi, the Bog turtle, occurs, as its name implies in small colonies in isolated bogs from Connecticut to North Carolina. These rare habitats are rapidly being drained and destroyed for agriculture and urbanization. A flour¬ ishing pet trade further compounds this species' problems. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 1 Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 information about the functioning of ecosystems, the adaptive and evolu¬ tionary processes. As we go blithly along altering our environment and eliminating i ts components we move further away from a basic under¬ stand i ng of how it all worked be¬ fore we began to tamper. And the farther we get , the more difficult it will be to put it all back together again when (not if!) we accept our own ecological role and recognize that we must have a healthy ecosystem to have a tol¬ erable human environment. Habitat lost to humans uses, pollution of remaining habitats, and direct economic exploitation for products and the pet industry all take their toll. Some of this is inevitable; human beings and their necessary support facilities take space and the space used for a houseorgas sta t ion or h i ghway can not also serve as turtle habitat. The rabbit-like proliferation of human bodies must be accommodated until effective control s can be developed; we will continue to see more habitat I os t to sa t i sfy the s i mpl e need for human-space. Wise and ecolog ical ly based land-use planning can min¬ imize, bu t not e 1 imi na te, th i s pres¬ sure on our wildlife populations. The habitat 1 os t to human-use is actually small compared to that befouled by our pollutants. Pol¬ lution is an enormously expensive luxury that any ecologically sane society cannot and will not long subsidize. When the true eco 1 og i c- al economi cs of pol 1 ut ion are ful ly appreciated, we can expect that this problem will be brought under control . Present efforts may be too- 1 i 1 1 1 e bu t we hope not too- late. I I takes only money and the cos t , though great in dollars, is insignificant for such a gain. Economic exploitation is an area in which we turtle fanciers must accept our share of the blame. While most animal species' populations can tolerate, and many even reguire, some human predation in the sim¬ plified ecosystems we create, those in the "endangered" category cannot. Yet the very fact of a species' perilous state and low numbers may often increase the demand on it for pet specimens or on its products by the more selfish among us. The rarer a species becomes the more it is desired, Figure 3. The Hawksbill turtle, Caretta caretta, supplies the jewelry industry with "tortoiseshell". This market is rapidly driving the species to ex¬ tinction. Figure 2. Podocnemis cayennensis, a little known River turtle from South America, is now protected by the International Convention in Trade. Page 2 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 a phenomena I call the "rare species spiral". Anyone who participates in this deadly game bears full responsibility for the steadily growing 1 i s t of spec ies in the endangered category. We must put our own houses and priorities in order beforewecan exert any real pres¬ sure on others to order theirs. The pressures are growing, however, and some positive re¬ sponses are becoming effective. One of the initial steps has been the eva 1 ua t ion of the status of the many species to determine which should be considered endangered. Therewere, and are, many problems associated with such a seemingly simple process. Agreement must be reached on jus t what condition a species must be in to deserve such special attention and what sort of information is required to make such decisions. Adequate standards and procedures are not yet available and there is disagreement between and within the various agencies which are concerned with this problem. There is a 1 so the ques t i on of just what to do about a species which is considered to be endangered , es¬ pecially economically valuable species. if we offer it total protection we are playing with some i nd i v i dua 1 1 s economi c live¬ lihood and the more valuable the species, the greater the poli tical pressures assoc i a ted w i th remov¬ ing i t from the ma rket . There are many problems that must be re¬ solved before we develop an effec¬ tive and equitable program. But the initial s teps a re be i ng taken and already lists of species in the endangered category are avail¬ able. The International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources ( I UC N ) has pro¬ duced its influential "Red Book" of endangered and ra re species; several turtle species appear in this list. The Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife of our Department of the I nter i or has created the Office of En¬ dangered Species to deal with these problems and has noted a number of turtle species in its list of rare and endangered species. The states now are beginning to respond also and several s tate 1 i s ts have been pre¬ pared. Much more effort at the state level is desperately needed. More thought at the state level on the basic philosophical question of the determ i na t ion of cons i s ten t s tandards for eva 1 uat i ng species' populations is also needed. As lists proliferate the inconsistencies may magnify if Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 3 Figure 5. The Arrau, or South American River turtle, Podocnemis expansa , is heavily exploited for meat, eggs, andthe pet trade. It rates strong pro¬ tection under all current laws but is still exploited in its native habitat. Figure 4. The Green sea turtle, Chelonia mydas, the gourmet's favorite for turtle soup and steak, is declining seriously throughout the world. Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 care is not taken to devel op a cons i s ten t philosophy. There may be va r ious levels of "endangered" which should be recognized, for example. Perhaps we shou 1 d differentiate between species which are v i r tua 11 y ext i net through¬ out the i r range and those faci ng extirpation within one state's borders but which are abundant elsewhere. Or the opposite case, where a species is in serious trouble throughout most of its range, but locally abundant w i th i n one s tate 1 s borders. Should this state recognize the overall con¬ dition of the species in its decision or should it confine its evaluation to i ts own pol i t i ca 1 boundaries? What should be a reasonable state decision when a species is abundant in one section but is being rapidly eliminated over the other areas? These are all critical issues which should be re¬ solved now before we are burdened with a maze of contrad i ctory deci s ions at the local levels. Higher level decisions shoul d be based on the local analyses but only if there is some uniformity in these compilations. What species of turtles are in the most serious condition? ThelUCN has published a list indicating which species are protected in various countries. The I UCN Red Book , vol . I I I , lists the fol lowing spec i es ( taken from Special Supplement to IUCN Bulletin 3 (6), June 1972, compiled by R. Honegger). Number in brackets indicates the number of countries in which the species occurs. Batagur baskay River terrapin [12] Pseudemydura umbrina y Short- necked turtle El] Malaoooherus tornieri y Pancake tortoise [2] Pyxis araohnoideSy Madagascar spider turtle El] Testudo g. graeoay Mediterranean spur-thighed tortoise E5] Testudo radiatay Radiated tortoise [1] Testudo planioauda3 Madagascar flat-shelled tortoise El] Testudo yniphoray Madagascar tortoise El] Testudo geometricdy Geometric tortoise El] Terrapene oodhuilay Aquatic box turtle El] Gopherus polyphemus agassiziiy Western gopher tortoise E2] Gopherus polyphemis berlanderiy Berlandier's gopher tortoise E2] Gopherus polyphemis flavomarginatus y Mexi can g iant gopher tortoise El] Clemmys muhlenbergiiy Bog turtle El] Podoonemis madagasoariensis 3 Madagascar greaved tortoise El] Podoonemis eayennensisy Red-headed Amazon turtle E5] Podoonemis dumerilianay Giant river turtle E 4] Podoonemis expans a 3 Arrau turtle E3 ] Podoonemis s extub eroulatay Yellow-headed side-necked turtle El] Podoonemis unifiliSy Terecay turtle E6] Podoonemis lewyanay Magdalena River turtle E2] Podoonemis vogliy Orinoco greaved turtle El] Pseudemys ornata oallirostris s South Amer i can red- 1 i ned turt 1 e E2] Caretta oarettay Loggerhead turtle Chelonia my das 3 Green turtle Chelonia depressus y Flatback green turtle Eretmochelys imbrioata3 Hawksbill turtle Lepidoohelys kempiiy Kemp's ridley turtle Lepidoohelys olivaoeay Olive ridley turtle Dermochelys ooriacea3 Leathery turtle Testudo elephantopus y Galapagos tortoise (13 subspecies) Page 4 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 The U. S. Department of Interior has listed the following foreign species in the Federal Register as of May 19, 1972: Testudo elephantopus ^ Galapagos tortoise Testudo radiata3 Madascar radiated tortoise Eretmochelys imbricata3 Hawksbill turtle Lepidochelys kempii 3 Atlantic ridley turtle Dermochelys coriacea 3 Leatherback turtle Podocnemis expansa, South American river turtle Podoonemis unifilis 3 South American river turtle Pseudemydura umbrina , Short-necked or swamp tortoise On January 17, 1973 (Dept. Interior News Release) the Secretary of the I nter ior , Rogers Morton , proposed the add i t i on of Terrapene coahuila > the Aquatic box turtle, to this list. In the 1968 edition of Rare and Endangered F i sh and Wi 1 d 1 i fe of the United States, Resource Pub. #3*+, Bur. Sports Fisheries and Wildlife of the Department of the I nter i or , no turt 1 es were 1 i s ted as endangered . The Bog turtle, Clemmys muhlenbergi , was listed as rare, and the Desert tor¬ toise, Gopherus agassizi, was listed as status indeterminate, that is, requiring additional information. Few state lists are yet available. California has prepared a list of its rare and endangered species and placed no turtles on the list al¬ though the Gopher tortoise, Gopherus agassizi is fully protected in the state. Maryland has placed the Bog turtle ( Clemmys muhlenbergi) and all spec i es of ma r i ne turtles which frequent its waters on its state list and New Jersey 1 i s ts the Bog , Wood [Clemmys insculpta) , and Eas tern sp i ny sof t- shel 1 ( Trionyx s . spiniferus) as rare . Ohio, Pennsy 1 van i a , Texas , Florida, and Virginia, among others, are currently prepar i ng or cons i der i ng their own lists of endangered spec i es and thei r dec i s ions a re not yet ava i 1 ab 1 e . An International Treaty on Trade i n Endangered Spec i es of Wi 1 d Fauna and Flora has recent ly been signed in Washington, D.C. This is perhaps the most significant p i ece of 1 eg i s 1 a t i on to date and extends wide protection to the species fortunate enough to be covered by its provisions. While we can grieve over their unfortunate status, we should be happy to note that several species of turtles are now protected by this legislation. To summarize the treaty very brief ly, two categories of species have been defined, Category I for those inmost serious s t ra i ts and Ca tegory II for those which require less stringent protection but are in need of some regulation. The first category, those considered most endangered, con¬ tains several species of turtles. Both the Atlantic ridley turtle ( Lep¬ idoohelys kempii) and At 1 ant i c Hawksbill turtle ( Eretomochelys imbrioata imbrieata) are in this category as are all populations of the Galapagos tortoise ( Geochelone elephantopus) . Others in this category include: Batagur baska. River terrapin Geoclemys hamiltoni 3 Black pond turtle Kaohuga tecta tecta3 Roofed turtle Geomyda (previously Nicoria) tricarinata Lissemys punctata punctata 3 Indian soft-shell turtle Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 5 Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 Trionyx ater3 Cuatro Cienegas soft-shell turtle Trionyx nigricans Trionyx gangeticus s Ganges soft-shell turtle Trionyx hurum Morenia ocellata, Burma pond turtle Pseudemydura umbrina, Short-necked turtle Terrapene coahuila , Aquatic box turtle Psammobates geometricus3 Geometric tortoise Geochelone radiata. Radiated tortoise Geochelone yniphora j Madagascar tortoise All commerce in these species requires both an export permit from the country of origin and an import permit for the country for which they a re des t i ned . These permits can be i ssued only after res pons ible scientists have j udged that the removal of the specimens will cause no serious damage to the populations. Species in Category li re¬ quire only an export permit from their country of origin. The turtle species which fall into this classification are al 1 tor¬ toises, that is, members of the fam ily Tes tud i n i dae , except those already listed in Category 1. This includes all species of the genera Homopus j Kinixyss Pyxis 3 Acinixys , Malacochersus , Gopherus PsarmobateSj Chersinas Testudo, and Geochelone. Also listed are a 1 1 species of the genus Podoc- nemis > the river turtles, all sea turtles not included in Category ! and Clemmys muhlenbergi ^ the Bog turtle. This is certainly an impressive listing and the implement ion of the provisions of this treaty will be a major step in the direction of sal¬ vation for many species! The treaty has been agreed to by a total of 80 nations and awaits only ratification by the respect¬ ive governments. All told this treaty will essentially ban all trade in 375 spec i es or genera of animals and plants and wi 1 1 reg¬ ulate trade i n another 250. The operation of the permit system will be monitored by the United Nations' newly formed environ¬ mental secretariat under Maurice E. Strong. We can hope for an early ra t i f i cat ion and implemen¬ tation of this legislation! Figure 7. Geochelone radiata, Madagascar's Rad¬ iated tortoise, reaches a weight of up to 15 pounds and brings high prices in the pet trade. It is now protected on all the recognized lists. Figure 6. The Indian soft-shelled turtle, Lissemys punctata, found only in India and Ceylon. This subspecies (L. £* punctata) is found only in the Indus and Ganges River systems. Page 6 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 Jack McCormick & Associates , 860 Waterloo Road , Devon , Pennsylvania 19333. Present Address: 9905 Renfrew Road , Silver Spring, Maryland. Received 15 April 1973 PARASITES OF REPTILES: PART II DIGENETIC TREMATODES INHABITING THE RESPIRATORY AND UPPER DIGESTIVE TRACTS OF SNAKES Richard Franz This paper represents the second in a series dealing with reptilian paras i tes. The f i rst , enti ties "Paras i tes of Rept i les (Part one: Tapeworms)" appeared in 1972. It is not the intention of the author, as previously stated (Franz, 1972), to include new information but rather to rev i ew the available literature. This report concerns those trematodes which nor¬ mally inhabit the mouth, esophagus, trachea, and lung of North American snakes (occasionally, these flukes will also inhabit other organs). Trematodes, commonly known as flukes, belong to the same phylum as tapeworms and planarians (phylum PI atyhelmi nthes) . Though guite variable i n morphology , flukes may genera 1 1 y be distingu i shed from the other members of the phylum by thei r short, flattened bodies and we 1 1 -deve 1 oped digestive tracts. All members of this class are parasites. The group is divided into three subclasses - - -Monogenea, Aspidogastrea , and Digenea. The Monogenea (monogenetic trematodes) are primari ly ectoparas i tes of f i shes . Members of the second subclass, Aspi dogastrea , are endoparas i tes of fresh¬ water mussels, some fishes, and turtles. Both of these groups usually reguire only a single host to complete their life cycle. The third and largest subclass, Digenea (digenetic trematodes) , are i nternal parasites of vertebrates and are characterized by having one or two suckers, a digestive tube having two blind internal sacs, and a complex life cycle involving at least one intermediate host in addition to the definitive host. According to Schell (1970), there are 69 families of digenetic tre¬ matodes , but only two (P 1 ag i orch i i dae and Ochetosomat i dae) common 1 y i nfect the res p i ratory and upper d i ges t i ve tracts of North Amer i can snakes (Table 1). I n reg ions other than North Amer i ca , other fam i 1 i es and genera inhabit these anatomical areas (Table 2). Flukes in their host may appear as tiny dark spots in the mouth, esophagus, trachea, or lung. The family PI ag i orch i i dae contains 11 genera but on 1 y one, Stomatrema, freguents the anatomical reg ion under study . The other fam i 1 y , Ochetosomat i dae , contains 7 genera and 33 species all of which occur in this region. These two families differ mainly in the position of the main collecting ducts of the excretory vesicles. In the PI ag iorch i i dae the ducts are attached to Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 7 Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 Table I A list of the genera and species of flukes commonly inhabiting the res¬ piratory and digestive tracts of snakes with notes on the hosts and geo¬ graphic distributions. The list is modified from Byrd and Denton, 1938; Dubois and Mahon, 1959; Yamaguti, 1971; unpublished species list of S.R. Telford. The list represents an attempt of the author to summarize the available information and, no doubt, contains omissions and errors. Family Ochetosomat i dae genus Dasymetra 1. D. conferta Nicoll, 1911 ~ Natrix; N.A. 2. D. longicirrus (Odlaug, 1938) - Natrix 3 Thamnophis ; N.S. 3. D. natriais (Hoi 1 and Allison, 1935) - syn. D. nicolli - Natrix: N.A. 4. D. villicaeca Byrd, 1935 - Natrix ; N.A. genus Lechriorohis 5. L. insignis Parker, 1941 - Thamnophis ; N.A. 6. L. megasorchis Crow, 1913 ~ Natrix-, N.A. 7. L. plesientera Sumwalt, 1926 - Thamnophis-, N.A. 8. L. primus Stafford, 1905 - Thamnophis, Natrix-, N.A. 9. L. proprius (Nicoll, 1914) - Thamnophis-, N.A. 10. L. tygarti Talbot, 1933 ~ Thamnophis-, N.A. genus Natriodera 11. Natriodera verlatum (Talbot, 193*0 - Natrix-, N.A. 9 enus Ochetosoma 12. 0. aniarum (Leidy, 1891) syn. acetabular e , orula, wardi, natricis , t exanus - Natrixj Lampropeltis , Seminatrix, Heterodon, Agkistrodon-, N.A. 13. 0. bravoi Brenes Madrigal and Arroyo Guido, I960 - colubrid snake; Costa Rica 14. 0. brevicaecum (Caballero, 1941) - Thamnophis 3 Xenodon; Mexico, Panama. 15. 0. elaphis (Parker, 1941) - Elaphe-, N.A. 16. 0. ellipticum (Pratt, 1903) syn. formosum3 speticus 3 ophioboli 3 adenodermis - Bothrops 3 Clelioj Coniophanes3 Drymarcnon 3 Orymbius 3 Dryodophis 3 Eryvhrolamprus 3 Heterodon3 Lampropeltis 3 Leptodeira 3 Leptophis3 Micrurus 3 Pliocercus3 Thamnophis 3 Xenodon , Zamenis ; N.A., C.A. 17. 0. elongatum (Pratt, 1903) syn. validus, inermis } abduscens3 magnus 3 heterodontis 3 grandispinus - D-rymarchon3 Heterodon3 Lampropeltis 3 Coluber-, N.A. 18. 0. heterocoelium (Travassos, 1921) - Lachesis 3 Bothrops ; S.A. 19. 0. kansensis (Crow, 1313) syn. georgianum3 serpentis3 elaphis 3 crotali3 floridanum- Agkistrodon3 Sistrurus3 Diadophis3 Heterodon-, N.A. 20. 0. lateriporus (Stewart, I960)- Coluber; N.A. 21. 0. laterotrema (Byrd and Denton, 1938) - Agkistrodon ; N.A. 22. 0. monstruosum. Braum, 1901 syn. megametricus 3 miladelarocae 3 ancistrodontis - Erythrolamprus , Bothrops 3 Thamnophis; C.A. 23. 0. sauromates (Poirier, 1 8 85 ) - Elaphe; Europe. 24. 0. validum (Nicoll, 1911) syn. inermis - Heterodon3 Coluber3 Drymarchon; N.A. 25. 0. zschokkei (Volz, 1899) syn. heterodontis - Heterodon; N.A. genus Paralechriorchis 26. P. bosci (Cobbold, 1859) - Coluber; N.A. 27. P. natricis (Ho 11 and Allison, 1935) syn. L. secundus - Natrix; N.A. 28. P. syntomentera (Sumwalt, 1926) - Thamnophis; N.A. genus Pneumatophilus 29. P. foliaformis Talbot, 1934 - Natrix; N.A. 30. P. leidyi Byrd and Denton, 1937 - Natrix; N.A. 31. P. variabilis (Leidy, 1 8 56 ) - Thamnophis3 Tropidonotus 3 Pseudemys3 Natrix; N.A. genus Zeugorchis 32. Z. aeguatus Stafford, 1905 - Thamnophis; N.A. 33* 2. eurinus (Ta 1 bo t , 1933) - Thamnophis; N.A. Family P 1 ag i orch i i dae genus Stomatrema 34. S. faranciae Parker, 1941 - Farancia; N.A. 35- S. pusilla Guberleti; 1928, syn. guberleti - Farancia; N.A. 36. S. provitellaria (Bennett, 1938) - Farancia; N.A. Page 8 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 Table 2 List of genera inhabiting the upper digestive and respiratory tracts of snakes outside of North America. PARASITE HABITAT HOST RANGE Glossidiella 1 ung Euneotes 3 Cyclagvas Braz i 1 Bievia 1 ung Liophis Braz i 1 Encyolometva esophagus s tomach Hatvix As i a Leptophallus esophagus Hatvix, Nay a Europe, Africa Metalep topha llus esophagus Hatvix probably Europe Macvodeva 1 ungs Hatvix y Colubev Europe Opis thogonimus mouth Dvyophylax, Liophis , Xenodon, Philodvyas, Ophis, Bothvops, Chivonius, Tomodon South America Liophis tvema 1 ung Liophis Brazi 1 Westella esophagus Philodvyas B raz i 1 Sticholecitha esophagus Chivonius Sur i nam Glossidioides 1 ungs Eunectes, Cyclagvas Braz i 1 Hap lome troides mouth Elaps (?), Rappia Paraguay (?) , Liberia Aliptrema esophagus Liophis Brazi 1 Oesophagioola esophagus s tomach Latioauda Ryukyu Island (compiled from Yamaguti.) the distal ends of the vesicles, whereas in the Ochetosomat i dae , they are attached laterally (Schell, 1970). I have found it much simpler to iden¬ tify these animals directly to genus rather than to first classify them as to family. All eight genera found in the areas under discussion are distinct and are readily identified from either Schel 1 1 s or the enclosed key (Figure 1 ) . Classification of the ochetosoma t i d flukes. The literature dealing with the taxonomy of ochetosoma t i d flukes is still horribly confused. There is a great deal of disagreement between authorities concerning not only the validity of certain species' names but also the relationships among species, genera and families. As in most taxonomic groups there are "splitters" and "lumpers" creating or synonymizing new and old names. As an example, in 1902 Pratt established the subfamily Reniferinae in the family P 1 ag i orch i i dae for the ochetoso- matid flukes. Later this subfami ly was g i ven familial status (Baer, 1924) but then returned to the subfami ly level by Mehra (1931)- Today ochetoso- matid f 1 ukes are aga i n in their own family--the Ochetosoma t i dae . Generic names have a 1 so fluctuated. Price (1935, 1936) noted that genus Zeugorchis contained several species which were not congeneric with the type Z. aeguatus ; for these he created the new genus Pseudovenifer . Byrd and Denton (1938), besides describing numerous new species, split the then- existing genera Renifer (today's genus Ochetosoma ) into Renifer and Neorenifer f and Lechriorchis into Lechoriorchis and Paralechriorchis . Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 9 KEY TO THE DIGENET 1C TREMATODA OF THE FAMILY OCHETOSOMAT I DAE Page 10 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Figure 1. Illustrated key to the genera of flukes (family Ochetosoma t i dae) i nhab i t i ng the mouth , esophagus, trachea, 1 ungs and occas iona 1 1 y other organs of snakes. Key is modified from Schell (1970). March 1974 Volume 10 Number 1 They also felt that Pseudorenifer was cons pec i f i c w i th Renifev elliipticus and hence not valid. This is not a complete picture, as there were at least ha 1 f a dozen or so other investigators who expressed their thoughts on the taxonomy of these flukes. Today, with the publication of Dubois and Mahon's paper (1959) and Schell's monograph ( 1970) , we have a cl earer idea of the species and genera al i gnmen ts within this f am ily. Nevertheless, the battles of splitters and lumpers still rage today. Hopefully with the new techniques ava i 1 ab 1 e to the taxonomist (b iochemi s try and computer analysis) these problems will soon be solved, enabling the ecologist to d i s cover what ro 1 es these unique pa ras i tes p 1 ay not on 1 y i n the i r internal environments but also in their external environment as well. Preparation of Flukes for Study. Flukes can be successful ly gathered from the mouth of a living snake or from the mouth, esophagus, trachea, and lungs of a freshly killed specimen. Sha rp- po i n ted forceps are sugges ted for collecting. Although dissections are usually made as soon as possible after the death of the host, they may be delayed up to 6 hours with refrigeration. Freezing or preserv i ng s nakes i n forma lin should be avoided if possibleas these pro¬ cedures often create problems. After freezing or preserving, the para¬ sites are d i f f i cu 1 1 to d i s t i ngu i sh from pieces of tissue. Preservatives cause the flukes to die unrelaxed which results in distorted specimens. This may obscure the view of i mportan t organs necessary for identification. After removing the worms from their hosts, place them in saline solution (0.7 percent sodium chloride) and freeze. After several hours in the freezer, remove and thaw slowly. Using this technique the worms die slowly and their bod ies are relaxed. Preserve the worms in FAA . When you are ready to stain, rinse the parasites in distilled water. If a water-based stain is used, the parasites must be stained at this point; if an alcohol stain is used, it can be applied when the worms are in 70 percent ethanol. I recommend Semichones Carmine, an a 1 cohol -based stain (see Franz, 1972 for precise directions in staining). Af ter r i ns i ng , the worms are dehydrated in ethanol solutions, stained, and cleared in oil of wintergreen, mounted on glass slides with Permount, dried, and labelled. A label should contain the following information: hostname, collection site within host (mouth, lung), da te of co 1 1 ect i on , collector, and stain used. You may also want to include a slide number and the identification of the parasite (if known). Do not place the slide vertically until the Permount is thoroughly dry (up to a week) or the worms will tend to drift together at the bottom of the cover glass. Specimens can be temporarily stored unmounted in oil of wintergreen. Morphology of respiratoryand upper digestive tract t remat odes of snakes . D i genet i c t remat odes are flattened dor so -ventral ly and general ly have oval to elongate bodies. Usually oral and ventral (acetabulum) suckers are present. Although superficially the internal anatomy appears quite different from one genus to the next, as a group, the digenetic trematodes are basically similar. Generally, there is an alimentary tract consisting of a mouth located in the anterior (oral) sucker, a muscular pharynx, a short esophagus , and two blind caeca. Adult worms feed on s 1 oughed cells, lymph, b 1 ood , and organ i c debris present in the snake's mouth, esophagus, Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 11 Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 trachea and lungs. Food passes from the mouth into the intestinal caeca where it is digested (Cheng, 1964). Some nut r i ents are al so absorbed thru the tegument (Forrester, personal communication) . Each worm contai ns both mal e and femal e reproductive organs. The position and shape of the single ovary, the two testes, the uterus, the genital pore and the vitellaria are important taxonomic characters. Members of the family Ochetosoma t i dae a re qu i te diverse in the struc¬ tural arrangements and shapes of thei r organs. Various taxa are separated on the bases of length and shape of the uterus, length of the intestinal caeca, groupi ng of the vi tel lar ia , si ze and shape of the two suckers, shape of the testes , and length of the ci rrus sac. The largest genus, Oohetosoma , is d i st i ngu i shed from other related genera by its obvious lateral genital pore. 0 . aniarum , a common species in Matrix of north central Florida, is probably the most distinct species in the genus. Its vitellaria are divided i n to two f i e 1 ds (Figure 2a). Genus Pneumatophilus > one of the most a b Figure 2. (a) Oohetosoma aniarum from the mouth of Natrix oyclopion (not i ce the divided vitelline follicles); (b) Stomatrema pusilla from Faraaioia abaoura. unusually shaped members of the family, resides in the trachea and upper lung area. Its extremely f 1 a t and pos ter i or 1 y-expanded , leaf-shaped body enables it to survive without impairing the respiration of the host. The genus has been divided into several species based on the shape of the testes and the relat i ve pos i t i on of the caeca. Themonotypic Natrioderay another lung parasite, i s a 1 so unusual i n tha t the body i s extreme 1 y el onga te , and the testes are found in the rear of the worm. Other genera-- i nc I ud i ng Dasymetra , Leohriorohis , Paraleohriorohis , and Zeugorohis--are s imi 1 ar in general appearance but d i ffer i n the pos i t ion of v i tel 1 a r i a and testes and in the thickness of the ascending uterus. Zeugorohis has testes in the pos ter i or port i ons of the body ; Leohriorohis and Dasymetra have th i ck uteri and Paraleohriorohis a thin uterus. Dasymetra can be distinguished from Leohriorohis by the relative length of the vitellaria. The genus Stomatrema y the only plagiorchiid genus found in the area under discussion, can be distinguished from all ochetosoma t i d genera by its anter i or 1 y- 1 oca ted vitellaria and its thin, tightly-coiled uterus (Figure 2b). Also, i t i s appa ren 1 1 y res t r i cted to a single host, Faranoia Page 12 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 abacura. Pneumatophilus cf. variabilis occur sympatrical ly with Stomatrema. Host speci f ici ty is apparently common among these flukes (Sogandares -Bernal and Grenier, 1972) and may be a useful device in eliminating many species poss ib i 1 i t ies . Life Histories and Ecological Roles of Ochetosomat ? d and Plagiorchiid Trematodes in Snakes. From the available information, it appears that snake trematodes of both families undergo similar developmental histories. McCoy (1928), investigating the life cycles of Ochetosoma kansensis 3 Dasymetra confer ta9 and Pnematophilus variabilis found that each species requi red three hosts-- a snail of the genus Physa as its first intermediate host, a tadpole or catfish as its secondary larval host and, of course, the snake as its definitive or final host. In 1933, Talbot described the development of several species of Lechriorchis ; later Byrd (1935) published an account of the life histories of Ochetosoma aniarum and Dasymetra villicaeca. In all cases both snails and tadpoles were required as intermediate hosts. In order for the reader to fully apprec ia te the compl ex i t i es of the life histories and the difficulties encountered in investigating them, I present Byrd's description (Byrd, 1935) of the life eye 1 e of Ochetosoma aniarum . Byrd obtained numerous trematodes from the mouths of Matrix sipedon 3 M. erthryogaster, M, rhomb ifer and N. cyclopion col 1 ected around New Orleans. The worms, when placed in tap or distilled water, readily d i scharged thei r eggs. The eggs were fed to sna i 1 s, Physa and Pseudo sue cine a. They hatched within one hour after i nges t ion , usua 1 1 y i n e i ther the esoph¬ agus or "stomach" of the snail. The failure of the larvae to develop in the snail Pseudosuccinea i nd i cated some degree of host-specificity. The newly-hatched larvae or miracidia (sing, miracidium) quickly penetrated the gut wall of the phys id snails. Within two to five days the parasite, in the form of a young mother sporocyst, had entered the digestive gland. This stage required from 15 to 25 days to develop daughter sporocysts. From 12 to 20 additional days were required for the development of cer- cariae within the daughter sporocysts. The cercariae ruptured walls of the parent to escape and soon afterward entered the lymphatic system of the snail. Eventual ly the cercariae migrated to the snail's exterior and escaped through the mantle cavity. After emergence from the snail, the cercariae settled to the bottom of the aquarium (or pond) and waited for a suitable host. Cercariae swam by means ofawhip-like ta i 1 and act i vel y attempted to invade any object with which they came in contact. If this happened to be an an i ma 1 havi ng sof t sk i n (a tadpole), penetration occurred within three to eight minutes. Once inside, the cercaria migrated into the deeper tissues and encysted; the cyst survived the tadpole's meta¬ morphosis. The vertebrate host was then eaten by a snake. The snake's gastric juices, mixed with pancreatic juices, dissolved the cyst's wall and rel eased the 1 arval trematode. After rema i n i ng i n the snake ' s duodenum for several days, the young fluke mi grated up the alimentary canal to the mouth, the habi tat of the adul t. The enti re cycle from egg to gravid adult took 35 days . After reviewing the life cycle of these f 1 ukes , one wonders how any manage to survive these rigors. Nevertheless this group i s par t i cu 1 a r 1 y successful. At certain localities in northern Florida, every Matrix Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 13 Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 oyolopion and N. fasoiata examined was infected withfromone to 300 worms of several different genera. Even with tremendous infections, the snakes appear healthy and unaffected. Little information is ava i 1 ab 1 e on the natural h i story of trematodes under field conditions. There is a tremendous potent i a 1 for exc i t i ng re¬ search in this area. At this time there are no studies available which depict populational trends over the course of a year. A study of this type could be carried out entirely with snakes ki 1 1 ed on h ighways across swamps and thereby eliminate yet another mass slaughter for scientific purposes. It might be i nteres t i ng to compare infection rates and paras i te seasonality among several snake species that occur side by side in the same swamp. A wealth of information could be gathered on not only the paras i tes but also the definitive hosts . Fat body and 1 i ver wei gh t surveys , sex ratios, reproductive conditions, food types and age structure of the hosts could be recorded as well. In fact, one or more of these could affect the distribution of the parasites. For example, pregnancy and the associated hormonal changes in the host could play a role in regulating parasite populations. No one knows. From these beginnings, laboratory experiments might be initiated. By staining the mouth flukes with some vital stain, i t mi ght be concei vab le to mon i tor individual movements within the mouth . S tud i es i n host spec i f i ci ty at var ious 1 evel s (snail, tadpol e, snake) would also be extremely rewarding. There is simply no end to the investigations which could be explored. The absence of any base line in¬ formation leaves the field wide open for scientific studies. Literature Cited Baer, J. G. 1924. Descr i pt ion of a new genus of Leptodermat i dae (Tremadoda) with a systematic essay on the family. Parasitology 16: 22-31 Byrd, E. E. 1935. L i fe h i story stud i es of Ren i fer i nae (Trematoda , D i genea) para- si t i c i n Rept i 1 i a of the New Orleans area. Trans. Micro, Soo . 54 ( 3) : 1 36-225 • Byrd, E. E. and J. F. Denton. 1938. New trematodes of the subfami 1 y Ren i feri nae , wi th a d i scuss ion of the systematics of the genera and species ass i gned to the subfamily group. J . Parasit. , 24 (5) : 379"402 . Cheng, T. C. 1964. The b iol ogy of an ima 1 parasites. W. B. Saunders Co.3 Phila. , Pa. V-727. Dubois, G. and J. Mahon. 1959. Etude de quelques trematodes Nord-Amer i ca i ns , suivie d 1 une revision des genres Galactosomum Looss 1899 et Oohetosoma Braum 1 901 . Franz, R. 1972. Paras i tes of Rept i 1 es , part I tapeworms. Bull. Md. Herp. Soo. 8( 0:6-13. Page 14 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 McCoy, 0. R. 1928. Life history studies on trematodes from Missouri . J, Parasit¬ ology 14: 207-228. Mehra, H. R. 1931- A new genus ( Spinometra ) of family Lepoderma t i dae Odhner (Tremadoda) f rom a tor to i se , with a systematic discussion of the family. Paras it, 23 : 1 57" 1 78 . Pratt, H. S. 1902. Synops i s of North Ameri can i nvertebrates . XII. The trematodes. Part II. The Asp i docoty 1 ea and the Ma 1 acocoty 1 ea , or d i genet i c forms. Amer, Nat, 35:887-910. Price. E . W . 1935. A restudy of Stafford's types of the trematode genera Lech- riorohis and Zeugorohis, J. Parasitology 21:k37. 1936. Redescriptions of the type species of the trematode genera Lechriorchis Stafford and Zeugorohis Stafford. Proo, Helminth, Soo., Washington 3: 32- 3A. Schel 1 , S . C . 1970. How to know the trematodes. Wm, C, Brown Co, Publishers , Dubuque , Iowa, V- 355. Soganda res-Berna 1 , F. and H. Grenier. 1972. Life cycles and host specificity of the plagiorchiid tre¬ matodes. Oohetosoma kansensis (Crow, 1913) and 0, laterotrema (Byrd + Denton, 1938). J. Parasit, Ta 1 bot , S . B . 1933. Life history studies on trematodes of the subfamily Renifer- inae. Parasitology 25:518-5^5* Telford, S. R. List of trematodes, occurrence in reptiles. (unpublished) Yamagu t i , S . 1971* Synposis of digenetic trematodes of vertebrates. Keigaku Piubl, Co,, Tokoyo, pp. 107A. Florida State Museum, University of Florida, Gainsville, Florida 32611, Received 19 January 197A Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 15 Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 GROWTH AND FEEDING BEHAVIOR IN THE ENDEMIC FLORIDA SCRUB LIZARD, SCELOPORUS WOODI STEJNEGER David S. Lee, John B. Funderburg and L. Richard Franz Since Stejneger ( 1 9 1 8) first described Sceloporus woodi the species has received little attention. Except for a brief characterization of its habits and habitat (Carr, 1940) , and an elaboration of the taxonomic descriptions (Smith, 1946), the only new information on this lizard ex¬ tended its range to the south and southwest of Stejneger's previously recorded localities (Barbour , 19 19 ; Jones , 1 927) . Later accounts repeated and summarized the findings of these authors. The data reported here on the growth of this lizard were obtained from populations occurring on the Lake Wales Ridge near Winter Haven, Polk County, Florida. Specimens used for growth data were marked by toe clipping. Our period of study extended from June 1965 to July 1968. In addition, between July 1963 and December 1967 fifty scrub lizards, from four selected 1 ocal i t i es , were col 1 ected i n order to determi ne the feeding habits of this lizard. Small samples of juvenile and adult lizards (26-54 mm S-V length) were collected in such a manner as to evaluate seasonal fluctuation in food items. Lizards were preserved in 10% for¬ maldehyde at the time of capture. GROWTH The recapture and multiple recapture of approximately 50% of 144 marked and rel eased scrub lizards (f rom nea r Wi nter Haven , Pol k Co . ) which were being used for popul at ion and home range studies indicate that some individuals may achieve sexual maturity in one year. Preliminary data i nd i cate that many June hatchlings were 30-35 mm SVLbyfall and 35“40 mm by midwinter; at least some of the males of this group were sexually mature by the following summer. Females, and those young hatching after July, probab 1 y do not reproduce the following year. Figure 1. represents the SVL plotted against the months of col 1 ect ion for 144 captures i n th i s popu 1 at ion and home range study. L i nes connect i ng pi ot ted po i n ts i nd i ca te known growth of wild individuals. The maximum size reached by this species is apparently 58 mm SVL. Sexually mature females ranged from 39“ 58 (46.8) mm SVL, males 40-55 (46.3) mm SVL. Page 16 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 Dec. Nov. Oct. Sept. Aug. July June May April Mar. Feb Jan. Fig. 1. Size distribution and growth based on 144 captures of _S. woodi during 1967 and 1968 near Winter Haven, Polk Co. , Florida, h = hatchling with umbulical scar still present. O = juvenile, ® = adult, A = adult in reproductive condition (i. e. , females with shelled eggs, males with breeding colors and full sperm ducts). / = known growth of marked and recaptured individuals. Bottom scale represents SVL in mm. FEEDING BEHAVIOR Fifty lizards were examined for food items. There was an average of 13-9 items per lizard. Only one stomach was empty. No parasites were found in this samp 1 e , bu t pa ras i t i c nematodes were seen i n severa 1 stomachs which were casually examined in 1964. In order to determine possible variation in feeding behavior, four sample sites were selected. Two of these sampling sites (1/4 mi. S. Auburndale and 1/2 mi. SW of Jan Phyll Village, Polk County) were typical sand pine-rosemary scrubs, a habitat with which S. woodi has been char¬ acteristically associated. Here the plant communities were composed mostly of shrub- 1 i ke Quercus (3 species), Lyonia 3 Gavberia, Serenoa3 and Ceratiola . Scattered Sand Pines {Linus olausa ) were not a dominant part of the plant community. A third sampling site ( 1 /2 m i . N . Pompano Beach , Broward County) was superfically similar to the ones mentioned above. This site was compar¬ able to the Atlantic dune scrubs mentioned by Lee and Funderburg (1970) These scrubs were formed on old inland pleistocene Pamlico beach dunes. It should be pointed out that the term "dune scrub" is not intended to imply a salt res i s tan t p 1 an t commun i ty assoc i ated w i th act i ve beach dunes. At this s i te Linus clausa was the domi nan t pi ant and dense stands of these trees allowed for little understory except in peripheral areas, and in places which had been partially cleared. Most scrub lizard activity was confined to these zones. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 17 Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 The fourth sampling site (2.5 mi. E. Lake Hami 1 ton , Polk County) was in a sandhill habitat. Here many of the scrub index plants were lacking or existed only in small number. Oaks (Q. laevis and Q. geminata) and widely scattered 1 ong 1 eaf pine (P. palustris) formed the overs tory . The ground remained relatively free of herbaceous growth due to frequent ground fibres. Clumps of saw palmetto ( Serenoa repens) and wire grass (Aristida stricta) were sporadically distributed through the area. At the first three sites, S, woodi appeared to be terrestrial in its foraging activities although occasional lizards were seen climbing on trees 2-5 feet above the ground. At the fourth site lizards appeared to be much more arboreal. Scrub lizards were frequently observed basking and feeding several feet above the ground on the trunks of oaks. Only on a few occasions were lizards encountered on the ground. Sceloporus woodi is an opportunistic feeder. Prey, even in the Lake Hamilton specimens, consisted mostly of ground dwelling arthropods (ants, short-horned grasshoppers, cutworms, spiders, ground beetles, dung beetles, etc. See table l). Although there may be differences in the insects at the generic or species 1 evel s , no obvious differences were noted i n the type of food i terns from any of the sampl e s i tes . Ants (72.1%), short-horned grasshoppers (2.6%) and lepidopteran larvae (2 . 1 %) were the most abundant prey at all four collection sites. Specimens were col lected du r i ng a 1 1 four seasons (21 spr i ng , 9 summer , 16 fall, 4 winter). We noted little seasonal change in feeding except for a slightly smaller variety of prey species in winter. There were fewer ants in the stomachs of lizards collected during the winter (62% of total food items) compared to summer specimens (75%). Both of these observations may be due to the small sample size. Literature C i ted Barbour, Thomas. 1919. Distribution of Sceloporus woodi in southern Florida. Copeia 1919 ( 70) : 48-51 - Carr, A . F . 1940. A contribution to the herpetology of Florida. Univ. Florida Pub.3 Biol . Ser. 3:1-118. Lee, D. S. and J. B. Funderburg. 1970. The geographic and ecological distribution of the florida scrub 1 i zard , Sceloporus woodi S tej neger. ASB Bulletin 17 ( 2) : 52 . Jones, J. P. 1927. An extension of the range of Sceloporus Woodi S tej neger. Copeia 1927: 8 1 8-1 82. Smith, H. M . 1946. Handbook of lizards. Comstock Publishing Co.3 New York . Stejneger, Leonhard. 1918. Description of a new snapping turtle and a new lizard from Florida. Proc . Biol . Soc . Wash . 32:89“92. Page 18 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 Table 1: Food items of 50 Sceloporus woodi . # of food items °]o of food items # of stomachs °]o of stomach; Insecta Coleoptera Carabidae 11 1. 6 8 16 Cerambycidae 4 . 6 2 4 Chrysomelidae 3 .4 2 4 Curculionidae 5 . 7 3 6 Elateridae 1 . 1 1 2 Scarabaeidae 11 1.6 7 14 Dermaptera Forficulidae 4 • 6 1 2 Diptera Syrphidae 3 .4 3 6 Hemiptera Miridae 7 1.0 4 8 Pentatomidae 2 .3 1 2 Homoptera Cicadellidae 9 1.3 4 8 Cercopidae 1 . 1 1 2 Hymenoptera Diprionidae 3 .4 3 6 Formicidae • 504 72.1 40 80 Isoptera Kalotrrmitidae 23 3.3 1 2 Lepidoptera (Larvae) 15 2.2 10 20 Odonata Libellulidae 1 .1 1 2 Orthoptera Acrididae 18 2. 6 8 16 Arachnida Araneida 12 1.7 9 18 Chelonethida 1 . 1 1 2 Indistinguishable 61 8.7 12 24 Total 699 99.9 III III Department of Mammalogy, Natural History Society of Maryland, 2643 North Charles Street, Baltimore, Maryland; Department of Biology , Randolph- Macon College, Ashland, Virginia; and Florida State Museum, Gainsville, Florida . Received 25 July 1973 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 19 Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 The Possible Role of Fire on Population Density of the Florida Scrub Lizard, Soeloporus woodi Stejneger As part of a long-term investigation on the life history of the endemic Flori da scrub 1 i zard , Soeloporus woodi (Lee and Funderbu rg , 1970; Lee, Funderburgand Franz, 1974) populations at severa 1 se 1 ected 1 ocal i t i es were intensively studied. One unexpected outcome of these studies is the data presented here on the possible effect of fire on the population size of these 1 i za rds . AREA OF STUDY The most dramatic evidence of the rol e of f i re was observed i n a ten acre study plot near Lake Hamilton, Polk County, Florida. Information presented here will pertain to this particular 1 oca 1 ity, unless otherwise stated. The site is a sandhill habitat where most of the scrub index plants are lacking, or, exist only in small numbers. Spanish moss {Tillandsia usneoides) covered oaks ( Quercus laevis and Q. geminat a) and widely-scattered long leaf pine ( Sinus palustris) form the overstory. Because of periodic ground fires the ground normally remains relatively free of herbaceous growth and debris. Clumps of prickly pear cactus ( Opuntia sp.), saw palmetto ( Serenoa repens) , and wire grass ( Aristida stricta ) are spo radical ly distributed th roughou t the a rea . The terrestrial vertebrate fauna of the area is diverse because of the ecotonal nature of the commun i ty . Species wi th wi de ecological tol erances as wel 1 as those cha racteristiclyassociatedwith both pine fl a twoods and sand pi ne- rosemary scrubs, are found here. This particular locality was originally selected as a study area because of its unusually large population of Soeloporus. In the spring of 1964, when I first visited the area, itwas not uncommon to see 20 or more adult scrub lizards in a single hour. In the winter of 1967~1968 I began a territorial, home range, and growth study of the lizards in this area, us i ng a mark-recapture system. Popul at ion est imates , (Lincoln Index; Lincoln, 1930) made from data gathered at this time, indicated 10 to 23 (14.3) adult and sub adult lizards per acre. In late March of 1968, a fire removed all of the ground vegetation and other cover, and scorched and killed many of the smaller oaks. A census of the lizards in late April of the same year showed the species still to be numerous, although population sizes were difficult to estimate, since nearly all of the lizards had shifted their home ranges and many unmarked adults were believed to have come from areas outside established study plots. METHODS Data presented in fig. 1 represents information accumulated from field noted and collections made between 1965 and 1971- The month of April is one of the best for observing scrub lizard act i v i ty and was the month for which I seem to have the most complete records (the 1965 data Page 20 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 was from June). Therefore, all data presented apply to that month. It shou 1 d be po i nted out that fig. 1 represents only observed activity. It may not represent true relative population size. However I believe that over all population trends are illustrated inspite of several variables which were not taken into account. Observat ions were made between 9 : 30- 11:00 a.m. and 2:30-4:30 p.m. , times in which spring temperatures appear to stimulate maximum activity. All data was obtained on sunny days when there was little or no wind. Ai r temperatures ranged from approximately 25 to 30° C. Again, this represents cond i t i ons of opt imum activity. All points plotted in fig. 1 represent averages of 8 to 22 field hours. Fig. 1. Observed population variations of S. woodi 1965-1972. Vertical axis represents average number of adult S. woodi observed per man- field hour in Lake Hamilton (Polk Co. , Fla.) study plot. Dates of earlier fires in this area are not known, but photographs taken in 1964 showed relatively little ground cover. DISCUSSION The accumulation of leaf-litter and other debris, along with in- increasing growth of Aristida > Andropogon and other grasses, has a det" rimental effect on populations of S. woodi . In 1972, when the grasses had achieved their maximum observed growth, these lizards were all but absent from the community. I suspect that hea 1 thy popul at i ons of Soeloporus woodi demand hab i tats relatively clear of ground cover. I have also noted scrub lizard pop¬ ulations in citrus groves. These lizards were on 1 y assoc i ated with young groves that are frequently disked (a method of removing ground vegetation) . Older groves produce a sol i d canopy and probably woul d not provi de enough sunning sites. In one case, I was aware of a small grove which had not been disked for over a year. Here the S. woodi population, which I had observed the previous two years, was no longer present. In well-estab- Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 21 Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 lished pine-rosemary scrubs, the classic habitat for S. woodi, the vegatation often becomes so dense that the lizards are only encountered in peripheral areas. Telford (1959) not i ced a s imi 1 ar local distribution of Neoseps reynoldsi , another central Florida endemic. I would conclude that S. woodi favors open areas; in certain plant communities fire may be an essential tool for maintaining these con¬ ditions. In habitats where the debris and ground vegetation becomes too dense, the population suffers. L i terature C i ted Lee, D. S. and J. B. Funderburg. 1970. The geographic and ecological distribution of the Florida scrub lizard, Sceloporus woodi Stejneger. ASB Bulletin 17 (2):52. ♦ , J. B. Funderburg and R. L. Franz. 197^ • Growth and feeding behavior in the endemic Florida scrub lizard. Sceloporus woodi Stejneger. Bull . Md. Herp. Soo . 20(0:16-19. Lincoln, F. 1930. C. Calculating water fowl abundance on the basis of band return. Circ. U. S . Dept. Agric. 188: 1-14. Telford, S. 1959. R. A study of the sand skink, Neoseps reynoldsi. (2) :110-119. Copeia 1959 — -David S. Lee, Department of Mammalogy, Natural History Society of Maryland, 2643 N. Charles Street, Baltimore. Received 25 July 1973 Agonistic Behavior of the Eastern Mud Turtle Kinosternon subrubrum subrubrum The Eas tern Mud Tu rt 1 e , Kinosternon subrubrum subrubrum , is common to the ma rshes and swamps of southern Maryland. While collecting in a small swamp i n Char 1 es County, Maryland, two eastern mud turtles were observed displaying agonistic behavior. The sky was clear and water temperature approximately 75° F. The observat i on took pi ace 14 June 1973- The water averaged 3-5 cm deep and the bottom was soft mud and free of vegetation. The display took place in a shaded area under large maple trees. When first observed, the two turtles were pushing each other back and forth in a head to head orientation. The back and forth movement ranged from Page 22 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 severa 1 cm to about 50 cm. Af ter 1 0 m i nutes , one turt 1 e reversed direction and began moving away from the area. The second turtle immediately gave chase and g rasped the f ] ee i ng turtle by the left hind leg. Both remained still for about 5 mi nutes . At th i s po i n t , the f 1 eei ng turtle appea red to struggle and both turtles moved slowly forwa rd for an add i t i ona 1 1 0 mi nutes . They then separated and the fleeing turtle continued moving away. Both were captured and it was d i scovered that the fleeing turtle had its left hind leg amputated at the knee joint. The attacking turtle retained the severed limb in its mouth. Neither turtle raised its head to breathe during the encounter. Both turtles were released. The sex of the turtles was not recorded. - Louis Rigley, Biology Department s Charles County Community College 3 LaPlata > Maryland 20646 Received 19 September 1973 Chronological Herpetological Bibliography of Laurence Monroe Klauber from 1924 to 1972 This bibliography encompasses all of the published herpetological contributions of L.M. Klauber (1882-1968) from 1924 to 1972. It includes all titles noted by Grant (1945) in his bibliography of 73 titles for Klauber from 1924 to 1945. No new ones for that period are added here, but the list is completed with a total of 113 items. Two titles, "Classification, Distribution, and Biology of the Venomous Snakes of Northern Mexico, The United States , and Canada : Crotalus and Sistrurus 11 (1971), and "Rattlesnakes: Their Habits, Life Histories, and Influence on Mankind" 2nd Edition (1972), were published posthumously. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1924. Notes on the Distribution of Snakes in San Diego, California. Bull. Zool . Soc. San Diego 1:1-23, figs. 1-4, map. tables 1-3* 1924 . Tantilla eiseni Reported from Lower Cal i forn i a . Cope ia 1 924 (131) : 62 . 1926. Field Notes on Xantusiahenshawi, Cope i a 1 926 ( 1 52) : 1 1 5" 1 1 7 . (Trans¬ lation by F.Mol le i n B1 aet . Aquar. Terra., jahrg 39, 11:216-218). 1926. The Snakes of San Diego County, California. Specimens Collected for the Zoological Society Jan. 1, 1923 to Dec. 31, 1925. Copeia 1926(155) : 1 44 , table. 1927. Report of the Curator of Reptiles and Amphibians (San Diego Nat. Hist. Soc.). Annual Report San Diego Society Natural History for 1926:23. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 23 Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 1927. Some Observations on the Rattlesnakes of the Extreme Southwest. Bui 1 . An t i ven i n I ns t . of Am. 1 (l) :7“21 , figs. 1-9, map , tables 1 - 2 . 1927. Notes on the Salamanders of San Diego County, California. Bull. Zool . Soc. San Diego 3:1“4, fig. 1. 1928. The Collection of Rattlesnake Venom. Bull. Antivenin Inst, of Am. 2(1) : 1 1 - 1 8 , figs. 1-9. 1928. The Trimorphodon (Lyre Snake) of California with Notes on the Species of the Adjacent Areas. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 5(11) : 183-194, plates 22-23, map. 1928. A list of the Amphibians and Reptiles of San Diego County, Cal¬ ifornia. Bull. Zool. Soc. San Diego 4:1-8. 1929. Range Extensions in California. Copeia 1 929 ( 1 70) : 1 5“22 . 1930. New and Renamed Subspecies of Crotalus confluentus Say, with Remarks on Related Species. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 6(3) : 9 144, plates 9“ 1 2 , map. 1930. A List of the Amphibians and Reptiles of San Diego County, Cal¬ ifornia, Second Edition. Bull. Zool. Soc. San Diego 5 - 1 — 8 . 1930. Differential Characteristics of Southwestern Rattlesnakes Allied to Crotalus atrox. Bui 1 . Zool . Soc. San Diego 6:1-72, plates 1-6, maps 1-3, tables 1-12. 1931 . A New Subspecies of the California Boa with Notes on the Genus Liohanura . Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 6 (20) : 305"31 8 , plate 21 , map . 1931* A Statistical Survey of the Snakes of the Southern Border of Cal¬ ifornia. Bull. Zool. Soc.SanDiego 8:1-91, figs. 1-8, maps 1 — 3 » tables 1-8. 1931- Crotalus tigris and Crotalus enyo . Two L i tt 1 e Known Rattlesnakes of the Southwest. Trans . San D i ego Soc . Nat. Hist. 6 (24) : 3 53 - 3 70 , plate 23, map, table. 1931* Notes on the Worm Snakes of the Southwest with Descriptions of Two New Sub spec ies. Trans. San Di ego Soc . Nat. Hist. 6(23):333“352, map. 1931- A New Spec i es of Xantusia from Arizona with a Synops i s of the Genus. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 7(1) :1-16, plate 1, map. 1931* An Add i t i on to the Fauna of Lower California. Copeia 1931 (3) :141 . 1932. A Herpetolog i cal Review of the Hopi Snake Dance. Bull. Zool. Soc. San Diego 9 - 1 ”93 » plates 1-5. 1932. Notes on the Silvery Footless Lizard, Anniella pulohra. Copeia 1932(0:4-6. 1932. The FI a t - ta i led Horned Toad in Lower California. Cope i a 1 932 (2) : 1 00 . 1932. A Coral King Snake of Pecu 1 i a r Coloration. Yosemite Nature Notes 1 1 (9) : 1 . 1932. Amphibians and Reptiles Observed Enroute to Hoover Dam. Copeia 1932(3) : 1 1 8-1 26. Page 24 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 1933. 1934. 1934. 1 935. 1935. 1935. 1935. 1935. 1936. 1936. 1936. 1936. 1936. 1936. 1937. 1938. 1938. 1939. 1939. 1939. Notes on Liohanura. Copeia 1 933 (4) : 21 4-5 . An Addition to the Fauna of New Mexico and a Deletion. Copeia 1934(0:52. Annotated L i st of the Amph i b i ans and Rept i 1 es of the Southern Border of California. Bull. Zool . Soc. San Diego 11:1-28, figs. 1-8. A New Subspecies of Crotalus oonfluentus , the Prairie Rattlesnake. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 8(13) : 75“90 , plate 8, map. Phyllorhynohus 3 the Leaf-nosed Snake. Bull. Zool. Soc. San Diego 12:1-31 , figs. 1-4. Notes on Herpeto 1 og i ca 1 Field Collecting. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Coll. Leafl . 1:1-10, figs. 1-4. The Status of the Sonoran Horned Toad , Phrynosoma goodei Stejneger. Copeia 1935(4) : 178-9- The Feeding Habits of a Sea Snake. Copeia 1935(4) :182. Crotalus mitohellii s the Speckled Rattlesnake. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 8 ( 1 9) : 1 49- 1 84 , plates 19-20, figs. 1-3, map. The California King Snake, a Case of Pattern Dimorphism Herpeto- 1 og i ca 1 (1) : 1 8-27, figs. 1-2. The Horned Toads of the Coronation group. Copeia 1936 (2) : 1 03~1 1 0 , figs. 1 -2 . A Statistical Study of the Rattlesnakes. I. Introduction; II. Sex Ratio in Rattlesnake Populations; III. Birth Rate. Occ. Papers San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 1:2-24. Key to the Rattlesnakes with Summary of Cha racter i s t i cs . Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 8 (20) : 1 83“ 276 , figs. 1-112, table. A Statistical Study of the Rattlesnakes. IV. The Growth of the Rattlesnake. Occ. Papers San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 3:1-56, figs. 3-6, tables 5“ 1 6 . A New Snake of the Genus Sonora from Mexico. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 8(27) :363-366. A Statistical Study of the Rattlesnakes. V. Head D i mens ions . Occ . Papers San Di ego Soc. Nat . Hist. 4:1-53, figs. 7- 1 6 , tables 17-21. Notes from a Herpetolog i cal Diary, I. Copeia 1938(4) : 191-197. S tud i es of Rept i 1 es in the Arid Southwest. I. N i gh t Co 1 1 ect i ng on the Desert with Ecological Statistics; II. Speculations on Pro¬ tective Coloration and Protective Reflectivity; III. Notes on Some Lizards of the Southwes tern United States. Bull. Zool. Soc. San Diego 14:1-100, map, tables 1-19. A Statistical Study of the Ratt 1 esnakes . VI. Fangs. Occ. Papers San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 5:1-61, figs. 17-46, tables 22-30. Three New Worm Snakes of the Genus Leptotyphlops . Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 9(14) : 59 ~ 66 , figs. 1-3. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 25 Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 1939* A Further Study of Pattern D imorph i sm i n the Ca 1 i forn i a Ki ng Snake . Bull. Zool . Soc. San Diego 15-1“ 23 » figs. 1-7. 1939. A New Subspecies of the Wes tern Worm Snake . Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 9(l^a) :67”68. 19^0. Notes from a Herpetolog i ca 1 Diary, II. Copeia 1 9^0 ( 1 ) : 1 5" 1 8 . 19^0. The Worm Snakes of the Genus Leptotyphlops in the United States and Northern Mexi co. Trans . San Diego Soc. Nat . Hi st. 9 ( 1 8) : 87" 1 62 , plate 6, figs. l-8, maps 1-2. 19^0. The Lyre Snakes (Genus Trimorphodon) of the United States. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 9 ( 1 9) : 1 63" 1 9^ , plate 7, map. 19A0. Two New Subspecies of Phyllorhynohus , the Leaf-nosed Snake with Notes on the Genus . Trans. SanDi ego Soc . Na t . Hist. 9 (20) : 1 9 5" 21 4 , plate 8, map. 19^0. A Statistical Study of the Rattlesnake. VII. The Rattle, Part. I. Occ . Papers San D i ego Soc .Nat. Hist. 6:1-62, figs. 47” 73, tables 31 ”33 • 19^0. Rattl esnake Bi te. Health 7 (8) : 1 7 + 23" 24 , fig. 1. (Th i s compr i ses quotations from the 1936 "Key to the Rattlesnakes"). 19^0. The Rattlesnakes, Genera Sistrurus and Crotalus : A Study in Zoo¬ geography and Evolution (A Review). Copeia 1 9^+0 (3) • 206-7 . 19^1. Variations and Relationships in the Snakes of the Genus Pituophis (A Review). Copeia 1 9^1 ( 1 ) : 57"60 . 19^1. The Long-nosed Snakes of the Genus Rhino oheilus . Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 9(29) :289"332, plates 12-13, map. 19^1. A New Species of Rattlesnake from Venezuela. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 9 (30) : 3 3 3 “ 3 36 . 19^1. The Frequency Distribution of Certain Herpeto 1 og i ca 1 Variables. Bull. Zool. Soc. San Diego 1 7 2 5” 3 1 » figs. 1-5. 19^1. I 1 1 ustrat ions of the Relationship between Popu 1 at ions and Sampl es . Bull. Zool. Soc. San Diego 17: 33“ 71 - 19^1. The Correl at ion between Seal at ion and Life Zones i n San D i ego County Snakes. Bull. Zool. Soc. San Diego 17«73“79* 19^1 . The Rattl esnakes Listed by Li nnaeus in 1758. Bull. Zoo 1 . Soc . San Diego 17:81-95. 19^2. The Status of the Black Whip Snake. Copeia 19^2 (2) : 88-97 • 19^3. The Correlation of Variability Within and Between Rattlesnake Populations. Copeia 1 9^3 (2) : 1 1 5”1 1 8, tables 1-3. 19^3. Tail-length Differences in Snakes with Notes on Sexual Dimorphism and the Coefficient of Divergence. Bull. Zool. Soc. San Diego 18:1-60, fig. 1, tables 1-19. 19^+3. A Graphic Method of Showing Relationships. Bull. Zool. Soc. San Diego 18:61-76, figs. 1-3* 19^3. A New Snake of the Genus Sonora from Lower California. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 10(4) : 69 ” 70 . Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 26 Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 19^3. A Desert Subspecies of the Snake Tantilla eiseni. Trans . San D i ego Soc. Nat. Hist. 10(5) :7W4. 1943 . The Coral King Snakes of the Pacific Coast. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 10(6) :75"82. 1943 . The Subspecies of the Rubber Snake, Charina . Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 10(7) :83"90. 1944. The California King Snake: A Further Discussion. Amer. Midi. Nat. 31 (1) : 85-87 . 1 944 . The S i dew i nder Crotalus cerastes , wi th Descr i pt ion of a New Spec i es . Trans San D i ego Soc . Nat. Hist. 10(8) :91 — 1 26 , plates 5“ 6 , map , f i g . 1 . 1945. Herpetolog i cal Correlations. I. Correlations i n Homogeneous Pop¬ ulations. Bull. Zool . Soc. San Diego 21:1-101, tables 1 - 5 1 • 1945. The Geckos of the Genus Coleonyx , with Descriptions of New Sub- spec i es . Trans . San Diego Soc . Nat . Hist. 1 0 ( 1 1 ) : 1 33” 2 1 6 , 2 maps . 1945. Herpetolog i cal Papers of Laurence M. Klauber from 1924 to 1945. Herpetolog i ca 2 ( 7“ 8) : 1 43" 1 50 . 1945. Some Herpetol og i ca 1 Book Prices Then and Now. Herpetol og i ca 2(7-8) : 151-174. 1945. A Lacepede Reprint. Herpetol og i ca 3(1) :19. 1946. A New Book on Lizards. Zoonooz 19(7): 5. 1946. The Glossy Snake, Arizona , with Descriptions of New Subspecies. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 10:31 1 “ 39 3 » map, pis. 7"8. 1946. The Gopher Snakes of Baja California with Descr i pt ions of New Sub- spec i es of Pi tuophis catenifer. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 1 1 ( 1 ) : 1 - 40 , plates 1-2, map. 1946. A New Gopher Snake ( Pituophis ) from Santa Cruz Island, California. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 11 (2) :4l - 48 , plate 3- 1946. Handbook of Lizards (A Review). Amer. Nat. 80 (795) : 6 5 1 “653 • 1947. How the Hopi Handle Rattlesnakes. Plateau 19(3) : 37- 39 • 1947. C 1 ass i f i cat i on and Ranges of the Gopher Snakes of the Genus Pituophis in the Western United States. Bull. Zool. Soc. San Diego 22:1-81 figs. 1-6. 1948. Some Misapplications of the Linnaean Names Applied to American Snakes. Copeia 1 948 ( 1 ) : 1 - 1 4 . 1948. Earliest Printed Illustrations of Rattlesnakes. Isis 39(4), 118:234-5. 1948. The Truth About the Speckled Band. The Baker Street Jour. 3(2): 149-157. 1949. The Relat ionsh i p of Crotalus ruber and Crotalus lucasensis . T rans . San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 11(5): 57-60. 1949. Some New and Reviewed Subspecies of Rattlesnakes. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 11 (6) :6l — 116, plates 4-6. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 27 Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 1949. The Subspecies of the Ridge-nosed Rattlesnake, Crotalus willardi. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 1 1 (8) : 121-lio. 1949. Bibl iography of Animal Venoms (A Review). Amer. Midi. Nat. 42 (3):76l “5. 1951. The Shovel-nosed Snake, Chionaotis with Descriptions of Two New Subspecies. Trans . San Diego Soc. Nat. Hi st. 1 1 (9) : 1 4 1 - 204 , plates 9-10. 1952. Taxonomic Studies of the Rattlesnakes of Mainland Mexico. Bull. Zool . Soc. San Diego 26:1-143, figs. 1-12. 1952. Proposed Use of the Plenary Powers--” to preserve - polysticta by Suppress i ng---multimaculata. Bull. Zool. Nomencl . 6:236-8. 1952. Proposed Use of the Plenary Powers---to preserve- --ate?# by Sup¬ pressing - cinereous . Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 6:234-6. 1954. Hobby Hitching Post. The Rotarian 84 (4) : 62-63 $ 2 figs. 1955. Proposed Use of the Plenary Powers to Preserve for the Western Diamond Rattlesnake the Trivial Name: atrox Baird and Girard, 1853. Opinion 365, Int. Comm. Zool. Nomen 11:215-230. 1955. Proposed Use of the Plenary Powers to Preserve the Trivial Name: polysticta Cope, 1865. Opinion 366, Int. Comm. Zool. Nomen. 11 : 231“244 . 1955. Rattlesnakes: Their habits, 1 i fe h i stor i es , and influence on man¬ kind. Uni v. of Cal if . Press , Berkel ey and Los Angel es , 2 vol s . :xxix + 708; xv i i + 709-1476. 1956. Some Factors Affecting the Gravity of Rattlesnake Bite. Venoms, Pub. 44, AAAS:321-322. 1956. (Discussion of Paper by J. Moura Goncalves). Venoms, Pub. 44, AAAS: 273-274. 1956. Rattlesnake Book, a Report for Grandchildren. Univ. of Calif. Press . 1957* Agkistrodon or Ancistrodonl Copeia 1957 (4) : 258-259 . 1957- Don' t Bel ieve These Tal 1 Tales about Rattlesnakes . Popular Science Magazine, 170(4) : 1 1 5“ 11 7 , 242, 4 figs. 1957. The Gila Monster and Its Allies: The Relationships, Habits, and Behavior of the Lizards of the Family Helodermatidae (A Review). Copeia 1957(1) :63-64. 1958. Reptiles Round the World (A Review). Science 1 27 (3297) : 525 • 1961. Venomous Rept i 1 es . Rei nhol d Encyc loped i a of the Biological Sc i ences Edited by Peter Gray : 1053“ 1 055 . 1962. Foreword. Toxicon 1:1-3. 1963. A New Insular Subspeci es of the Speckled Rattlesnake. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 13(5) : 73“ 80 , figs. 1-2. 1984. The Amphibians and Reptiles (of the Torrey Pines State Reserve). Torrey Pines State Reserve : 37“ 39 . Page 28 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 1965. Rattlesnake. Encyclopedia Americana, Americana Corp . , New York, 23:230f-230g, 5 figs. 1966. A Statistical Study of the Rattlesnakes. IN: Kormondy , A Book of Readings 2:118-121 . 1971* Classification, Distribution, and Biology of the Venomous Snakes of Northern Mexico, the United States, and Canada: Crotalus and Sistrurus, IN: Venomous Animals and Their Venoms by W. Bucherl and E. E. Buckley. Academic Press, New York. 1972. Rattlesnakes: The i r Hab i ts , L i fe H i s tor i es , and Influence on Man¬ kind. Univ. of Cal ifornia Press , Berkeley and Los Angeles, 2 Vols. (2nd Ed i t i on) :xxx + 7^0; xvi i + 7^1 " 1 533 • - Arnold Powers, Biology Department j University of Colorado 3 Boulder 80302 Received 6 October 1973 Snakes of Northwestern Pennsylvania A rich herpetofauna , perhaps due to a great diversity of habitats and an abundance of moisture, exists in northwestern Pennsylvania. We are unaware of recent pub 1 i cat ions on snakes of this reg ion and thus have studied the occurrence of these reptiles. About 70 daytime collecting trips were made in Erie County between May 1971 and Augus t 1973* Most trips were to the Howard Eaton Reservoir- Bull Dam, Behrend Col lege campus , and Presque Isle State Parkareas. All specimens were col 1 ected by hand. The identity, 1 eng th , we i ght , state of health, and habitat of each snake were recorded. Most snakes were then marked and released. One hundred and ninty specimens comprising nine species were col - lected as follows: (a) eastern garter snake, Thamnophis s. sirtalis; (b) northern brown snake, Storeria d. dekayi ; (c) northern water snake, Natrix s . sipedon ; (d) eastern milk snake, Lampropeltis t. triangulum ; (e) northern red-bellied snake, Storeria o. oeoipitomaoulata; (f) east¬ ern ribbon snake, Thamnophis s. sauritus ; (g) northern ringneck snake, Diadophis p. edwardsii ; (h) eastern smooth green snake, Opheodrys v. vemalis ; (i) queen snake, Regina s. septemvittata . The numbers and dimensions of these specimens appear in Table 1 while the habitats, usually in rather close proximi ty to streams , ponds , or marshes were several types of habitats adjoined, appear i n Table 2. A1 1 snakes observed were captured with exception of eight northern water snakes and severa 1 east¬ ern garter snakes. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 29 Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 Table 1: Numbers and dimensions of snakes collected in northwestern Pennsylvania Species No. Length (cm) wt. (g) T. s. sirtalis 93 49a l6-73b 4la 20- 1 6 1 b S. d. dekayi 42 28 13-38 8 1-22 N. s. sipedon 15 57 30-106 99 6-544 L. t. triangulum 17 49 23-91 42 3-190 S. o. ooaipi tomaeu lata 10 30 25-35 8 27-39 T. s. sauritus 5 70 42-96 57 9-120 D. p- edwardsii 6 35 18-42 9 2-16 0. V. vemalis 1 38 8 R. s. septemvittata 1 35 8 a Avg . b Range Table 2: Hab i tats of snakes col 1 ected i n northwes tern Pennsy 1 van i a No . i n each habitat kyp6.,. Speci es A B C D E F G H i J K T. s. sirtalis 19 4 18 1 1 8 36 0 5 0 1 S. d. dekayi 29 0 0 0 0 1 10 1 1 0 0 N. s. sipedon 3 0 0 9 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 L. t. triangulum 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 4 0 0 S. 0. oooipitomaeulata 4 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 T. s. sauritus 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 D. p • edwardsii 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0. V. vemalis 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 R. s. septemvittata not recorded A under rock, plank, or bark in overgrown field. B under bark on dead forest tree C on woodland trail or clearing D swimming in pond or stream (or under/on rocks at edge) E on dirt road F on grassy sandy lake shore G on grassy sandy plain near lake (some specimens found under boards) H on or under bark on dead trees in swamp I 1 awn J under dead leaves in woods K on large rocks of dam All specimens appeared healthy. Occasionally minor skin lesions, scars, or absence of tails were noted. The eastern garter snakes, northern water snakes, and eastern milk snakes often attempted to bite when captured. The northern red-bellied snakes, upon capture, lifted Page 30 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 the upper labials and laterally exerted the teeth of the upper jaw as described by Wright and Wright (1957)* The other species collected did not display aggressive behavior. All species collected in our survey are reported for northwestern Pennsylvania in recently publ ished distribution summaries and the lengths and habitats of our specimens are within normal limits (Barbour, 1971; Cochran and Goin, 1970). The following species, reported for northwestern Pennsylvania (Barbour, 1971; Cochran and Goin, 1970), were not observed: eastern hognose snake ,Heterodon platy rhinos ; black rat snake, Elaphe o. obsoleta; northern black racer, Coluber o. constrictor. Perhaps these species are either uncommon or exist in isolated pockets in our locality. Presque isle State Park, a 3100 acre peninsula which extends into Lake Erie, yielded only eastern garter snakes (in abundance), northern brown snakes , and eas tern ribbon snakes. This area, composed of ponds, marshes, sandy plains, and forests, offers ideal habitats for the nine species observed in this survey. The reason for the apparent scarcity of different species on this peninsula was not determined. The donat ion of specimens to this survey by the students and staff of Behrend College is greatly appreciated. L i terature C i ted Barbour, R. W. 1971 . Amphibians and reptiles of Kentucky. The University Press of Kentucky j Lexington , Kentucky , 1 - 33^* Cochran, D. M. and C. J. Goin. 1970. The new field book of rept i 1 es and amph i b i ans . G. P. Putnam’s Sons, New Yorkt 1 - 359. Wright, A. H. and A. A. Wright. 1957. Handbook of snakes , Vol . 2. Comstock Publishing Associates , Ithaca. , New York , 565- 1105. - Donald M. McKinstry and Steven Felege, Department of Biology, The Pennsylvania State University , Behrend College, Erie, Pennsylvania, 16510. Received 6 October 1973. A Note on Cannibalism in Corn Snakes, Elaphe guttata guttata On 19 May 1973, a female corn snake, Elaphe guttata guttata, 89 cm in length, was collected near Cape Henlopen State Park, Delaware. On 12 June 1973 the snake laid ten eggs, all of which hatched during the period of 23 to 2A August. Five of the hatchlings were returned to the Cape Henlopen State Park area and released. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 31 Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 Three of the hatchlings were kept together in the same cage. They spontaneously ate infant mice, Plethodon oinereus oinereus 3 Anolis carolinensis carolinensis , Lygosoma laterale 3 Soeloporus undulatus hyacinthinus and Eumeces fasoiatus. Just after feeding on 9 October 1973, one of the young snakes was found attempt i ng to swal low a cage mate. Only the head had been swallowed, so they were manually separated and each was apparently unharmed. On 22 October six days after having been fed, one of the snakes consumed a co-hatchling. The swallowed snake was not regurgitated, but digested normally. Both snakes measured 30 cm in length prior to the consumption. One of the snakes from this clutch is catalogued R 1802 NHSM in the collection of the Natural History Society of Maryland. Young rat snakes are known to eat a large variety of food items, but cannibalism is uncommon. It must be taken into account that the snakes were confined in captivity, as an incident like this might not happen in nature. — David M. Hi 11 is, 510 W, Joppa Roadj Towson ^ Maryland 21204 Received 14 November 1973 A New County Record for the Four-Toed Salamander, Hemidaoty Hum sautatum 3 in Maryland Duri ng the summer of 1969 , Paul Bys trak and Wa 1 ter J. Nixon collected a spec imen of the four-toed sal amander , Hemidactyl&pm soutatum from wi th i n a rotting log just off of Md. Rt. 662, 3 mi. S of Wye Mills, Talbot County, Maryland. This specimen was released and would have represented a new county record had it been preserved in a Museum collection. On 12 March 1973, Paul Bystrak and I attempted to obta i n additional specimens at the above locality. Four gravid female Eemidaotylium were found in a seepage area hiding under heavy growths of 1 i verwort (Fig. 1). Fig. 1. A Four-toed Salamander, Hemidactylium scutatum, photographed on the liverwort from within which it was taken in Talbot County, Maryland. Photograph by Paul Bystrak. Apparently the salamanders were utilizing this habitat as a sub¬ stitute for sphagnum which was stunted and scarce in this area. Two specimens are now catalogued A 2773-^* NHSM in the collection of the Natural History Society of Maryland. According to Harris (1969), these specimens represent a new county record for th i s spe¬ cies in Talbot County. Additional localities with similar habitat were visited in Queen Anne 1 s County ( 1 2 March) and Somerset County (17 March) where this species has not been recorded, but no other specimens were seen. Page 32 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 Thanks are due Paul Bystrak for providing the photograph, and for accompanying me on the collecting trips. L i terature C i ted Harris, H. S. Jr. 1969. Distributional survey: Mary land and the District of Columbia. Bull, Md, Herp. Soc. 5(4):97-161. - William L. Grogan, Jr., Department of Entomology, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742 Received 12 December 1973 Notes on Lampropeltis oalligaster rhombomaculata and Rana virgatipes Cooper (1961), i nd i cates that a specimen of Lampropeltis oalligaster rhombomaculata taken from Charles County, Maryland on 1 November I960 probably represents the latest recorded active date for this species from Maryland. At 1:00 p.m. on 10 November 1973 an adult male L, c, rhombomaculata was found DOR by William V. Horvath on Rt. 32 near its junction with the B & 0 Railroad, Jessup , Anne Arundel County, Maryland. The specimen with a snout-vent and total length respectively of 842 and 982 mm was freshly killed. It is interesting to note that at the time it was found the approximate air temperature was 39° F and that tem¬ peratures during all of the preceeding week were below normal for this time of year. The specimen was d i ssected and found to contain large fat deposits, an indication that it was well prepared for winter. This specimen is now catalogued R 1803 NHSM in the collection of the Natural History Society of Maryland. Another spec imen was taken by Robert Ludwig on 17 November 1973 as it was crossing Muirkirk Road near the junction of Md. Rt. 197 and the Bal t imore-Wash ington Parkway, 3 mi. S of Laurel, Prince Georges County, Maryland. This spec imen , a fema 1 e has snout-vent and total lengths respectively of 642 and 735 mm. Cooper et al. (1973) recently remarked on the paucity of records for Rana virgatipes from Mary 1 and and on its apparent precarious position as a member of the herpetofauna of the state. Because there are few records of R, virgatipes from Mary 1 and and no new records for many years, the following may be of interest. It was recently brought to my attention by Paul Bystrak that he and his brother Danny heard choruses of R, virgatipes on 18 June 1966 along Powell Creek halfway between Welbourne, Worcester County, Maryland and Greenbackv i 1 1 e , Accomack County, Virginia. Spec imens were heard calling in both Maryland and Virginia but no attempts were made to collect them Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 33 Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 as the Bystraks were running a breeding bird survey and were on a timed schedule. They have never returned to the area in an attempt to secure specimens, however, I feel that this locality should be reported as a possible habitat for this elusive species and efforts should be made to find it there. Other localities that may provide suitable habitat for R. virgatipes within Maryland are the cypress swamp SW of Pocomoke City, Worcester County and the cedar swamps W of Federal sberg in Dorchester and Caroline Counties. Literature Cited Cooper, J. E. 1961. The d i s t r i bu t ion of the mo 1 e snake i n Ma ry 1 and . Herpetologica 17:141 . . , L.R. Franz, F. Groves, J.D. Hardy, Jr., H.S. Harris, Jr. D.S. Lee, P. Wemple and R.G. Tuck. 1973. Endangered amphibians and reptiles of Maryland. Bull . Md. Herp. Soc. ^ (3) : 42- 1 00 . - William L. Grogan, Jr., Department of Entomology, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742 Received 12 December 1973 Page 34 Bulletin Maryland He rpe to logical Society Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 News & Notes Editorial Comment Man's populations continue to burgeon and, with th i s , h i s demands on the Earth's physical and biological resources are becoming ever more vo~ racious. Forests are being felled, deserts i rr i gated , and ponds , swamps, and marshes f i 1 1 ed and dra i ned to satisfy our need for sui table land areas . Associated with our occupation and use of the land we pollute and poison adjacent areas in ever widening circles. All of these activities, our physical al terat ions and occupat ion of space , are reduc i ng 1 and and hab i tat areas previously occupied by a d i vers i ty of an i ma 1 and pi ant species. This competion for space, coupled in many cases with our di rect exploi tat ion of species' populations for food, clothing, or other purposes, is resulting in a general decrease in the populations of many, if not most, animal and plant species over the surface of the earth. Many spec i es are a 1 ready reduced to level s where their continuance is in jeopardy and , wi thout doubt , many more will soon reach these levels. A loss of an animal species is an irrevocable event and a sad commentary on our own wisdom and foresight. What valuable ecological component has been lost? What wealth of undeciphered knowledge did that species represent which we will never know? This is an issue of major concern with agencies at the international and federal level and, more recently, at the level of the i nd i vi dua 1 states. Li sts of species cons i dered to be i n ser ious trouble, “Endangered Species'1, are now being prepared and plans are underway in many cases to remedy or avert the problems which affect many of these species. This problem deserves broad publicity and support. We need a view of the probl em i n genera 1 and of the specific problem(s) af feet i ng each of the official and potential “Endangered Species" and what can be or is being done to alleviate these problems. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 35 Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 ENDANGERED SPECIES ACT OF 1973 The Endangered Species Act of 1973 was recently passed by Congress and signed by President Nixon on December 28, 1973- This is a sweeping revision of the old 1969 Act and contains many new provisions. The ful 1 ram i f i ca t i ons of th i s legislation will not be understood for quite awhile apparently; it will take considerable effort to devel op a worki ng set of regulations and to determine exactly how some of the definitions may be interpreted biologically. A brief overview of this significant pieceof legislation indicates poi nts of spec ia 1 interest: (1) it impl ements the 1 973 Convent ion on Trade in Endangered Flora and Fauna and will thus have considerable impact on commercial exploitation of herps, (2) it prov i des for Federa 1 protection of U . S . endangered species if the individual States do not develop accept- able endangered species programs within 15 months — the 1969 Act did not prov i de for Federa 1 protection except through habitat purchase, (3) it makes Land and Water conservation Funds available again for purchase of these habitats, (4) it provides for a Federal Aid program to support State endangered species projects, (5) it establishes two official cat¬ egories, endangered and threatened with endangerment , instead of the one endangered category of the 1969 Act (previous "threatened" and "rare" categories of times past were just informal), (6) it expands the govern¬ ment 1 s concern beyond "species" and "subspecies", taxonomi cal 1 y recogn i zed to "populations", thus raising the specter of a real biological nightmare but al lowing for the protection of b i ogeograph i ca 1 ly significant i sol a ted , etc., populations which have never been blessed with a formal name in the capricious application of taxonomic rigor, (7) it provides for a reason¬ able "management" approach to threatened species, i nstead of the r i gorous protectionist approach required for truely endangered species; that is, a threatened species might still have special regulations written for it which will allow for reasonable "harvest" by scientists or, in the case of game species, hunters, while still protecting it from commercial ex¬ ploitation. This allows for a more flexible approach to the whole issue of "endangered species" and points 5 and 6, in tandem, may well be the salient features of this 1973 Act from the herpetologist's viewpoint. This Act has many other points of interest, too many to go into in detail here, and anyone wishing more information may request a copy from the Director, Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife, U.S. Department of the Interior, Washington, D.C. 20240. Received January 1974 Page 36 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 REVISED REGULATIONS FOR IMPORT OF INJURIOUS WILDLIFE (LACEY ACT) A revision of the regulations cover i ng the importat ion of injurious wi 1 dl i fe was pub 1 i shed i n the Federa 1 Reg i s ter on December 20, 1973 (Volume 38, Number 244, Part IV) by the Department of the Interior. The purpose of this revision is to create a "clean list" of animals which are con¬ sidered low-risk, to replace the previous system of ma i nta i n i ng a "black list" of species known to be hazards to the U.S. ecology, economy, or publ ic health. Obviously, the goal here is to prevent new introductions. The previously used system essential ly prohi b i ted the import of a species after it had become an established problem in the U.S. This proposed regulation has received much bad publicity generated pr i ma r i 1 y from ves ted commercial i nterests who fear for the i r profits from animal importation. The impact of pressure from the aquarium industry can be clearly seen in just a casual review of the proposed 1 ist of "clean" species. I n cont ras t to the long list of supposed "cl ean" f i sh , no rept i 1 es and onl y two amph i b i ans are considered "clean". Can we rea 1 1 y , on reason¬ able biological data, argue that the herp list should be extended? The Department of the I n ter ior wou 1 d like to hear from you on this if you have any arguments. The issue that has probab 1 y been most mi srepresented by the opponents of this proposal is the impact itwill have on leg i t imate scientific, ed¬ ucational, and zoological programs. The rumors being circulated suggest that these programs would be hamstrung by th i s proposal. There can be no argument that this proposal, if passed, will introduce a new and perhaps somewhat i nconven i en t paperwork hurdle to legitimate scientists who des i re to import live specimens for research or display. The disadvantages of this added paperwork, however , shou 1 d be considered against the positive gains in the prevent ion of potent i a 1 1 y disastrous species introductions. This proposal is not d i rected at regu 1 at i ng research on foreign spe¬ cies, but only in assuring that these species , i f imported, will not escape. Thus the primary grounds for issuing import permits will be the adequacy of the holding and transport facilities and the responsibility of the worker. The information requested in permit appl i cat i ons i s essent ia 1 1 y aimed at establ i shing these points. The qua 1 i ty , pert i nence , etc . , of the research program i tsel f wi 1 1 only be evaluated for appl icat ions to import species which are of outstanding concern, such as endangered species. In those cases the permit applications will be reviewed by an independent, professional, review panel, as they are now. If you or your associates want to go in the official record with comments , pro or con, on this proposal, please direct your comments (pre¬ ferably in t r i pi i ca te) to the Director (FS F/LE) , Bureau of Sport F i sher i es and Wildlife, Washington, D.C. 20240. Received January 1974 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 37 Volume 10 Number 1 March 1974 C 1 oth patches of the Mary 1 and Herpetol og i ca 1 Society (as illustrated above) are still ava i 1 ab 1 e to members or non-members at the cost of $2.00 each or 3 for $5.00. They are in limited suppl y so order promptly. These patches are of the finest quality and look very good on field jackets... order yours now! Send check or money order, made payable to the: Maryland Herpetological Society Department of Herpetology Hatural History Society of Maryland j Inc . 2643 North Charles Street Baltimore s Maryland 21218 Page 38 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Society Publications Back issues of the Bulletin of the Maryland Herpetol og i ca 1 Society, where available, may be obta i ned by wr i t i ng the Execu t i ve Editor. A list of available issues will be sent upon request. Individual numbers in stock are $2.00 each. The Soc i ety a 1 so pub 1 i shes a News 1 etter on a somewhat irregular basis. Theseare distributed to the members h i p free of charge . Also published are Maryland Herpetofauna Leaf 1 ets and these are available at $. 05/page. Information for Authors All correspondence should be addressed to the Executive Editor. Manuscripts being sub¬ mitted for publication should be typewritten (double spaced) on good quality 8^x11 inch paper, with adequate margins. Submit original and first carbon, retaining the second carbon. Indicate where illustrations or photographs are to appear in text. Cite all literature used at end in alphabetical order by author. Major papers are those over 5 pages (double spaced, elite type)andmust i nc 1 ude an abs t ract . The authors name should be centered under the title, and the address is to fol low the L i tera ture Cited. Minor papers are those papers with fewer than 5 pages. Author's name is to be placed at end of paper (see recent issue). For add i t i ona 1 information see Style Manual for Biological Journals (1964) , Amer i can I ns t i tu te of Biological Sciences , 3900 Wi scons in Avenue,N.W. , Washi ngton, D.C. 20016. Price is $3.00. Repr i nts are ava i 1 ab 1 e at $.01 a page ($.02 a page with photographs) and should be ordered when manuscr i pts are submi tted or when proofs are returned. Minimumorder is 100 reprints. Either edited manuscript or proof will be returned to author for approval or correction. The author will be respons i b 1 e for a 1 1 cor rect ions to proof , and must return proof preferably within 7 days. The Maryland Herpetological Society Department of Herpetology Hatural History Society of Maryland, Inc . 2643 North Charles Street Baltimore, Maryland 21218 ISSN 0025-4231 BULLETIN OF THE HRarylanb f)erpetologkal ©ociety Department of Herpetology The Natural History Society of Maryland, Inc, MdHS . A FOUNDER MEMBER OF THE Eastern Seaboard Herpetological League JUNE 1974 VOLUME 10, NUMBER 2 Bulletin of the Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 CONTENTS The Argentine land tortoise, Geoohelone chilensis , an endangered species . Marcos A. Freiberg 39 The leatherback ( Dermochelys ooriaoea) , one of the largest living reptiles . A. J. Zwinenberg 42 Effects of photoperiod on diel rhythm and rate of oxygen consumption in juvenile blue granite lizards, Sceloporus cyanogenys . . .John H. Songdahl 50 The systematic status of Trimorphodon lyrophanes Cope on Cerralvo Island, Gul f of Ca 1 i forn i a , Mexico. . . Arnold Powers 53 A pre-Columbian record of cannibalism in the rattlesnake . Benjamin H. Banta 56 First records of the eastern tiger salamander, Ambystoma tigrinum tigrinum Creen, in Virginia. . . ........ . J . B . Funderburg , C .H .Hotchki ss , P.Hertl 57 The wood frog, Rana sylvatica Le Conte, in the Virginia coastal plain. .... J . B. Funderburg , C .H. Hotchkiss , P.Hertl 58 Some amphibians and reptiles from Iran . . . . . . . . Robert G. Tuck, Jr. 59 News S Notes: Eastern Seaboard Herpetological League Meeting . 66 Careers in Biological Systematics. ...... . .. 68 Important paper reprinted . . . 68 Sea turtles and the turtle industry . . 69 National Swedish Herpetological Association. ........ .70 Reptiles and amphibians of the Pacific. . . . 72 Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 76-93458 ERRATA: Acknowledgement was unintentional ly omitted to Dr. Roberts. Sim¬ mons for the fine turtle photographs he provi ded for the article "Turtles at the brink: our endangered species" i n the 1 as t issue of the Bulletin of the Mary land Herpetological Society (Vol.10, No. 1). The editor was soley responsible for this error. HSH . The Maryland Herpetological Society , Department of Herpetology * Natural History Society of Maryland s Inc,, 2642 North Charles Street, Baltimore Maryland 21218 . Published By PkotogAapfUc VlA.e,ctoA,y PubtUka/a, PC Box 178, RandaZl&tom, Md. 21133 BU L LET I N OF THE Volume 10 Number 2 30 June 1974 The Maryland Herpetolog i cal Society Department of Herpetology, Natural History Society of Maryland, Inc. Bui let in Staff Executive Editor Herbert S. Harris, Jr. Associate Editor(s) John Funk, Jr., Brian Leverton Steering Committee John E. Cooper Frank Groves John D. Groves Jerry D. Hardy, Jr. Herbert S. Harris, Jr. Jeremy Jacobs Arnold Norden Mark J . Pr i hoda Margaret M. Thomas Peter Wemple Of f i cers President . Brian Leverton Vice-President . John Funk, Jr. Secretary . Daniel Carver Treasurer . William M. Marvel Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 76-93^58 Membership Rates Active members over 1 8 . . . . $ 1 0 . 00 , under 18....$6.00, subscribing members (outside a 20 mile radius of Baltimore C i ty) . . . . $3 . 00 , Fore i gn . . . . $4 . 00 . Meet i ngs The third Wednesday of each month, 8:15 p.m. at the Natural History Society of Maryland (except May-August, third Saturday of each month, 8:00 a.m.). The Department of Herpetology meets informally on all other Wednesday evenings at the NHSM at 8:00 p.m. ■ ■ Bulletin of the Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 30 June 1974 Number 2 THE ARGENTINE LAND TORTOISE, GEOCHELONE CHILENSIS AN ENDANGERED SPECIES Marcos A. Freiberg (Photos by Rogelio Gutierrez) An important factor some¬ times endangering the survival of a species i s man 1 s preference for keeping it as a pet, hence, its charm in captivity chan- lenges its existence. This is exactly what is happen i ng to the Argentine land tortoise, Geoohelone ohilensis (Figure 1), found also in Par¬ aguay. This tortoi se has scutes concentrically engraved and de¬ corated with black stripes a- round the edges. This feature is more prominent in younger specimens (Figure 2) and has made them the object of active Their appearance and ha¬ bits are similar to those of the tortoises bel ong i ng to the genus Gopherus. This is an ex¬ ample of convergent evolution as they both live in similar habitats. They are found i n the semi-dry provinces of Argen¬ tina and are especial ly common in Cordoba and Santiago del Estero, i n the center and north of the country. Other tor¬ toises found in Argentina are shown in Figures 3, 4 and 5. Fig. 2. Geoohelone ohilensis (Gray), young, from Cordoba , Argent i na (Carapace length 6 cent.) Fig. 1. Geoohelone ohilensis (Gray), from Cordoba, Argentina. (Carapace length 32 cent.) trade, which has resulted in great damage to this species in the last few years. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 39 Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 Although, as wildlife, Geochelone ohilensis is pro¬ tected by Law No. 13,908 and its regulating decree No. 15,501/53, it is subjected to an openly active t rade , be i ng f reel y ex¬ hibited in pet shops in the city of Buenos Aires. This violation of the law is not stopped by the pertinent agency the Direction de Caza y Conser¬ vation dela Fauna which depends on the Direction de Recursos Naturales, thus prov i ng whol 1 y inoperative in this respect. The adul t female may reach 36 cm in length and the somewhat smaller male is narrower with parallel lateral edges and a slightly concave plastron. Geochelone ohilensis is predominantly vegetarian. 1 1 enjoys eat i ng the cactus plants abounding in its habitat, swallowing them, without any apparent discomfort from the thorns. it also feeds on 1 eaves , grass and fruit, and in captivity itwill readily take pieces of meat. Not much is known about th i s attract i ve tortoi se. Data show that in November and De¬ cember the male becomes ag res- sive toward his rivals and woos the female by pushing her gent¬ ly until they mate. A month later the female digs a hole with her hind feet and in it lays up to six round white eggs (ca.A.Scm in diameter) which she then covers with earth. When cond i t ions are favor¬ able incubation may take as little as four months , but otherwi se may take a year. When the young do hatch, they may have to wait for the rain to soften the earth so that they can escape their subterranean entrapment. Young specimens seen in the pet trade were probably originally col¬ lected in the province of Cordoba and Santiago del Estero and then sent by the thousands to Buenos Aires. During transportation, they are pack¬ ed in bags with no precautions taken to assure their comfort or health and a large proportion does die, unable to survive such rough treatment. The sale of the survivors is still prof i table for these animal peddlers who do not res tr ict their trade to these reptiles alone, but are devoted to a large traffic in numerous wild species whose sale is equal ly forbidden. Fig. A. Geochelone donosohavvosi Freiberg, from Patagonia, Argent i na. (Carapace length A3 cent.) Fig. 3* Geochelone ohilensis (Gray), (foreground), and Geochelone donosobarrosi Freiberg, (rear) Page 40 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 In the i nterior of the country the adult specimens, not sent to the cap i tal , are eaten by the 1 ocal inhabitants who roast them alive claiming that they have a better taste when cooked in this fashion. The shell is used for a variety of purposes The practices described here are endangering the sur¬ vival of this species and it will surely disappear i f urgent measures are not taken immed¬ iately. These measures would requi re only the enforcement of existing laws. If this is not done, an attractive and harm¬ less species, characteristic of the southern hemisphere, wh i ch has been respected by the pass¬ ing of eons, will disappear, thanks to the action of man who, in his folly, wipes it from existence. Fig. 5. Geoohelone petersi Freiberg, from La Banda, Santiago del Estero, Argentina. (Carapace length 18 cent.) Departamento de Biologie , Universidad de Buenos Aires 3 Buenos Aires, Argentina . Received 12 November 1973 Accepted 31 March 1 97^ Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 41 Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 THE LEATHERBACK (DERMOCHELYS CORIACEA), ONE OF THE LARGEST LIVING REPTILES A. J. Zwinenberg INTRODUCTION If there is one reptile which people usually find attractive, it is the sea turtle. Its graceful motion and appealing look can be seen to advantage in the large aquaria worldwide. These wonderful creatures e- vol ved f rom land-dwel 1 i ng rept i 1 es wh ich 1 a id eggs, and have retained this one vital linkwith life on land. The femal es come ashore on sandy beaches, dig holes with their flippers, and deposit their round "ping-pong ball" shaped eggs. During i ncubat ion many nests are destroyed by predators , in¬ cluding mammals and other reptiles (Loveridge, 19^+6). Hatchling turtles are usually attacked by gul 1 s , frigate b i rds and other an ima 1 s before they can reach the sea. The few that succeed i n reach i ng the ocean are general ly attacked and usual ly eaten by fish or sharks (Schulz, 1968). Only one in a thousand enter i ng the sea will survive to maturity! Unfortunately, sea turtles are very useful to man. They have been hunted by coastal peoples for many thousands of years for fl esh and shel 1 . Turtle eggs are taken for food and of fered for sale on local markets. The shell is used for "tor¬ toiseshell", the cal i pee for soup and the oi 1 for cosmetics. Young turtles are stuffed for sale as souvenirs to tourists (Zwinenberg, 1972). Most species of sea turtles are threatened wi th extinction in large areas of their range. One of the rarest of these turtles, is the 1 eatherback or 1 eathery turtle. CLASSIFICATION AND SUBSPEC I AT I ON There are six species of sea turtles; five belonging to the family Cheloniidae and one, the 1 eatherback, to the family Dermochel i dae . These two families form the superfamily Cheloniodea, which in turn belongs to the sub-order Cryptodira. The leatherback, Devmochelys coviaoea (Linnaeus, 1766) is the largest of all sea turtles. It is found in tropi cal and subtropica 1 seas all over the world. Some herpetologists recogn i ze two subspeci es (Worrell, 1963), an Indo-Pacific race [Devmochelys c. schlegelii ) and an Atlantic race [D. c. coviaoea). Others however, do not consider it necessary to re¬ cognize subspecies, because of the absence of adequate samples for valid comparison. The main differences reported between the two races are as f o 1 1 ows : D.c. coviaoea is darker and less spotted than D.c. schlegelii ; D,c. sch¬ legelii has a somewhat greater skull length than does D.c. coviaoea . I agree with Pritchard (1971), who proposed to call all leatherbacks Dev- mochelys coviaoea until reliable subspecific character differences are descr i bed . Page 42 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 DESCRIPTION The leatherback lacks the horny carapace scutes found in other sea turtles. The streamlined shell is covered instead with a thick, leathery, oily skin that un i tes a mosa i c of hundreds of sma 1 1 separate bones. There are seven prominent longitudinal ridges on the carapace and five on the plastron. The forefl i ppers are very 1 arge and paddl e- 1 i ke , wh i 1 e the h i nd- flippers, which are mostly employed as balancers and for steering, are much shorter. The limbs have lost their claws completely. The head is large. The upper jaw margin bears two tooth-like projections flanked by deep cusps (Fig. l). The surfaces of the upper and lower jaw are simple cutting edges, and are devoid of the crush i ng or chew i ng plates known in other sea turtles. The nostrils are situated on the tip of the snout so that they can be raised above the surface for breathing. They are closed by fleshy valves as the reptile submerges. Males are recognizable from females, by the tail, which is much longer. COLOR The upper surfaces are usual ly dark brown or black wi th numerous white or bluish spots. The spots on the head are usually larger than those on the shell. The throat, plastron and ventral surfaces of the limbs are pinkish-white in color, with variable amounts of black vermi cul at ion . Hatchlings are covered with small lizard-like scales. They are blue- black dorsally with white longitudinal stripes and spots which are pale bluish at their margins. Bulletin Maryland Herpetolog i cal Society Page 43 Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 SIZE AND WEIGHT The leatherback is the largest sea turtle and one of the largest living reptiles. Pritchard (1971) obtained detailed measurements of 192 mature female leatherbacks from French Guiana. The smallest specimen had a car¬ apace length of 54 inches (137 cm), while the largest measured 71 inches (180 cm). The carapace 1 ength of about one hundred specimens varied from 61 to 64 inches (154.9 “ 162.6 cm). Deraniyagala (1953) gives the de¬ mens ions of four Ceylon (currently known as Sri Lanka) leatherbacks as fol lows : Adul t Turtles lgth. (cm) carapace lgth. (cm) plastron weight (kg) ? 165 115 448 ? 147.5 109 301 s 155 107 8 156 124 The total length of adul t leatherbacks may vary fromaboutl80 to 250 cm. A dead specimen (male) washed ashore at Ameland in the Netherlands in 1968. Its total length was 244 cm and its weight 485 kg. Records of weights of adult leatherbacks vary enormously. According to Pritchard (1971) the reliable records are within 295 to 590 kg (650 to 1300 lbs). Newspaper accounts of leatherbacks caught on the Atlantic coast of the Uni ted States of America mention weights of 657 and even 726 kg. Even heavier specimens are reported on the Pacific coast. These records are not re¬ liable; it is 1 i kely that the weights are estimated and not actual ly meas¬ ured. A 1 arge 1 ea therback caught near Laa i pi ek (western South Africa) was measured by an amer i can herpetolog i st and found to weigh 644 kg (Pritchard, 1971). FOOD The stomach contents of 1 eatherbacks indicate that they feed on soft bodied, slow-moving animals (Burton, 1970). The diet consists mainly of jellyfish (Scyphomedus i dae) and sea squirts (Tunicates) (Rose, 1950, Pritchard, 1971). Blue-green algae and sea-grass have al so been reported as well as amphipods and small fishes (Worrell, 1963), but it is most 1 i kely that these were i ngested accidental ly when the turt les were feed i ng on something else. There is one record of a 1 eatherback stomach conta i n i ng the remains of large numbers of hatchling ridleys, another sea turtle species. DISTRIBUTION The leathery tu rt 1 e i s found i n a 1 1 trop i ca 1 seas and may wander into temperate waters as wel 1 . I nd i vi dua 1 s are caught at sea i n col d , northern waters more frequently than any other species of sea turtle. Specimens have been recorded from the coastal waters of New England and Canada (25x from Nova Scotia - Bleakney, 1965). Leatherbacks are known from Page 44 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 European shores as well. They have been seen as far north as Norway and Iceland (Burton, 1970). The leatherback is also a visitor to the Mediterranean (Mertens and Wermuth , 1 960) . Records i ncl ude Tun i s ia , A1 ger i a , Morocco and Yugoslavia. Numerous records ex i st from Japanese waters , especi a 1 1 y from the Japan Sea coast of Honshu < The southern border of Dermoohelys 's range runs a 1 ong the west coast of northern New Zealand, the south coast of Australia, Cape of Good Hope to the mouth of the Rio de la Plata on the Atlantic coast of Uruguay. In the south-east Pacific, leatherbacks are known from Chile as far south as Chiloe island. BREEDING BEACHES The leatherback normally breeds within 20° latitude both north and south of the equator. Females come ashore to lay eggs on speci f i c beaches all over the world, including: North America (Atlantic coasts): Florida (very rarely). Central America (Atlantic coasts): beaches of Veracruz and Yucatan , British Honduras, Nicaragua (near San Juan del Norte) and Costa Rica (north of the mouth of the Matina River). Caribbean and South America (At 1 ant i c coasts ) : Panama (rarely), Co- lombia (occasionally), Venezuela (at Punta Playa), Trinidad (good nesting beaches; breed i ng season between March/April - July/August), Tobago, Guyana (on Shel 1 Beach) , Surinam (Bigisanti and Ei lanti ) and French Guiana (near Cayenne and the mouth of the Organabo River). West Africa: very little nesting takes place on the coasts of West Africa. There are only a few records for this area. Females are known to have come ashore occas ional ly in L iberia and the Ivory Coast. Bulletin Maryland Herpetolog i cal Society Page k5 Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 Indian Ocean: two good nesting beaches exist in this area. The first is on the Tongaland coast of Natal (East Africa), the second on Ceylon (Sri Lanka). Southeast Asia: there is an important leatherback nest i ng beach i n Malaysia. In 1 9 6 1 a hatchery was founded to i nsure hatching success. During the first few years the hatching success was approximately 35 percent , but i n 1967 no less than 68 per cent of a total of 20,000 eggs hatched. Other nesting grounds exi st on the coast of New Guinea and Tha i > and . Central and South America: Mexico (on about 1 0 d i f ferent pi aces along the Pacific coast) and Peru (though not proven). Nesting probably occurs sporadically along the entire Pacific coast of Central A- merica. REPRODUCTION Females crawl upon the sandy beach, usually, late at night (around ll.p.m.), in small groups, about two to four times a season. In Ceylon, f ishermen have noted a specimen wi th only three f 1 i ppers , wh i ch came ashore to lay eggs a’.out once every three months (Deran iyaga 1 a , 1953) . Pritchard (1971) reports that the largest French Guiana specimens he saw, 70 and 71 inches in length, were so heavy that they could hardly move on land. The animal 1 s breathing was distinctly audible from a distance of several yards. A female starts digging a nest hoi e after reach i ng dry sand . A hollow i s excavated with all f^ur f 1 i ppers and s i deway movements of the shel 1 unt i 1 the turtle is largely hidden. Then sand is thrown back with the powerful front flippers, but after some minutes the female turns around and uses her clawless hind flippers for digging an egg pit. About 50 to 150 soft shelled eggs (2-2^ inches in diameter) are laid at a time. Some nests, contain some undersized, yolkless or otherwise malformed eggs. The eggs are most 1 y wh i te , like those of other sea turt 1 es , but some¬ times they are fl ecked with green. When the clutch is completed the rep¬ tile sweeps sand into the nest cavity with her hind flippers. When the cavity is full and the nest spot completely hidden, the exhausted animal makes her way back to the sea 1 eavi ng a track on the beach of about A to 6 feet wide. The nests hatch after 60-68 days in Surinam (Pritchard, 1969), 58-72 days (average 67 days) in Ceylon, 56-72 days in Tongaland and 53~60 days in Malaysia. EMERGENCE FROM THE NEST Herpetologists have always been cur ious to learn how the hatchlings penetrate through the two to four feet of sand after hatching. Dr. A. Carr, one of the foremost American authorities on sea turtles, kept several clutches of eggs in a glassfronted box with sand, and was able to record thi s for the f i rst t ime . Hughes (1969) describes Carr' s records on hatch i ng as follows (abbreviated): "After the turtles have cut their way through the now brittle egg-shel 1 by means of the egg-tooth situated on the upper half of the beak, they Page A6 Bulletin Maryland Herpetolog i cal Society Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 s tra ighten out from the curl ed embryolog i cal pos i t ion . With hatching there is a decrease in total volume of space occupied by the eggs alone, and this prov i des an a i rchamber , which presumably supplies sufficient oxygen for the requi rements of the hatchl ings once they become real ly active. After the bul k of hatch 1 i ngs have hatched the activity s tarts wi th thresh i ng the flippers. The young at the top of the nest attempt to scramble up the side of the a i rchamber and th i s bri ngs sand down from the sides and roof of the chamber. This sand is now filtered through the entire group of scrambling hatch 1 i ngs unt i 1 it reaches the floor of the nest chamber where it starts to form a new floor. Slowly the main body of hatchlings starts to rise towards the surface of the beach as the floor of the chamber be¬ comes th icker and th i cker , bury i ng the unhatched eggs, the egg-shells and the unfortunate hatchlings that e i the r possess some gross infirmity or were slow to hatch. They die, because they are unab 1 e to make their own way to the surface." The young generally emerge at night and make for the sea as fast as they can move (Schulz, 1968). ENEMIES Eggs are sometimes lost to ghost crabs (Ooypode sp.) but they often are dug up by monitor lizards (in Ceylon and Tongaland) and dogs . Hatch¬ lings are ki 1 led by the thousands by ghost crabs (in Surinam and Tongaland) , genet cats, mongooses (Tongaland), vultures - Coragyps atratus and Cath- artes aura { Surinam (Schulz, 1968) and the Guianas), f r i ga te b i rds , gu 1 1 s , fera 1 dogs and other predators . The few young that reach the sea are usually attacked by large fishes (rock cods), octopi and sharks . Even adults are not safe i n the water . They of ten carry scars of bi tes from past encounters wi th sharks , and sometimes one or even two f 1 i ppers are lost i n the struggle for life. The uncontrolled col lect i ng of the eggs by man, however, causes the greatest damage (Janssen, 1972, Petzoldt, 1972) . Fortunately, the flesh of adults is regarded as inedible. Pritchard (1971) estimates that there are between 29,000 and A0,000 breeding female leatherbacks in the world. An es t imate of the number of males i s unava i lab le ; since, the males never come ashore, they cannot be counted. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 47 Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 CONCLUSION We do not know much about the hab i ts and wander i ngs of th i s remarkable reptile. It spends most of its time in open sea and is one of the swiftest of testud i nates . 1 1 i s al so one of the rarest of al 1 sea turtles - a total of less than 40,000 breeding females for a world-ranging species is not great - and it will soon be threatened with extinction in large areas of its range if not given FULL PROTECTION!!! ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I would 1 ike to thank Dr. P . C .H . Pr i t chard , the we 1 1 -known marine turtle special i st of the Un i vers i ty of FI or i da , for send i ng me valuable i nformat ion on the leatherback, and Mr. P. A. Teunissen at Paramaribo (Surinam) for allowing me to use photographs of the Dienst's Landsbosbeheer and for his help in genera 1 . Li terature C i ted Bleakney, J. S. 1965. Reports of mar i ne turtles from new engl and and eastern Canada, Can . Field Nat. 79(2) : 120-128. Burton, M. 1970. Purnell's encyclopedia of animal life, BFCFubl., London s pp. 1293-1294. Page 48 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 Deran i yagal a , P. E. P. 1953. A colored atlas of some vertebrates from Ceylon - tetrapod reptilia, Ceylon Government Press , pp. 6-21. Hughes, G. 1969. Marine turtle hatchlings of Tonga land, African Wildlife 23: 5" 19. Janssen, J. J. 1972. Zeesch i 1 dpadden aan de st randen van Sur i name , Lacerta 31 : 3“ 1 2 . Loveridge, A. 1946. Reptiles of the Pacific world, MacMillan Comp. , New York, pp. 13-27. Mertens, R. and H. Wermuth. I960. Die Amphib ien and Repti 1 Jen Europas, Ver lag W. Kramer, Frank¬ furt am Main, pp. 67-73. Petzoldt, T. R. 1972. Zeesch i 1 dpadden , Schakels 78: 12-16. Pritchard, C. H. 1969. Sea turtles of the Guiana, Bull, of the Florida State Museum 13:85-140. 1971. The 1 eatherback or 1 eathery turtle, J. U.C.N. Monograph no. 1, Morges, Switerland. Rose, W. 1950. The rept i 1 es and amph i b i ans of southern Afr ica , Maskew Miller, Cape Town , pp. 327-329. Schulz, J.P. 1968. Zeesch i 1 dpadden in Suriname, Dienstrs Landsbosbeheer, Para¬ maribo, pp. 1-120. Worrel 1 , E . 1963. Rept i 1 es of Austral ia , Angus and Roberts on, Sydney, pp . 6— 11. Zwinenberg, A. J. 1972. The marine turtles of Ceylon, Herpetology Bomeostraat 23, Vlaardingen, The Netherlands Received 12 February 1974 Accepted 27 February 1974 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 49 Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 Effects of Photoperiod on Diel Rhythm and Rate of Oxygen Consumption in Juvenile Blue Granite Lizards, Sceloporus oyanogenys The rate of oxygen consumption, VO2 , in animals is modified by many factors including body size, sex, reproductive stage, nutrition, activity, temperature and photoperiod. Organisms in their natural environments also show rhythms of activity which are reflected in metabolic rate changes, thus changes in VO2. Exogenous rhythms occur as a response to environ¬ mental change and do not cont i nue i n constant conditions. However, rhythms which pers is t when an env i ronmental condition is held constant, when it is known that the condition can, when fluctuating, affect or determine the form of the rhythm are called endogenous rhythms (Harker, 1958). This study was conducted to determi ne a mean rate of oxygen consump¬ tion and if the diel rate or rhythm of VO2 in these 1 i zards was i nf 1 uenced by photoperiod. Nine juveni le blue grani te lizards, Soeloporus oyanogenys were ac¬ climated to 25°C + 1°C and LD 1 6 : 8 photoperiod in a Sherer environmental chamber. The animals were born and ma i nta i ned under these conditions and were 7 “10 days old when used in the study. VO2 was mon i tored wi th Warburg constant-volume respirometers containing NaOH in the sidearm, at 25°C + 0 .5°C . Read i ngs were made in low i ntens i ty red 1 ight and taken at 30 minute intervals cont i nuousl y for 24 hours. I n an add i t iona 1 study nine juvenile lizards from a second brood were used . These animals were born inconstant light, 25°C + 1°C and were ma i nta i ned under these cond i t ions for four days prior to being monitored over 24 hours. Prior to use all animals were weighed to the nearest 0.01 g and had a mean weight of 0.82 g. The mean VC 2 of the animals under the LD .16:8 photoperiod was 97-1 jj! g“l hr""1 while animals under constant light had a mean of 124.4 jj 1 g"1 hr”1 with the difference significant at the .001 level (student's "t") (Fig. 1). Higher metabolic rates under longer photophases would be ex¬ pected in a diurnal animal. However, not only is the VO2 higher but the complete cycle is elevated. L i ttl e work has been publ i shed on VO2 in juveni le 1 izards. Bartholomew and Tucker (1964) concluded that the relation of we ight to metabol i sm at a body temperature of 30 °C could best be descr i ued by the formula 02g“1hr“1 = 0.82 W”°*38 where W is body weight in grams. Mueller (1969) reported the VO2 of a 1.0 g lizard, S, graoiosus at 30°C as 240 jjlg-ihr-1 which would be approximately 30% of the val ue pred i cted from the formul a . Another species with a small body weight, Lygosoma laterale , had a VO2 of 310 jj! g”1 hr-1 or approximately 40% of the predicted value (Hudson and Bertram, 1966). The values obta i ned i n th i s study are cons iderably lower than the predicted value but probably represent a better approximation of a mean value. In Page 50 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 TIME (EST) Fig. 1. Diel VO2 of juveni le Soe loporus oyanogenys . Upper curve, animals run under constant light. Lower curve, animals run under L9 1 6 : 8 photoper iod . an earlier study (Songdahl, 1971) cf V 02 of juvenile S . oyanogenys 1 ob¬ tained a value of 177 JJl g-lh r-1 at 25°C which would closely approximate those of Mueller (19&9) if the temperature d i fference i s cons i dered . How¬ ever, Muel ler 1 s study was conducted over several two hour periods wi th read¬ ings taken at 15 minute intervals. Periods of 2 - 5 hours are frequently used in deriving mean VO2 values. 1 bel ieve these abbreviated determinations are frequently unrealistic in that the animals undoubtedly reflect the trauma of the situation in increased VC 2« Furthermore, photoperiod effects and diel variations, whjch have been shown to be significant (Songdahl and Hutchison, 1972) in VC2 stud ies , cannot be cons i dered when us i ng attenuated tests . There appeared to be a bimodal rhythm of Vp2 in the animals acclimated to the LD 16:8 photoperiod. A high level of VO2 occurred S' me time prior to the onset of the scotophase. A similar rhythm has been shown in adult lizards acclimated to changing light. (Songdahl and Hutchison, 1972). Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 51 Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 The animals under constant light did not exhibit a bimodal rhythm. However , a not i cab 1 e rise in VO2 is shown in the ea r 1 y afternoon . Aschoff (1963) found that day-active birds exposed to constant light conditions showed an acceleration in start of activity. These lizards seem to ex¬ hibit this trend. Increased metabolic activity commenced approximately two hours prior to those acclimated to changing light. Th i s work was compl eted wh i 1 e the author hel d a tra i neesh i p provided by NIH training Grant T01-S00104. Li terature C i ted Aschoff, J. 1963. Comparative physiology: diurnal rhythms. Ann . Rev. Physiol . 25: 581-600. Bartholomew, G. A., and V. A. Tucker. 1964. Size, body temperature, thermal conductance, oxygen consump¬ tion, and heart rate i n Aus tra 1 ian varanid lizards. Physiol . Zool. 37: 341-354. Harker, J. E. 1958. Metabolic rhythms. Biol, Rev, 33: 1-52. Hudson, J. W. and F. W. Bertram. 1966. Physiological response to temperature in the ground skink, Lygosoma laterale. Physiol, Zool, 39: 21-29. Muel ler , G. F. 1969. Temperature and energy character i st ics of the sagebrush lizard Soeloporus graoiosus in Yellowstone National Park. Copeia 1969 ( 1 ) : 1 53- 1 60 . Songdahl , J . H . 1971- The role of the parapineal in oxygen consumption cycles of the b 1 ue gran i te lizard, Soeloporus cyanogenys (Cope). Ph.D Dissertation University of Rhode Island. Songdahl, J. H. and V. H. Hutchison. 1972. The effect of photoper i od , par i eta 1 ectomy and eye enucleation on oxygen consumption in the blue granite lizard, Soeloporus cyanogenys. Herpetologica 27 (2) : 1 48- 1 56 . - John H. Songdahl, Department of Zoology 3 University of Rhode Island 9 Kingston Rhode Island 02881. Present Address: Nichols College _, Dudley Mass. 01570. Received 3 April 1974 Accepted 9 Apr i 1 1 974 Page 52 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 The Systematic Status of Trimorphodon lyrophanes Cope on Cerralvo Island, Gulf of California, Mexico Banks and Farmer (1963) fi rst reported Trimorphodon lyrophanes from Cerralvo Island, Gulf of California, Mexico. This was the first record for the genus on any of the islands in the Gulf of California. The first lyre snake, a male (SDNHM 44395) , was col lected 26 May 1962, approximately one hour after sundown at the edge of dense brush, north of the salt flat near the southwest end of the island. A second juvenile male specimen (CAS 93015) was col lected 29 May 1962 from rocks near the adjacent beach. The third specimen, an adult female Trimorphodon lyrophanes (R 1835 NHSM) , was collected 12 January 1974 by Senor Pancho Aviles about dusk from a steep rocky arroyo located near the northwest end of Cerralvo Island. The food of these venomous rear-fanged snakes consists, in part, of small mammals, as is evidenced by the remains found in the stomach of this adult female specimen. Having examined the three available specimens of Trimorphodon lyro¬ phanes from Cerralvo Island, I find significant differentiation from the penisular populations only in the number of anterior scale rows, 26 as compared to 23, and temporals, 4+4 as compared to 3+4. Klauber (1940), reports that there i s an unusua 1 1 y large number of Trimorphodon specimens having an even number of seal e rows, as compared with most other colubrid snakes, which seldom have an even number. This results from, either a spl i tt i ng of the mid-dorsal row to convert the normal 23 to 24 or the sup¬ pression of the mid-dorsal to 22. Dorsal, rather than the usual lateral condensat ions , are ev ident in Trimorphodon . One specimen (CAS 93015) was found to have an increased number of dorsal tail spots, 21 as compared to 10-18 for peninsular specimens. Essentially the dorsal body pattern of Cerralvo Island specimens consists of a series of brown or gray-brown dorsal spots on a grayish to tan background; each spot is divided by a transverse lighter bar much the same as in peninsular specimens. | Fig. 1. An adult female Trimorphodon Fig. 2. Close-upof the ante- lyrophanes from Cerralvo Is¬ land (R 1835 NHSM) . rior portion of the body of R 1835 NHSM. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 53 Volume 10 Number June 1974 O Since itwill probably be some time before a 1 a rge series from Cerra 1 vo Island will become available for study, morphometric data for the three currently available specimens are presented and compared with available pub 1 i shed morphometric data provided by Klauber (1928, 1940). See Table 1. TABLE 1. Variation in Trimorphodon lyrophanes from Cerralvo Island com¬ pared with Baja California peninsular specimens. CERRALVO ISLAND BAJA CALIFORNIA SDNHM 44395 CAS 93015 NHSM 1835 (Klauber 1928, 1940) Age Juven i 1 e Juven i 1 e Adul t Adult Sex (5 6 ? 6 ¥ Total length (mm) 283 275 785 - - Vent ra 1 s 231 229 239 222-235 222-243 Cauda 1 s 77 73 67 71-86 63-76 Supra labials 9-8 10-9 9-9 8-10 1 nf ra 1 ab i a 1 s 10-10 12-11 13-13 10-14 Tempora 1 s 4+4 4+4 3+4 2+3 or 3+4 Body Spots 27 33 31 21-34 Tail Spots 17 21 13 10-18 Scale Rows 26-23-18 26-23-18 26-24-17 23-22-16 (typical) Note: A1 1 Cerra 1 vo Island specimens counted by author. When more specimens are available, variation in morphometric data com¬ bined with the geographical isolation from the most similar populations on the Baja California peninsula, with the high degree of endemism found in other reptiles occurring on Cerralvo Island, could possibly provide the basis for nomenclatorial recognition of a distinct geographic race. y/'s / I am i ndebted to Senores Ismael and Pancho Aviles, shark fishermen, from El Sargento, Baja California Sur for their valuable assistance in Page 54 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 collecting spec imens from Cerra 1 vo Island; to Mr. Herbert S. Harris, Jr. and Dr. Robert S. Simmons, Natural History Soc i ety of Mary 1 and (NHSM) for partial financial field ass i stance and mot i vat ion ; to Dr. Thomas H. Fritts and Mr. Clark R. Mahrdt, San Diego Natural History Museum (SDNHM) and Dr . Alan E. Leviton, California Academy of Sciences (CAS) for the loan of specimens; to Dr. Benjamin H. Banta, Biology Department, United States International University for guidance; and to Dr. Hobart M. Smith, EPO Biology Department, University of Colorado for editorial suggestions. Literature Cited Banks, R. C. and W. M. Farmer. 1963. Observations on repti les of Cerral vo Island, Baja California, Mexico. Herpetologica 18 (4) : 246-249 . Klauber, L. M. 1928. The Trimorphodon (lyre snake) of California, with notes on the spec i es of the adjacent areas. Trans . San Diego Soc . Nat . Hist. 5(11) : 1 83-194, pis. 22-23. 19^0 . The lyre snakes (genus Trimorphodon) of the United States. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 5(19) : 163“194, pi. 7, map. - Arnold Powers, EPO Biology Department, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado 80302. Received 17 April 1974 Accepted 9 May 1974 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 55 Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 A Pre-Columbian Record of Cannibalism in the Rattlesnake Powers (1972) has recently commented on a case of cann i bal i sm i n the southern Pacific rattlesnake, Crotalus viridis helleri , and has reviewed other comparable i nstances of cann 1 bal i sm wh i ch have been reported i n the literature. That this phenomenon has been observed before by American Indians inhabiting what is now Mexico many years before the arrival of Europeans to the New World is documented by figure 18 by Martin del Campo (1936) wh i ch i s reproduced in figure 1. This figure represents what coul d Fig. 1. A pre-Columbian drawing of cannibalism in rattlesnakes (from Martin del Campo (1936) • figure 18) . be cons i dered an older snake beg inning to i ngest a much younger one , j udg i ng by the size and number of terminal rattles. This should help allay the concept that only Western Europeans were concerned with detailed descrip¬ tions which lead inevitably to the development of Western Science as we now know i t . Literature Cited Martin del Campo, R. 1936. Los batracios y reptiles segun los codices y relatos de los antiguos mexicanos, Anales del Instituto de Biologia 7(A): 489-512. Powers, A. 1972. An instance of cann i ba 1 i sm i n capt i ve Cvotdlus vividis helleri with a brief review of cannibalism in rattlesnakes, Bulletin Maryland Eerpetological Society 5(3)- 60-61 . - Benjamin H. Banta, Department of Biology , United States International University a 10455 Pomerado Road, San Diego, California 92131 . Received 31 April 1974 Accepted 31 April 1974 Page 56 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 First Records of the Eastern Tiger Salamander, Amby stoma tigrinum tigrinum Green, in Virginia Although the eastern t iger salamander, Ambystoma tigrinum tigrinum , has been found four miles south cf the North Carolina line and less than ten miles north of the Potomac River in Maryland, intensive collecting has heretofore fa i 1 ed to reveal the presence of th i s sa 1 amander in Virginia (Burger, 196l;Tobey, 1973). However two separate discoveries during 1973 finally added the ti ger salamander to the official State 1 i s t of rept i 1 es and amphibians. On 23 March 1973, we found two freshly laid egg masses of this sal¬ amander in Jones Pond, located alongside State Road 54, ten miles west of Ashland, Hanover County , V i rg i n i a . Both egg masses were attached to cl umps of soft rush, Junous effusus , growing i n two feet of water. The margin of Jones Pond i s 1 i ned by a narrow stri p of smooth al der , Ulnus serrulata, and Junous . There are a few isolated clumps of Junous growing in deeper water and the egg masses were attached to two of these cl umps . We brought the eggs into the laboratory but they fa i 1 ed to devel op beyond the ta i 1 bud stage. We preserved the egg masses and deposited them in the collection of the Natural History Society of Maryland. David S. Lee, who is working with the tiger salamander in Maryland, ver i f i ed our i dent i f i cat ion of the eggs . On 13 Octoter 1973, an adult tiger sal amander was col lected by Thomas H. Groff at Tabb, York County, Virginia. Mr. Groff dug up two of these salamanders in his garden but one escaped. The captive specimen is alive at the Peninsula Nature and Science Center (Collection Number PBT731013“1). Photographs and col lection data have been deposi ted with the Virginia Herp- etological Society (Tobey, 197*0. The York and Hanover County local ities are approximately 80 airline miles apart; both are within the James-York drainage system. However, York County lies in the Lower Coastal Plain while the Hanover site is located on the Lower Piedmont Plateau, approximately ten miles west of the Fall Line. Jones Pond is located in an area of ha rdwood forest with white oak, Querous alba , and tulip poplar, Liriodendron tulipifera , as dominants. This pond differs quite markedly from the transient field ponds located in depressions preferred by these sal amanders in Mary 1 and (St i ne , et . a 1 . , 195**). The authors are familiar with Golts and Massey Ponds in Kent County, Maryland, the only active breeding sites of the tiger salamander in Maryland. Neither of these ponds has fish in it. We have been unable to find A. tigrinum larvae in Jones Pond. We feel that predation by a large population of fish, such as crappie, b 1 ueg ill, and bass, in the pond is the most likely reason for the absence of larvae. Literature Cited Burger, Lesl ie W. 1961. A spr i ng research project for Vi rginia naturalists , Va, Herps, Bull . 23: 4-6. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 57 Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 Stine, Charles J.,Jr., James A. Fowler and Robert S. Simmons. 1954. Occur rence of the eastern tiger salamander, Ambystoma tigrinum tigrinum (Green) in Maryland with notes on its life history, Annuals of the Carnegie Museum 33: 1 45" 148. Tobey, Franklin J., Jr. 1973* Personal Communication. 1 97^ • Personal Commun i cat ion . — — John B. Funderburg, Charles H. Hotchkiss, and Peter Hertl , Depart¬ ment of Biology, Randolph-Maoon College, Ashland, Virginia 23005 . Received 11 May 1974 Accepted 14 May 1974 The Wood Frog, Rana sylvatica Le Conte, in the Virginia Coastal Plain The wood frog, Rana sylvatiea , is a northern species whose southern limit is reached i n northern Virginia except in the mounta i ns where i t occurs as far south as South Carolina (Wright, 1 9^9 ; Conant, 1953). Sn the Del- marva Peninsula i t is found as far south as Somerset and Worcester Counties, Maryland (Harris, 1939). On 10 March 1973, the authors were col lecti ng repti les and amphibians along Crump Creek, one mile east of the junct ion of th i s creek and State Road 651 in Hanover County, Virginia, in a pothole on the floodplain of the creek we found three egg masses of the wood frog attached to sticks which protruded above the surface. The eggs had hatched but we col lected the jelly masses and preserved them. They have been deposited in the col¬ lection of the Natural History Society of Mary land . Efforts to secure tad¬ poles from this pothole were not successful nor did we find either eggs of frogs at this site in 1974. Dur i ng the afternoon of 6 March 1974, we found two freshly laid wood frog egg masses 1/2 mile north of the junction of US 301 and State Road 601 in Carol ine County, Virginia. These egg masses were found in a di tch flowing through a culvert under US 301. We did not d I s turb the eggs and returned to the site that evening and captured an adult female wood frog floating near the eggs. We also col lected a sma 1 1 egg sample. Both the female and eggs are depos i ted i n the col 1 ect ion of the Biology Department at Randol ph- Macon Col lege. Page 58 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 These collecting si tes are both located on the Upper Coastal Plain near the Fall Line. They are approximately 25 miles apart. Since the wood frog is common i n the lower port ion of the Eastern Shore of Mary 1 and , i t i s quite 1 i kely that more in tens i ve col lect i ng in the Lower Ccastal PI a i n of V i rg i n i a will reveal other disjunct populations of this frog. Literature Cited Conant, Roger. 1958. A field guide to repti les and amphibians, Houghton Mifflin Co, Harris, Herbert S., Jr. 1969. Distributional survey: Mary 1 and and the D i str i ct of Col umb i a , Bull, Md, Herp, Soo, 5 (A) : 97“ 1 6 1 . Wright, A. H. and Anna Wright. 19*+9. Handbook of frogs and toads, Comstock Publ, Co, - John B. Funderburg, Charles H. Hotchkiss, and Peter Hertl , Depart¬ ment of Biology 3 Rondo Iph-Maoon College 3 Ashland 3 Virginia 23005, Received 11 May 197*+ Accepted 15 May 197*+ Some Amphibians and Reptiles from Iran Iran i s a mounta i nous country in southwest Asia whose nearly one and two-thirds mi 1 1 icn square ki lometres represent a 1 and area nearly the s i ze of France, England, I re 1 and, Italy, and Spain taken together ( F I rouz, 1971 ) . Arid, interior steppes and extreme deserts occupy large parts of the Central Plateau; mountain peaks reach to almost 5800 metres in the Alborz range, while elevations along the Caspian Sea dip to 26 metres below sea level. Varied hab i tats and cl imates throughout the country support approximately 185 described species of amphibians and rept i 1 es , of wh i ch five forms (a salamander, a frog, two lizards, and a snake) have been added since my account less than three years ago (Tuck, 1971)* S. C. Anderson (pers . comm.; Tuck, 1973) is in the process of publishing descriptions of two new Iranian geckos, and J. Eiselt (pers. comm.) has communicated to me notice of his having discovered another new Iranian gecko. Photographs presented here depi ct only a very few members of the rich Iranian herpetofauna . Most examples have been preserved in the Muze-ye Tarikh-e Tab i 1 i (-National Museum of Natural History) (MMTT), Department of the Env i ronment , Teheran; the tortoi se and the seasnake are s t i 1 1 alive as of this writing. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 59 Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 I thank His Exce 1 1 ency , Mr . Eskanda r Firouz, D i rector of the Depart¬ ment of the Environment, for permission to present this material. All specimens were collected by various members of the Department during the course of official research and field work. Southern Crested Newt, Triturus eristatus kccrelinii This form, which ranges from the eastern Balkans in Europe to the southern end of the Caspian Sea area, is one of the five species known or believed to inhabit the mountains of Iran. This individual, now pre¬ served as MMTT 205 , measured hi mm snout-vent length. It may be a topotype, having been col lected in the Dashte-Naz National Park, Mazandaran Province, apparently near the type locality; it was collected 6 November 1973. Iberian Tortoise, Testudo graoea it era This form, wh i ch ranges from south-eastern Europe and adjacent Asian areas into central Iran, is one of the five species of turtles generally 1 isted for the land, fresh and brackish waters of the country. Several sea turtles a 1 so v i si t parts of the southern coast . This living example measures about 205 mminoarapace length. It was captured about 20 km north of the town of Shahpour, West Azarbaijan Provi nee, on 10 July 1973, and is still thriving in captivity. Page 60 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 This species extends from Egypt to Rajputana and prefers arid habitats . It is one of the 34 or more species of geckos believed to inhabit Iran. This tiny (36mm snout-vent length) individual (MMTT 197) is a juveni le taken i n one of the Department 1 s of f i ces in the city of Teheran , Central Province, on 10 October 1973- Brill i ant Agama Agama agilis This species i s bel ieved to range from eastern Iraq and northeastern Arab ia to southwestern Afghanistan and western Rajasthan, but the current studies of S. C. Anderson (pers. comm. ) may i nd i cate a d i fferent concept of the d i st r i but ion of this form. The Brilliant Agama i s but one of seven spec i es generally ass i gned to the Iranian Agama representatives. This individual (MMTT 186) measured 73 mm in snout-vent length; i t was col lected 25 September 1973 on the road to Na'in, about 60 km east of Esfahan , Esfahan Province. I kept it alive for several weeks and one day inadvertantly placed it with an example of Persian Steppe Lacerta, Eremias velox persica ; the tragic result is represented by Photograph No. 5- Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 61 Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 Brilliant Agama eating Persian Steppe Lacerta The victim of the Agama 1 s appet i te was col lected i n the Mohammed Reza Shah National Park on 24 September 1973; the Park is in Mazandaran and Khorasan Provinces. Toad-head Agama Phrynocephalus helioscopus helicscopus Superficially similar to the fami 1 iar North American Horned Lizards, genus Phrynosoma , this species ranges from parts of the Soviet Union into Mongolia, northern I ran , and northeastern Turkey. Seven other species of Toad-head Agamas are considered part of the Iranian Herpetof auna . This example, MMTT 184, measured 48 mm snout-vent length and was col 1 ected about 25 km north of the town of Pahlavidezh, Mazandaran Province, on 25 Sep¬ tember 1973. Green-bellied Lacerta Lacerta chlorogaster Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 62 Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 Iran shares this forest-dwelling lizard with adjacent parts of the Soviet Union in the general area of the Caspian Sea. This example, MMTT 1 82 , measured 64 mm snout-vent length, and i t was col 1 ected in the M hammed Reza Shah Nat ional Park, Mazandaran Prov i nee, on 24 September 1973. Five other species of the genus Laoerta are part of the Iranian herpetofauna . Balkan Grass Snake Matrix natrix persa This wide-ranging form is distributed from Greece, Bulgaria, Albania, Yugoslavia, Turkey, Cyprus , and Transcaucas i a to northern Iran and south¬ west Turkemen i stan. Unlike North American representat i ves of the genus, this species lays eggs. Furthermore, after displaying typical Natrix ha¬ bits when captured, individual s may feign convul s ions and death very con¬ vincingly, as did this specimen (MMTT 1 87) dur i ng one of the photograph i ng sessions. This i nd i vi dua 1 was coll ected i n the M i ankal eh Protected Reg ion , Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Snake-eyed Lacerta Ophisops elegans Lack of eyel ids characterize members of th i s small species, which is distributed from Asia Minor to parts of the USSR, Iran, Iraq, and Sinai Peninsula. It is common in stony plains and on rocky hillsides. This specimen, MMTT 198, was taken on Arezou Island, in Lake Rezaiyeh Protected Region, West Azarbaijan Province, 1 0 October 1 973 . It measured 52 mm snout- vent length. Page 63 Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 Mazandaran Prov i nee, on 27 September 1973. It measured 535 mm snout-vent length. Iberian Cat Snake Teles copus fallow ibevicus Because it is rear-fanged and smal 1 , the Iberian Cat Snake is not con¬ sidered dangerous. It ranges from the Caucasus area, eastern Turkev, and northern I raq into northwest I ran. This form prefers smal 1 I izards, and this individual (MMTT 1 83) ate a hatchl i ng Caucasus Agama ( Agama causoasica) in captivity. This example was collected on Kabudan Island, Lake Rezaiyeh Protectee1 Region, West Azarbaijan Province, 1 September 1973. It measured 248 mm snout-vent length. Pelagic Seasnake Pelamis platurus Although this species, like all seasnakes, is highly venomous, vil¬ lagers and f i shermen contended itwas quite harmless when I went to various elaborate means of picks ng up and handling specimens for which they would Page 64 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Numebr 2 June 1974 take no precautions. This living individual was taken in addition to a preserved series (MMTT 199 ~ 204) . It was one of the smaller examples collected, measuring about 500 mm snout-vent 1 ength , and was found on the beach of Hormoz Island, S t ra i t of Hormoz (between the Persian Gulf and the Sea of Oman), 22 January 197^. Literature Cited Firouz, E. 1971. Conservation and wildlife management in Iran. Teheran, Game and Fish Department of Iran (now, Department of the Environ¬ ment). 63 pp., illustrated. Tuck, R. G. , Jr. 1971 • Amph ib ians and repti les from Iran in the Uni ted States National Museum col lection. Bull. Md. Herp. Soc. 7{ 3 ) : 48- 86 , 9 fig., 23 maps, 1 table. 1973 Additional notes on I ran ian rept i 1 es i n the Un i ted States Nat¬ ional Collection, ibid., P(1):13”1^. Robert G. Tuck, Jr., Curator/Advisor, Muze-ye Melli-ye Tarikh-e Tabi'i , Department of the Environment , P. 0. Box 1430, Teheran, Iran. Received 27 February 197^ Accepted 2 March 197^ Ed . Note : Th i s paper and s 1 i des were presented by proxy at the March 2,197^, Eastern Seaboard Herpetolog i cal League meet i ng in Baltimore. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 65 Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 News & Notes EASTERN SEABOARD HERPETOLOG I CAL LEAGUE MEETING Sponsored by the Maryland Herpetological Society, held 2 March 1 97^ The March 2nd, 197^ meeting of the Eastern Seaboard Herpetological League (ESHL) was held in Bal timore, at the Essex Community College. This meeting was well attended despi te the energy crisis. The MdHS apologizes for only giving slightly over a months notice that the meeting would be held at this college. More time to plan the trip to Baltimore may have hel ped atten- dence some. Several of the ESHL constituent groups were not in attendence . . . despi te the fact that the city and date were known since last October's ESHL meet- i ng . The log book, located at the door of the aud i tor i urn , conta i ned the names of 91 persons who had signed in. The following participating groups were represented: Connect i cut Herpetolog i cal Society (CtHS) , Mas¬ sachusetts Herpetological Society (MaHS) , Maryland Herpetolog ical Society (MdHS) , Philadelphia Herpetological Society (PHS) , Virginia Herpetological Society (VaHS) , Wash i ngton Herpetological Society (WHS) . Congratulations are in order to CtHS and MaHS for charter i ng a bus to attend this meeting in Baltimore, thus saving gasoline. Displays were arranged by Jeff Thomas (MdHS), Ricky Czarnowsky (MdHS) and Howard Schwartzman (MdHS). Mr. Czarnowsky and Mr. Thomas's exhibit displayed alternate meth¬ ods of clearing amphibians and reptiles, while Mr. Schwartzman 1 s exhibit concerned poisonous snake bite. Mr. Czarnowsky also worked on this exhibit. Page 66 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 Mr. Robert G. Tuck, Jr. (past Pres i den t of MdHS and past coordinator of ESHL) presented an i 1 1 us tra ted s 1 i de presen tat i on "Some amphibians and rept i .1 es f rom I ran" at the meet i ng by proxy . His presentation is presented elsewhere in this issue. Abstracts of the talks presented at the March 2, 197*+ ESHL meeting are as follows: Jerry D. Hardy, Jr. (MdHS) - "Frogs, Islands and Evolution in the Caribbean" Abstract- The possible interrelationship of the various species of Eleutherodaotylus occurring in the southeastern Car i bbean were d i scussed . Primary emphasis was placed on Tabago and Guadeloupe. A northward dispersal pattern was suggested. David S. Lee (MdHS) - "Maryland's Endangered Species" Abstract- Maryland has a diverse flora and fauna. This is because of marked differences in the state's ecosystems and dra i nage patterns. Various fac¬ tors affecting these ecosystems and their in¬ habitants were discussed. William and Donna Marvel (MdHS) - "Speciation is the Garter Snakes" Abstract- Some possible causes of speciation and 1 ines of evolution among U.S. forms of Thamnophis were discussed. SI ides were shown of most native spe¬ cies and of representative geographical races. Herbert S. Harris, Jr. & Robert S. Simmons (MdHS) - "Rattlesnakes of the World" Abstract- Photographs represent i ng 71 of the 77 current ly recognized subspecies (30 of 31 species) and 8 new proposed subspecies were shown. Brief notes on evolution, distribution and phylogeny were d i scussed . Mr. Earl Baysinger of the United States Department of the interior discussed and explained the recent proposed legislation controlling the importation of wildlife . . . Injurious Wildlife (Lacey Act). He also d i scussed the recent 1 y passed Endangered Species Act of 1973* A question and answer period followed the discussions. The program went into overtime and left 1 i tt 1 e time for the "Meeting of Designated Representatives", as the participants departure times had Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 67 Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 been preset. Since this is the purpose for ESHL meetings, future programs should perhaps schedule the meeting of Designated Representatives early in the day. In all, this meeting was a success. The New York Herpetolog i cal Society has volunteered to host the October 197^ Meeting. See you in New York! Where were you March 2, 1974 . . . NYHS, TMG , ACTT !!! Careers in Biological Systematics The Society of Systemat ic Zoology has just published a sixteen-page, il¬ lustrated brochure for persons who are considering a career in animal or plant systematics. The field of systematics is described, together with examples of current research; other sections of the booklet deal with employment, training and recommended readings . Single copies are ava i lable free of charge by writing SSZ, c/o Department of Entomology, National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. 20560, U.S.A. Important Paper Reprinted Raymond Cowl es and Char 1 es Bogert's "Preliminary Study of the Thermal Re¬ quirements of Desert Reptiles" has now been reprinted by the Society for the Study of Amphibians and Reptiles, together with a preface by Harvey Pough that summar i zes recent 1 i terature on the topic. The paper was orig¬ inally published as a Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History > Page 68 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 volume 83, pages 261-296, 11 plates, 1944. This pioneering work is still of continuing interest to physiologists, ecologists, behaviorists and herpetologists; single copies cost $1.00 post-paid but instructors who wish to make copies available to students may purchase quantities at re¬ duced prices (20-49 copies, 75 C each; 50 or more, 50c each). Send orders to Dr. Henri C. Seibert, Publications Secretary, SSAR, Department of Zoo¬ logy, Morton Hall, Ohio University, Athens, Ohio 45701, U.S.A. 0) UNIVERSITY OF MIAMI PRESS Drawer 90 8 8 * Coral Gables, Florida 33124 • Phone 305/ 2 84-5 885 SEA TURTLES AND THE TURTLE INDUSTRY of the West Indies, Florida, and the Gulf of Mexico. by Thomas P. Rebel Publication date: March 22, 1974 Price: $10. 00s Pages: 250 Illustrated: ISBN 0-87024-217-2 SEA TURTLES, summa r i zes the current knowledge on taxonomy, life history, the fight for survival from man who pursues them endlessly for food and shel 1 and who 1 s ever-increasing civi 1 izat ion is encroaching their remain¬ ing nesting beaches, conservation measures to protect them, etc., of our marine turtles. Over 800 published sources were consul ted for i nformat ion on life histories, and the data sorted by species for easy reference. Breeding habits, behavior, physiology, diet, growth, distribution and migration, enemies and taxonomy are discussed. Also covered are fishing methods, cultivation efforts, administration of turtle fisheries in the Caribbean and legislative measures taken to protect them. In general, this book brings together our current knowl edge of the marine turtles and presents the data in an easy to understand format that every one can com¬ prehend . H.S.H. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 69 Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 NATIONAL SWEDISH HERPETOLOG I CAL ASSOCIATION The National Swedish Herpetol og i ca 1 Association , NSHA (Sveriges Herpeto- logiska Ri ksforen i ng) i s a un ion of f i ve local societies, viz. Malmo Ter- rar ieforen i ng/MTF, Goteborgs Herpetol og i ska Foren i ng/GHF, Stockholms Herp- etologiska Foren i ng/SHF, Linkopings Te rrar ieforen i ng/LTF and Uppsala Herp- etologiska Foren i ng/UHF . The number of members are 55, 55, 70, 25 and 20, respectively. The association was formed 1971 by four al ready existing local societies. It publishes a journal, Snoken (the Colubrid), that appears five times per year. The journal, written in Swedish, contains articles on husban¬ dry, observat ions on ecology and behaviour, reports from travels abroad, reviews of different groups, debates etc. The deciding body of the association is the congress that meets twice a year. Between the congresses it is represented by an executive committee of three persons. Activities in the local societies include; lectures, often by members of the other societies, excursions and exhibitions. Most members are interested in keeping and studying live animals, par¬ ticularly 1 i zards but al so snakes and frogs. There is a growing interest for the study of the local faunas. Many members also make travels abroad, also to other continents, to study herps. In general the members are amateurs, a few are studying b iology at uni vers i ties , among them some do research on herpetolog i cal subjects. Two members also have permanent ex¬ hibit i ons for the public, in Kolmarden (near Norrkoping) and Helsingborg (nea r Malmo). The associat ion can be contacted through the address ; SHR, c/o Jon Loman, Ekol og i huset , Zool . Inst., University of Lund, 22362 LUND, Sweden. Following, is an appeal we received from the National Swedish Herpetolog i ca 1 Association. It is presented here so that interested members may also respond ...... Lund 20/2 197^ The National Swedish Herpetolog i cal Association is interested to know whether your organization could consider to take part in a joint action against those animals dealers that offer am¬ phibians and reptiles that are threatened with extinction for sale. As it has appeared that a large number of dealers offer such animals we consider some kind of action urgent. Page 70 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 2 June 1974 We suggest that each society sends a letter similar to the one below to all dealers known to them. Please inform us if you take part in this action. On behalf of NSHA, sincerely yours SHR, c/o Jon Loman, Ekol og i huset , Zool . Inst., University of Lund, 223 62 LUND, Sweden. (Suggested letters to animal dealers; only the valid part is to be sent or the invalid overlined) Dear sir: After reading your stock list, dated _ _ , we find that you offer the following species of amphibians and reptiles, that according to the Red Data Book (obtainable from IUCN, Morges, Switzerland) are threatened with extinction: We will inform our members of this and recommend them not to trade from you until you have ceased offering these animals. We will be glad to hear from you when you have done so. On behalf of _ _ , sincerely yours Dear Sir: After read i ng your stock list, dated . . , we are glad to find that you are not offer i ng any threatened species for sale. We will inform our members of this fact. On behalf of _ , sincerely yours The MdHS has informed the NSHA that we will part i c i pate i n th i s endeavor. This act ion was sanct ioned at the Steering Committee and Business Meeting held March 27, 1 97^ by the officers and members present. The SSAR Conservation Committee has praised the NSHA for their concern and idea, which the committee feels could be an effective approach to discouraging trade in endangered and threatened species. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 71 Volume 10 Number 2 “Loveridge REPTILES (and Amphibians) OF THE PACIFIC 271 pages 3 7 plates 3 1 double-page map3 index (originally published in 1946 by Macmillan Company 3 New York) THIS BOOK treats the herpetofauna of a vast region including Indonesia, the 'Philippines and Japan, Australia, New Guinea and New Zealand, and an enormous array of islands including Hawaii and the Galapagos. With such isolated land masses, the fauna is predictably diverse and includes the tuatara, several croco¬ diles, various lizards including the Komodo dragon, flying lizards and the Gala¬ pagos iguanas, numerous pythons, the king cobra and other poisonous elapids and vipers, the wide-ranging marine turtles and sea snakes, caecilians, the giant salamander, and many frogs and toads. Authoritative yet written in a clear and untechnical manner, this book is the standard reference on the Pacific herpetofauna and is equally useful to pro¬ fessionals and amateurs'. Each species is described and its range noted, together with a discussion of its life history and remarks on capture, captive specimens, reproductive habits, and use as food. There are identification keys to families and species, illustrated with seven diagnostic plates. Finally, there are chap¬ ters on snake bite and its treatment, economic aspects and conservation, collect¬ ing techniques, procedures for shipping living and preserved specimens, and an annotated bibliography. Mr. Loveridge, now retired, was formerly curator of herpetology at Harvard University, and is a noted authority on the amphibians and reptiles of Africa and the South Pacific. prices SSAR members before publication: $10 paperbound, $12 clothbound Institutions and non-members: $15 paperbound, $17 clothbound to order Orders may be placed now. This book will be published in fall 197^; to take ad¬ vantage of special prices, SSAR members must place their orders before publication. Please circle edition desired and send with payment to Dr. Henri C. Seibert, Morton Hall, Ohio University, Athens, Ohio 1*5701, U.S.A. Make checks payable to: "SSAR." Receipt sent on request only. Please mark these boxes if you want information on SSAR membership n or a complete list of Society publications D . Publications issued by the Society include the Journal of Herpetology 3 Facsimile Reprints in Herpetology 3 Herpetological Review 3 Herpetological Circulars 3 Catalogue of American Amphibians and Reptiles 3 and the several series published by SSAR’s predecessor, The Ohio Herpetological Society. Page 72 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Society Publications Back issues of the Bulletin of the Maryland Herpetolog i cal Society, where available, may be obta i ned by wr i t i ng the Execut i ve Editor. A list of available issues will be sent upon request. Individual numbers in stock are $2.00 each. The Soc i ety a 1 so pub 1 i shes a News 1 etter on a somewhat irregular basis. Theseare distributed to the membersh i p free of charge . Also published are Maryland Herpetofauna Leaflets and these are available at $. 05/page. Information for Authors All correspondence should be addressed to the Executive Editor. Manuscripts being sub¬ mitted for publication should be typewritten (double spaced) on good quality 8^x11 inch paper, with adequate margins. Submit original and first carbon, retaining the second carbon. Indicate where illustrations or photographs are to appear in text. Cite all literature used at end in alphabetical order by author. Major papers are those over 5 pages (double spaced, elite type) and must i ncl ude an abstract . The authors name should be centered under the title, and the address is to fol low the Li terature Cited. Minor papers are those papers with fewer than 5 pages. Author's name is to be placed at end of paper (see recent issue). For add i t i ona 1 information see Style Manual for Biological Journals (1964) , Amer i can I ns t i tute of Biological Sc i ences , 3900 Wi scons i n Avenue , N . W. , Wash i ngton , D.C. 20016. Price is $3.00. Reprints are available at $.025 a page and shoul d be ordered when manuscripts are submitted or when proof s are returned . Minimum order is 100 reprints. Either edited manuscr i pt or proof will be returned to author for approval or correction. The author wi 1 1 be res pons ible for a! 1 corrections to proof, and must return proof preferab 1 y w i th i n 7 days. The Maryland Herpetological Society Department of Herpetology Hatural History Society of Maryland 3 Inc . 2643 Horth Charles Street Baltimore s Maryland 21218 of Maryland OCT 17 W4 BULLETIN OF THE ISSN 0025"4231 TRacylanb Rerpetologkal ©oriety Department of Herpetology The Natural History Society of Maryland, Inc, MdHS, . A FOUNDER MEMBER OF THE Eastern Seaboard Herpetological League SEPTEMBER 1974 VOLUME 10, NUMBER 3 Bulletin of the Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 3 September 1974 CONTENTS A prel iminary ecological survey of the Mattaponi-Polecat Creek swamp in Carol i ne County, Vi rg in ia . John B. Funderburg 73 A range extension for the carpenter frog, Rana virgatipes Cope, in the Chesapeake Bay Region . . ,J . B. Funderburg , PoHertl , W.M.Kerfoot 77 An Aneides aeneus nest in West Vi rg in ia . Arnold W. Norden 79 Noteworthy herpetolog i cal records from North Carol i na . . W. A. Palmer, A.L . Braswel 1 , D.L. Stephan 81 Death-feigning in Hyla regilla on Santa Cruz Island, Santa Barbara County , Cal i forn ia . Benjamin H. Banta 88 Thomas Bai 1 1 ie MacDougal 1 , Natural ist-Col lector, 1896-1973* * * * . Hobart M. Smith 89 News & Notes: "Metric Manual" . . . 95 Reptiles and amphibians of the Pacific . 96 Society for the study of amphibians and repti les . . . 97 Eastern Seaboard Herpetological League Meeting . 98 Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 76“93**58 Editor's Note: In: First records of the eastern t iger sal amander, Ambys- toma tigrinum tigrinum Green, in Virginia by Funderburg, Hotchkiss & Hertl ( 1 974 , Bull, Md, Herp . Soc, 10 ( 2):57~ 58), no mention was made of an earlier published record ....Tirrell, Peter B., 197**. Tiger salamander found in York County, Virginia. Va, Herp , Soc, Bull, 74: 1. The latter Involved one of the records reported by Funderburg , et . al . The Maryland Herpetological Society > department of Herpetology, Natural History Society of Maryland , Inc,, 2643 North Charles Street s Baltimore Maryland 21218, Published By Photographic Vlwctosiy PubtukeAA, PC Box 178, Randatt&tom, Md, 21133 BULLETIN OF THE Volume 10 Number 3 30 September 1974 The Maryland Herpetol og i ca 1 Society Department of Herpetology, Natural History Society of Maryland, Inc. Bui 1 et ? n Staff Executive Editor Herbert S. Harris, Jr. Associate Editor(s) John Funk, Jr., Brian Leverton Steering Committee John E. Cooper Frank Groves John D. Groves Jerry D. Hardy, Jr. Herbert S. Harris, Jr. Jeremy Jacobs Arnold Norden Mark J. Prihoda Margaret M. Thomas Peter Wemple Off i cers Pres i dent . V i ce-Pres i dent Secretary . T reasurer . Brian Leverton John Funk, Jr. Daniel Carver William M. Marvel Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 76“93458 Membership Rates Active members over 18. .. .$10.00, under 18. ...$6.00, subscribing members (outside a 20 mile radius of Baltimore C i ty) . . . . $3 . 00 , Fore i gn . . . . $4 . 00 . Meet i ngs The third Wednesday of each month, 8:15 p.m. at the Natural History Society of Maryland (except May-August, third Saturday of each month, 8:00 a.m.). The Department of Herpetology meets informally on all other Wednesday evenings at the NHSM at 8:00 p.m. Bulletin of the Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 30 September 1974 Number 3 A Preliminary Ecological Survey of the Mattaponi - Polecat Creek Swamp in Caroline County, Virginia The Mattaponi - Polecat Creek Swamp in east-central Virginia is an interesting ecological area. Our preliminary observations indicate that future studies of this swamp, which is located in a “suture zone" (Rem¬ ington, 1968) between the northern and southern biotas, may well play a significant role in developing our understanding of the distributional patterns of reptiles and amphibians in the Chesapeak Bay region. The swamp is located astride US 301, eight miles south of Bowling Green and 32 miles north of Richmond. It is easily accessible to her¬ petologists traveling through Virginia. 1 feel that present ing a general ecological descript ion of the area at the present time would help expedite the analys is of data col lected by natural i sts who study the area since it would give them a fami 1 iar i ty wi th the relationship of the swamp on US 301 to the overall drainage system. The Mattaponi River , on the Coastal PI ain of Carol ine County, is formed by the confluence of the Matta, the Po and the Ni Rivers. The headwaters of these three rivers lieonthe rolling, heavily dissected terrainof the Piedmont of Spotsylvania County. These rivers maintain their integrity as they cross the Fall Line, but merge as soon as they flow down onto the Upper Coastal Plain. Polecat Creek, whose headwaters rise in southwestern Carol ine County, flows parallel to the Mattaponi and crosses US 301 a half-mile south of the Mattaponi bridge. Polecat Creek then joins the Mattaponi about one- half-mile east of these bridges. After some thirty miles the Mattaponi joins the Pamunkey River to make up the York River in the Lower Coastal Plain. Thus this drainage system can be considered a transect along the rocky, swift-flowing creeks of the Piedmont, down the slow-moving, muddy rivers of the Coastal Plain to the tidal marshes and brackish waters of lower Chesapeake Bay. At US 301 the swamp is five miles wide. It is bordered on both sides by white oak ( Querous aZ&a)-— mockernut hickory ( Carya tomentosa) climax forest. Much of this forest has been cut and replanted to loblol ly pine, (Pinus taeda) . Higher areas in the swamp itself are also dominated by loblol ly pine. Most of the swamp is subject to intermittent flooding but the most productive areas, as far as wildlife is concerned, are those areas that remain flooded because of dams bu i 1 1 by beavers . A1 though the water levels vary somewhat, large areas of the swamp on the west side of the highway are kept under water by beavers which utilize highway fill as a dam. On the western side of the highway there is a pile of debr is at every culvert Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 73 Volume 10 Number 3 September 1974 under the highway. This debris is placed there by the highway department in an effort to keep water flowing through these culverts. However, our observations Indicate that as fast as highway personnel clear the cul verts the beavers plug them up again. There are numerous beaver dams elsewhere in the swamp also. The water of the swamp is dark-stained but clear. The staining is is derived from a heavy layer of leaves and decomposing vegetation over¬ laying the muddy bottom. It is slightly acid with an average pH of 6.4. Sn many places, particularly along the river banks, there are thick depos i ts of coarse-gra i ned sands and pebbles brought down from the Pied¬ mont by periodic floods. Our initial contact with the swamp was the result of a letter from Hr. Franklin J. Tobey, Secretary of the Virginia Herpetolog I cal Society, informing me that Dr. Roger Conant had written him about a tape made of a frog chorus in this swamp in 1967 by Dr. Ann Pace of the University of Hichigan. Included in this chorus were calls of the carpenter frog, Rana virgatipes, and Tobey asked me to try to secure specimens of this frog. During the fall of 1973, we found these frogs to be rather common in the swamp (Funderburg, et. al., 1974a). Sn late February and March, 1974, we col lected northern spring peepers, Hyla c . crucifer, upland chorus frogs, Pseudacris triseriata feriarum, and Brimley's chorus frogs, Pseudacris brimleyi , along with carpenter frogs which were also active at that time. On later trips we secured American toads, Bufo terrestris americanus , bul 1 frogs, Rana cate sbiena, green frogs, Rana clamitans melanota , pickerel frogs , Rana palustris, northern leopard frogs, Rana pipiens , northern cricket frogs, Acris c. crepitans , south¬ ern cr icket frogs , Aeris g, grylluSj and three- 1 i ned salamanders, Eurycea l. guttolineata . The only repti les secured thus far have been the eastern mud turtle, Kinostemon s. subrubrum , the stinkpot , Stemotherus odoratus , the eastern painted turtle, Chrysemys p . picta , the spotted turtle, Clemmys guttata, a nd the eastern box turtle, Terrepene c. Carolina . We also found the wood frog, Rana sylvatica , one mile south of the swamp but have not found it in the swamp itself although it undoubtedly occurs there (Fun¬ derburg, et. al., 1974b.) In late January and early February, the only aquatic cover for car¬ penter frogs was a dense growth of Spirogyra . Almost every frog we saw was floating in an opening in this thick mat of algae which covered most of the surface. By late April, whenthewater was much warmer, Spirogyra was dying and a dense growth of the submerged stems and leaves of blad- derwort, Utricularia inf lata, and mats of Bacopa monnieri offered cover for amphibians. The overs tory of the swamp is composed of sweet gum, Liquidambar styraciflua , and willow oak, Quercus phellos , with occasional loblolly pines, Pinus taeda, andredoaks, Quercus rubra, growing on more elevated areas. The understory is made up of red maple, Acer rubrum, and river birch, Betula nigra . There is a well developed shrub 1 ayer of fetterbush, Leucothoe axillaris, highbush blueberry, Vaccinium corymbo sum , and iron- wood, Carpinus caroliniana, on slight elevations, which are very moist Page 74 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 3 September 1974 but above water during most of the year. These shrubs are intertwined with vines of Smilax herbaoea . Where the shrub layer is absent, there are patches of rushes, Junous aouminatus and Juneus elliotti , as well as scattered clumps of the sedge, Cavex intumesoens. Large patches of sphagnum moss covers the mud between these clumps of grasses. There are branches and rotting logs everywhere in the swamp. Birds found in the swamp are typically those of southern swamplands. They include chuck-wi 1 1 1 s-widow, Caprimulgus oavolinensis , prothonotary warbler, Pvotonotaria oitrea , hooded warbler, Wilsonia oitrea , Kentucky warbler, Oporomis formosus , Louisiana water thrush, Seiurus motaoilla , yel low-breasted chat, Ioteria virens, blue-gray gnatcatcher, Polioptila oaerulea , Carolina wren, Thyrothorus ludovioianus , Carolina chickadee, Parus oavolinensis* and the tufted titmouse, Parus bicolor.. Meanley (1951) discussing the carpenter frog in Maryland stated: "...This is but one of a number of Austror iparian animals and plants that occur in the Pocomoke Swamp. Some other examples are Swainson's warbler, Lirmothylypis swainsonii * red bay, Pevsea borbonia, horse sugar, Symplooos tinotoria , cross-vine, Bignonia oapreolata, and bald cypress, Taxodium distiohum ." Thus far none of these species has been found in the US 301 region of the Mattaponi -Polecat Creek Swamp. All of the pi ants and an imal s studied so far indicate that the swamp is located in the Carolinian division of the Upper Austral Zone (Murray, 1952). Plant names used in this paper follow Radford, et. al., (1964) and specimens of these plants have been placed in the herbarium of Ran do 1 ph- Macon College. Names of repti les and amphibians follow Conant (1958) and those of birds follow Murray (1952). Specimens of repti les and amphibians collected have been deposited in the collection of the United States Museum and Randolph-Macon College. It would be most helpful if herpetologists from other States who collect the Caroline County area (or any other area in Virginia) would send a report on thei r col lections to the Virginia Herpetolog i cal Society. The Society is gathering data for a series of publications on the her¬ petology of the state and would welcome reliable data from any source. Literature Cited Conant, Roger. 1958. A field guide to reptiles and amphibians. Houghton Mifflin Co.* XVIII + 366 pp. Funderburg, John B. , Peter Hertl and William M. Kerfoot. 1974a. A range extension for the carpenter frog, Rana virgatipes Cope, in the Chesapeake Bay region. Bull. Md. Herp. Soc. 10(3) : 77-79 » Charles A. Hotchkiss and Peter Hertl. 1974b . The wood frog , Rana sylvatioa LeConte, in the V i rg i nia Coastal Plain. Bull. Md. Herp. Soo. 10 ( 2) : 58-59 • Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 75 Volume 10 Number 3 September 1974 Mean ley, Brooke. 1951. The carpenter frog, Rana virgatipes, on the coastal plain of Maryland. Proo. Biol . Soo. Wash ., 64: 59. Murray, Joseph J. 1952. A check-1 i st of the birds of Virginia. Virginia Soc. of Orn¬ ithology . Radford, Albert E., Harry E. Ahles and C. Ritchie Bell. 1 964 . Manual of the vascular flora of the Carol inas. University of North Carolina Press. Remington, Charles L. 1968. Suture-zones of hybrid interaction between recently joined biotas. Evolutionary Biol., 2: 32 1 -428 . Tobey , Frankl i n J . 1973. Personal communication. — John B. Funderburg, Department of Biology, Rando Iph-Macon College, Ashland, Virginia 23006. Present address: North Carolina State Museum of Natural History, Raleigh, N. C. 27611. Received 12 June 1974 Accepted 24 July 1974 Page 76 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 3 September 1974 A Range Extension for the Carpenter Frog, Rana virgatipes Cope, in the Chesapeake Bay Region The carpenter frog, Rana virgatipes, has been cal 1 ed a "coastal plain endemic" (Conant, 1947). In the Chesapeake Bay region, (Fig. l), it has previously been known only from three counties in Maryland (1), all located on the southern part of the Eastern Shore (Meanley, 1946; Harris, 1959), and from the Dismal Swamp Region (4) in Virginia (Werler and McCall ion, 1951; Tobey, 1974). The only other record for the species in the Bay area was a questionable verbal report of this frog from Stafford County (5), Virginia (Tobey, 1973a.). Fig. 1. Distribution of the carpenter frog, Rana virgatipes , in the Chesapeake Bay Region (# - specimen record, O - questionable record) . Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 77 Volume 10 Number 3 September 1974 In June 1973, Dr. Roger Conant wrote Mr. Franklin J. Tobey, Secretary of the Vi rginia Herpetolog i cal Society and Herbert S. Harris, Jr. about an early voice record of the carpenter frog from Vi rginia. Dr. Conant wrote: "Dr. Ann Pace, a recent Ph. D. from Michigan (Ann Arbor), now teaching at Queens College, tells me she has a tape recording of this species from Caroline County, Va. It was taken on April 13, 1967, about 8 miles south of the junction of U.S. Rt. 301 and Va. Rt. 2 and about a mile south of the Mattaponi River and Polecat Creek. The tape is in the sound library at Ann Arbor. " Mr. Tobey notified the senior author and Harris notified Jerry D. Hardy of the Chesapeake Biological Laboratory , Solomons , Maryland of this record and suggested that attempts be made to secure specimens (Tobey, 1973b, Harris, 197*0 • Jerry D. Hardy (1973) and the authors have now secured specimens from this locality (10 July, 1973 and Fall, 1973 respectively). Specimens are on deposit in the National Museum of Natural History (USNM 195859 " Hardy, 1973) and the senior author's collection. I n March and Apr i 1 197**, we studied the habitat of the Caroline County carpenter frog popul at ion (2) and made an i ntens i ve search for these frogs in the eastern part of Hanover County, which al so lies in the Coastal Plain. On 28 April, we heard two carpenter frogs calling on Crump Creek where the creek crosses State Road 605 (3). On 30 April, 197**, we col lected two carpenter frogs at this locality. One of these frogs has been deposited at the United States National Museum, and the other in the senior author's col lection. These local i t ies not onl y represent a significant range extension for the carpenter frog in the Bay area, but are also important in that both are within ten miles of the Fall Line (Figure 1). Interestingly enough , we have secured the onl y specimens of the wood frog, Rana sylvatioa , known outside the mountains of Virginia at these same two sites (Funderburg, Hotchkiss and Hertl , 197**). This is not a result of limited collecting, as we have made an intensive study of the herpetofauna of this section of Virginia over the past three years. Literature Cited Conant, Roger. 1 9**7 . The carpenter frog in Maryland. Maryland 27 (4) : 72-73. Funderburg, John B., Charles A. Hotchkiss and Peter Hertl. 197**. The wood frog , Rana sylvatioa Le Conte , in the V I rg in ia Coastal Plain. Bull. Md . Herp. Soc. 10(2) : 58-59 . Hardy, Jerry D. 1973. Geographic distribution: Rana virgatipes. Hiss News Jour. 7 (5) : 1 53 . Harris, Herbert $., Jr. 1959. Distributional survey: Maryland and the District of Columbia. Bull. Md. Herp. Soc. 5 (4) : 97“ 1 61 . T1 fpTT Personal communication. Page 78 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 3 September 1974 Mean ley, Brooke. 1951. The carpenter frog, Rana virgatipes , on the coastal plain of Maryland. Proa . Biol . Soc. Wash . 64: 59. Tobey , Frankl i n J . 1973a. Personal communication. List of repti les and amphibians known from Hanover County. 1973b. Personal communication. Letter from Roger Conan t. " 1 97^ - A new county record for Carol i ne County, Va. Va . Herp . Soc . £wZ7. 73:4. Werler, John E. and James McCall ion. 1951* Notes on a collection of reptiles and amphibians from Prin¬ cess Anne County, Virginia. Amer. Midi. Nat. 45 ( l):245"252. — John B. Funderburg, Peter Hertl and Wi J 1 iam M. Kerfoot, Department of Biology, Randolph-Maaon College, Ashland, Virginia. Present address: (Senior author) Director, North Carolina State Museum of Natural History, Raleigh, N.C. 27611. Received 12 June 1974 Accepted 24 July 1974 An Aneides aeneus nest in West Virginia Little is known of the biology of the green salamander, Aneides aeneus, i n the northern portion of its range. This species is currently afforded rare and endangered status in Maryland and, since information concerning all aspects of its life history is desirable for effective management, the following note is of interest. On 4 September 1972, while observing the large colony of Aneides I n Cooper 1 s Rock State Forest, Monongalia County, West Virginia (Netting and Richmond, 1932), we found a single female attending a group of newly hatched young. The adult (54 mm snout-vent) was loosly coiled around the young, which were noticed only after the female had been removed fromalong, narrow (15mm), horizontal crevace ina large sandstone mass. The crevace was heavily shaded by great laurel, Rhodo¬ dendron maximum , but was not particularly damp. The young were extremely active and could not be collected. Four hatchlings were noted but more may have been nearby. In North Carolina this species lays from 10 to 26 eggs (Gordon, 1952) and Lee and Norden (1973) found that adult females from this same West Virginia population contained from 20 to 32 unpig- mented eggs in May. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 79 Volume 10 Number 3 September 1974 When the crevaoe had been cl eared of sal amanders a deteriorating egg mass was found on the floor of the cavity about three inches from the en¬ trance. It was not tightly attached and, when removed , was found to con ta i n one additional salamander which was embedded in the matrix but not coiled within an egg membrane. The salamander died soon after col lect ion and has been deposited in the col lection of the Natural History Society of Maryland. It measures 19.1 mm in total length and has the stomach noticeably dis¬ tended with yolk. There seems to be an unnatural curvature of the spine in the pelvic region which may have prevented normal hatching. The conditions under which this nest was found agree well with the information recorded by Gordon (1952) from his studies of Aneides aeneus in North Carolina. Numerous other adul t salamanders were observed on thi s same day but no other hatchling sal amanders or s igns of nests were noticed. This meager data suggests that the hatch ing and, subsequently, the mating and egg laying time for this species in West Virginia and Maryland are the same as they are in the southern parts of its range. Literature Cited Gordon, Robert E. 1952. A contr ibut ion to the life history and ecology of the pletho- dontid salamander Aneides aeneus (Cope and Packard). Amer . Midi. Naturalist 47 (3) : 666-701 . Lee, David S. and Arnold W. Norden. 1973. A foodstudy of the green salamander , Aneides aeneus . J. Herp. 7( 1):53-54. Netting, M. G. and N. Richmond. 1932. The green salamander, Aneides aeneus , in northern West Vir¬ ginia. Copeia 1932(2) : 101-102. — -Arnold W. Norden, Dept, of Biology, Towson State College, Towson, Md . and John D. Groves, Philadelphia Zoological Gardens, Philadelphia, Pa. Received 16 August 197** Accepted 17 August 197** Page 80 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 3 September 1974 Noteworthy Herpetological Records from North Carolina Since the publication of A Field Guide to Reptiles and Amphibians (Conant, 1953), we have assembled from North Carolina notable records, range extens ions , or revi s ions for 1*t species and subspecies (five sala¬ manders, one toad, four frogs, and four snakes). So that these records may be included on the maps in Dr. Conant's forthcoming revision of the Field Guide, and in an effort to stimulate others to report significant records from the state, we submit the following annotated list. Specimens included are contained in the American Museum of Natural History (AMNH) , Char 1 eston Museum (ChM) , Duke University (DU), Louisiana State University Museum of Zoology (LSUMZ) , National Museum of Natural History (USNM) , North Carolina State Museum of Natural History (NCSM) , Univers i ty of Michigan Museum of Zoology (UMMZ) , and University of North Carolina at Wilmington (UNCW) . Siren intermedia intermedia LeConte. Collette and Gehlbach (1961) first recorded this aquatic salamander in North Carolina from one locality each in the Cape Fear, Neuse, Pee Dee, and Waccamaw river systems . Other speci¬ mens have been reported in the Neuse (Bruce, 1971) and Pee Dee (Hardy, 1969a,b) drainages. Lesser si rens now are avai Table (DU, NCSM) from various localities in all of these systems; however, only marginal inland records and one new drainage record are listed: Bertie County.— Roanoke dra inage , Hoggard Mi 1 1 Cr ., 6 mi . NE Windsor (NCSM 13242). Harnett County . — Cape Fear dr., 0.75 mi. NNE Lillington (NSCM 13325~26(2)). Johnston County. — Neuse dr., Holt's Lake, near Smithfield (NCSM 11834(3), 12873(2), 13307). Moore County. — Pee Dee dr., 6.2 mi. WSW Pine Bluff (DU A8965) ; 4 mi. S Pine Bluff (DU A8966). Richmond County.— Pee Dee dr. , Broadacres Lake, 1 mi . S Hoffman (DU A4178, A626¥-65(2)T: The specimen from Bertie County represents the first record of the species from the Roanoke drainage, and extends the range approximately 75 ai rl i ne mi les north of the nearest reported loca 1 i ty in the Neuse system (Bruce, 1971 ) * and about 40 ai rl i ne mi les south of the Nasemond-Southampton counties, Virginia border. Amby stoma mabeei Bishop. Since its original description (Bishop, 1928), there have been few reports of spec i f i c localities for A. mabeei in North Carolina. Bishop (1943) reported a specimen from near Wilmington, pre¬ sumably in New Hanover County. Populations subsequently were recorded on Roanoke Island, Dare County, and from the Laur i nburg-Maxton area, Scot¬ land County, by Hardy (1969a, b) , who provided the only life history i nformat ion for the species. Hardy and 01 mon (197*0 later reported larvae from one locality each in Bruswick, Columbus, and Scotland counties. S i nee A . mabeei apparent 1 y rema i ns poor 1 y known , and because specimens are rare inmost collections (Hardy and Anderson, 1970: 81.2), all unre¬ ported North Carolina records known to us are listed: Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 81 Volume 10 Number 3 September 1974 Bertie County. - 2 mi. N Windsor (ChM 56. 65.1). Bladen County. - town of Wh i te Lake v i c i n i ty (DU A626-29(4), A631 (97 1 arvae) , A21 09 , A6220- 22(3); 1 mi. NW Council (DU A21 1 0-1 1 (2) ) . Brunswick County.— 13.5 mi. SWShallotte (ChM 55.15.2(2)); 1.7 mi. SE Supply (ChM 55.15.3); 6 mi. NNW Supply (LSUMZ 7086) . Carteret County. — Newport vicinity, Croatan National Forest (ChM 53.171.13(2), NCSM 1147-49(3), 9102-05(4)). Col umbus County .— near Old Dock (DU A61 18); 1 3-1 8 mi . S Hal 1 sboro (DU A6223); 7.5mi . S Bolton (NCSM 9234 (5 larvae)). Cumberland County.- — near Linden (NCSM 13075, 13121) . Dare County . - Roanoke Island (NCSM 1900-03(4) ) . Jones County . - 5.1 mi . S Pol locksvl lie (ChM 53 • 1 74 .18(2)) . New Hanover County. — • 10 mi . N Wi lmi ngton (NCSM 1145); near Seabreeze (NCSM 4282-83 (female and eggs) ) ; near Wilmington (NCSM 6084, UNCW SA251 (7) , SA252(4), SA253 (2) , SA255) . Perquimans County. — 4 mi . NE Bel vi dere (NCSM 1146) . Ri chmond County . - 3 mi. N Hamlet (ChM 56.76.13 (4 larvae)). Robeson County .— Maxton (USNM 138534). Sampson County. - 1 mi . S Delway”(NCSM 1 3704 (8 larvae)). Scot" 1 and County . — 5 m i . SE Hof fman (ChM 56. 76. 18); Laur i nburg v i c i n i ty (NCSM 3746-47 (2) , 7312-14(3), 11185 (8 larvae)); near Maxton (NCSM 3742-43(2)) ; 3.75 mi. SW Wagram (NCSM 11045). The specimen from Perquimans County, found beneath a board near a sawdust pile in pinewoods, extends the range north of Albermarle Sound and less than 20 a i r 1 i ne mi 1 es south of the Nasemond County , Virginia border . Ambystoma tigvinum tigvinum (Green). The occurrence in the state of the eastern tiger salamander currently is based on literature records from seven count i es (Brimley, 1907, 1915, 1944; Eaton, 1953; ana Hardy, 1969b), all of which probably are valid but only one of which (Hardy, 1969b) is corroborated by a specimen. Because this species isfossorial and usually active on the surface onlyat night during a short breeding period in winter, its presumed rarity may be more apparent than real. Despite recent in¬ tensive efforts, however, A . tigvinum has been col 1 ected from few local¬ ities: Richmond County.— 2 mi. N Hamlet (NCSM 12519). Robeson-Scot 1 and County 1 i ne Laur i nburg -Max ton Air Base vicini ty (NCSM 4790) . Scotland County. - Laurinburg vicini ty (NCSM 6173 (eggs and hatching larvae) , 6174 (larvae), 6182-83(2), 7319"23(5), 1 1020-21 (2), 11030 (larva)); lOmi.NW Wagram (NCSM 1 1024-27 (4) ); about 3-5 mi . NW Wagram (NCSM 1 2443 (1 5 larvae), 12447 (4 larvae)). Neoteny is rare in this subspecies and larvae usually metamorphose at 45"85 mm snout-vent length (Gehlbach, 1967:52.1-52.2). However, NCSM 11030 is neotenic in that transformation obviously has been delayed and the specimen has retained all external larval characters. Whether it is sexual ly mature i s not known. When fresh, and before f ixat ion i n forma 1 i n , this specimen measured 190 mm total length. After more than two years in solution, it measures 102 mm snout-vent length. Pseudotvitonvubevvubev (Latreille). The status of the northern red sal¬ amander in eastern North Carolina is uncertain. There are few records and most ear 1 i er reports probabl y resul ted from m i s i dent i f i ed specimens of P. montanus (Brimley, 1917; 1918). Bishop (1943) excl uded the red salamander Page 82 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 3 September 1974 from the Atlantic Coastal Plain south of northern Virginia, although Dunn (1926) earlier recorded a specimen from Goldsboro. Funderburg (1955) re¬ ported two specimens from New Hanover County, but Conant (1958, Map 188) excluded the species from the extreme southeastern Coastal Plain while depicting its range over the rema inder of the state. While many specimens are preserved from localities along the Fall Line (DU, NCSM), we have located only three individuals from the Coastal Plain, two of which are from the Sandhills along the southwestern periphery of the province. Additional specimens are much desired. Moore County. - 7*5 mi. W Aberdeen (NCSM 4997) • Scotland Co. — - outlet oT Scotland Lake, about 10.75 mi. NW Wagram (DU A4 1 87) • Wayne County. - Gol dsboro (USNM 8339) . Th i s specimen was reported by Dunn (1926) as USNM 8839; the number was later changed because of a duplication in the USNM catalog (R. Crombie, pers. oornm . ). Manoulus quadvidigitatus (Holbrook). The dwarf salamander is typically a species of the Coastal Plain, invading the extreme eastern Piedmont as far north as Raleigh, Wake County (Mittleman, 1967-44. 1-44.2) . An adult (NCSM 1 2434) from 0.9 mi. E Pittsboro, Chatham County, extends the range about 25 airl ine mi les inland; and three adul ts (NCSM 9797, 12866(2)) from 2.5 mi. SSE Badin, Stanly County, represent a range extension into the interior southern Piedmont about 85 airline miles WSW Raleigh. Bufo fowlevi Hinckley. Although Funderburg (1955) reported this toad as common i n New Hanover County , Conant (1958, Map 211) later excluded it from the southeastern corner of the state. In our experience, B. fowlevi is rare in extreme southeastern North Carolina whence only nine specimens have been located, al l from the v i cin i ty of Wi lmi ngton , New Hanover County (AMNH 2 1 363“64 (2 ) , ChM 51. 44.8(7)). Other more northern southeastern records are: Bladen County.- — White Lake (DU A38O-8I (2) , A*»27, A823); 1 mi. NW Council (DU A4371 J ; 7.5 mi. NNE Carvers (DU A51 62) ; about 9.25 mi. ESE Carvers (DU A6378) ; 7 mi . N Elizabethtown (NCSM 5352); 3 mi. ESE White Oak (UMMZ 129113-14(2)). Onslow County. - 6.5 mi. NW Verona (DU A232A (2)); about 3 mi. NW Haw (DU A2353) ; Camp Davi s at Hoi ly Ridge (UMMZ 91952). Pender County. - Topsail Island (DU A2364(5)). Hyla femovdlis Latreille. This tree frog , occurring throughout the Coastal Plain (Conant, 1958; Map 220) where it is locally abundant , has been col¬ lected i n the Piedmont from Chatham County at the B. Everett Jordan Reservoi r (under construction) near Farrington (NCSM II383, 1 1 603~04 (2) ) , and 1 .75 mi. WNW Wilsonville (NCSM 1 1 665 ) . Hyla gratiosa LeConte. Although generally considered a species of the lower Coastal Plain (Conant, 1958; Map 227), this large hylidisnow known from several localities in the interior Coastal Plain and eastern Pied¬ mont, the most marginal of which are listed: Frankl i n County. - 1 . 5 mi . NW P i lot (NCSM 11530). Greene County.— no precise locality (NCSM 3521-24(4)); 3 mi . E Snow Hill (NCSM 11401). Harnett County. - 2.5 mi . E town of Buies Creek (NCSM 7779-80(2)) . Johnston County. — - Clayton (NCSM 3433). Richmond County. - 1 mi . W Norman (DU Bulletin Maryland Herpeto logical Society Page 83 Volume 10 Number 3 September 1974 A2283). Wake County . — - 6.5 mi. SW Raleigh (NCSM 6472) ; 5.25 mi. WNW Raleigh (NCSM 13862). Other specimens were observed but not collected by Dr. A. J. Bullard ( pevs . comm.) in Harnett County about 1 mi. E Pineview, and in Montgomery County 1.5 mi. ESE Emery. Hyla squivella (Latreille). The distribution of this hylid in the state is s imi 1 ar to that of E. femovalis (Conant, 1958; Maps 220 and 223) . Note¬ worthy records from the Piedmont and from marginal Fall Line localities are : Chatham County. - Near Merry Oaks (NCSM 1 3893“94 (2) ) . Frankl i n County.— 1 mi. SE Riley (NCSM 11539)- Union County.— Monroe (NCSM 12354-55(2)) . Wake County.— Raleigh vicinity (NCSM 445 , 7273“75 (3) ) ; 5 mi. S Rolesv i 1 1 e (NCSM 6590-91 (2)) . Rana areolata oapito LeConte. Since this species has been reported only from Beaufort (Brandt, 1936) and Jones counties (Schwartz and Ether i dge, 1954), all other records known to us are listed: B1 aden County. - 4 mi . ENE town of Whi te Lake (DU A544-45 (2) ) . Bruns¬ wick County . — Orton Plantation (NCSM 3091 ) ; 16 mi . NE Bol ivia (NCSM 4309) ; near Supply (NCSM 11155). Carteret County.— Newport vicinity, Croatan National Forest (DU A535“43 (9 ) » NCSM 9118-19(2)). New Hanover County.' — near Carol ina Beach (AMNH 62101-03(3), NCSM 3807-I6TT0), 6150-51 (2) ; Wi 1- mi ngton vicinity (NCSM 7463 , 7482-84 (3) , 7770-74 (5) ) - Scotland County.— 2 mi. SW Wagram (DU A10463); 3-5 mi. NW Wagram (NCSM 12228, 12232-33 (2) ) . Natrix taxispilota (Holbrook). Although Conant (1958, Map 94) confined the range of this large water snake to the eastern Coastal Plain, N, taxispilota also occurs in ponds and lakes of the interior Coastal Plain and in certain rivers and impoundments of the interior southern Piedmont. Johnston County." Stewart's Pond, 7-25 mi. SSW Smithfield (NCSM 10868J. Mecklenburg County.— Charlotte (NCSM 2660) . Moore County . — 5 mi. S Carthage (DU R 1 227) • Scotland County.— 7 mi . W Wagram (NCSM 11229). Stanly County.' — Lake Tillery, 3-5 mi. SE Bad in (NCSM 9216 (skin only) , 9323? 1Q359TTwi Ison County. — Si lver Lake, near Wi Ison (NCSM 3192). Miorurus fulvius fulvius (Linneaus). Conant (1958, Map 141 ) outlined the range of the eastern coral snake throughout the Coastal Plain south of Albemarle Sound. This species has been collected, however, only in the southern Coastal Plain. The most inland record, which probably is erroneous, is Wilson County (Brimley, 1944). According to information available to us, this record was based upon a snake seen but not collected by a lay¬ man and unfortunately accepted by Dr. Brimley. 3n North Carolina, the distribution of M. fulvius Is closely associated with that of the sandy pine and scrub oak community which extends north along the coast at least as far as Neuse River. However, the northernmost acceptable record is that of a coral snake seen but not collected in Onslow County near the mouth of New River by Harry T. Davis, former d i rector of the State Museum of Natural History. This local i ty is approximately 125airline miles south¬ west of Albemarle Sound. Along the southern border of the state, the distribution extends inland i nto the Sandh i 1 1 s about as far north and west as southern Harnett and Moore counties. All localities supported by spec¬ imens were plotted by Palmer (1974). Page 84 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 3 September 1974 Agkistrodon piscivorus piscivorus (Lacepede). As i nd i cated by Conant (1958, Map 143), the range of the cottonmouth i n North Carolina extends through¬ out the eastern Coastal Plain with an isolated record at about the Fall Line. This interior record probably was based on a snake killed in 1891 al ong the Neuse River near Raleigh, Wake County (Brimley, 1895). Our few recent records extend the range inland i nto the eastern Pi edmont and al ong the Fal 1 Line: Franklin-Warren County line.- — Shocco Cr., 2.5 mi. NE Wood (NCSM 14109). Johnston County. — Lake Wendell, 3 mi . NE Archer Lodge (NCSM 2392-93(2), 2658). Wake County.- — Buffalo Cr., 4 mi. E Knightdale (NCSM 7293). Warren County.- — about 4.5 mi. NW Littleton (NCSM 10255); about 6.5 mi. NE Macon (NCSM 12014). The two specimens from Warren County were col lected a long Lake Gaston, an impoundment of Roanoke River, at local i ties approximately three to four a i rl i ne mi 1 es south of the Brunswick County, V i rg i n ia border. Al 1 local i t ies supported by specimens were plotted by Palmer (1974). Crotalus adamanteus Beauvois. Based on earlier unsupported records from Albemarle-Paml ico Sound Peni nsul a and vi ci n i ty (Brimley, 1944), the dis¬ tribution of C. adamanteus in the state has been incorrectly stated by most later workers. Reports of this species from Beaufort, Tyrrell, and Washington counties (Brimley, 1944) were received from various lay observers and probably were based on mi s identi f ied specimens of C. horridus atricau- datus , a form which is common in the region and which is frequently con¬ fused by residents with C. adamanteus . Excluding a specimen (USNM 252) reputedly from Jackson, Northampton County, but probably cataloged in error or collected el sewhere and sent to the Smithsonian from Jackson (Brimley, 1944), the most northern locality for C. adamanteus is the vicinity of New Bern, Craven County (NCSM 2274, 9844, 10500) . All localities supported by specimens were plotted by Palmer (1974), Acknowledgments.--- For various help we wish to thank Stanley Alford, J.R. Bailey, A.J. Bui 1 ard , Roger Conant , R. Crombie, George Foley, Julian R. Harr i son, C .A. Lelbrandt, J.F. Parnell, Albert E. Sanders, David White¬ hurst, and George R. Zug. Literature Cited Bishop, S. C. 1928. Notes on some amphibians and reptiles from the southeastern states, with a description of a new salamander from North Carolina. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc . 43{3/h) : 153-1 70. 1943. I Handbook of salamanders. Comstock Publ. Co,s Ithaca * New York . Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 85 Volume 10 Number 3 September 1974 Brandt, B. B. 1936. The frogs and toads of eastern North Carolina. Copeia 1936 (4) : 21 5-223 . Brimley, C. S. 1895. List of snakes observed at Raleigh, N.C. Amer. Nat. 29:56-57. 1907. The salamanders of North Carolina. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 23: 150-156. 1915. List of repti les and amphibians from North Carolina. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 30(h): 3-14. 1917. The two forms of red Spelerpes occurring at Raleigh, N. C. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 30: 87*88. 1918. Eliminations f rom and addi tions to the North Carol i na list of repti les and amph ib ians . J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 34(3): 148-149. 1944. Amphibians and reptiles of North Carolina. Reprinted from Carolina Tips (1939-1943). Carolina Biol. Supply Co.9 Elon College 9 North Carolina. Bruce, R. C. 1971. Life cycl e and popul at ion structure of the salamander Stereo- chilus marginatus in North Carolina. Copeia 1971 (2) : 234-246. Collette, B. B., and F. R. Gehlbach. 1961. The salamander Siren intermedia intermedia LeConte in North Carolina. Eerpetologica 17 ( 3):203”204. Conant, R. 1958. A field guide to reptiles and amphibians. Houghton Mifflin Co.j Boston. Dunn, E. R. 1926. The salamanders of the family Plethodontidae. Smith College 9 Northampton j Massachusetts. Eaton, T. H. 1953. Sal amanders of Pi tt County , North Carolina, J . Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 69 ( 1):49"53. Funderburg, J. B., Jr. 1955. The amphibians of New Hanover County, North Carol ina . J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 7l( 1):19"28. Gehlbach, F. R. 1987. Amby stoma tigrinum. Cat. Amer. Amphib. Rept: 52.1-52.4. Hardy, J . D. , Jr . 1969a. A summary of recent stud ies on the sal amander, Amby stoma mabeei. Ref. No. 69”20. Chesapeake Biol. Lab.9 Solomons 9 Maryland. Page 86 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 3 September 1974 1969b. Reproductive activity, growth, and movements of Amby stoma mabeei Bishop in North Carolina. Bull. Maryland Herpetol. Soc. 5 (2) :65"76. , and J. D. Anderson. 1970 Amby stoma mabeei. Cat. Amer. Amphib. Rept: 81.1-81.2. , and J. Olmon. 1974. Restrict ion of the range of the frosted salamander, Ambystoma eingulatum based on a comparison of the larvae of Ambystoma oingulatum and Amby stoma mabeei. Herpetologioa 30(2) : 156-160. Mittleman, M. 1967. Manoulus and M. quadridigitatus . Cat. Amer. Amphib. Rept: 44.1-44.2 . Palmer, W. M. 197^. Poisonous snakes of North Carolina. State Mus. Nat. Hist., Raleigh, North Carolina . Schwartz, A., and R. Etheridge. 195^. New and additional herpetolog s cal records from the North Carolina Coastal Plain. Herpetologioa 20:167“171. — Wi 1 1 iam M. Palmer, Alvin L . Braswel 1 , and David L. Stephan, Section of Ichthyology and Herpetology, North Carolina State Museum of Natural History, Raleigh 27611. Received 23 August 197^ Accepted 26 August 197^ Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 87 Volume 10 Number 3 September 1974 Death-Feigning in Hyla regilla on Santa Cruz Island Santa Barbara County, California On the west slope of Santa Cruz Island, Santa Barbara County, Cal¬ ifornia, popul at ions of what Jamison, Mackey and Richmond (1966) described as Eylaregilla desertioola are extremely common in many of the steep-wal led V-shaped stream beds. Adults were heard on 10-13 May 1974 and many tad¬ poles of various developmental stages were observed in various intermittent pools which were very common. Tree frogs were extremely widespread and abundant on Santa Cruz Island . Of 4 arroyos in the central portion of the Island which I followed along most of their main course, only 1 small one did not contain observable tadpoles or adults near or around the intermittent pools along its main course. In the stream bed just to the south of the frog less one, I made the following observations: On 11 May 1974 I was making ecological observations in a dry arroyo on the southwest side of Santa Cruz Island. There were 8 ephemeral pools of vary ing s izes along the almost stra ight east to west course of the stream bed. I spotted an adult Eyla regilla on a prickly pear cactus ( Opuntia cf. littoralis) pad overhanging approximately 1.3 meters above a 1 meter wide "perfect triangular" shaped pool. The tree frog had a green border with a light gray mid-trunk. The cactus pad was 1 of 3 branching horizon¬ tal ly from a stem pad wh ich appeared to be precariously rooted to the steep almost vertical rock wall. This animal did not move when I placed a wooden stick point over and around it on each side, front and rear. Nor did it appear to move when I dangled a fish 1 ine noose over and around it. I gained the qu ick impress ion that the tree frog had des iccated in situ on the cactus pad or even that it had perhaps become impaled by cactus spines. That these alternative explanations were not valid was soon demonstrated as I tried to grasp the animal with my fingers. The frog then jumped quickly into the pool below. This observation supports a hypothesis that death- feigning behavior does i ndeed on occas ion occur in Santa Cruz Island Eyla regilla. I have not made comparable observations in any mainland pop¬ ulations although I have attempted comparable experiments with numerous individuals occurring in my vegetable garden in Solana Beach. Literature Cited Jamison, D. 1., J. P. Mackey, and R. C. Richmond 1966. The systemat ics of the paci f i c tree frog , Eyla regilla . Proo. California Acad. Soi. (4)33(19) * 551 -620 9 13 figs. , 17 tables. —Benjamin H. Banta, Biology Department , United States International University 3 10455 Pomerado Roads San Diego 3 California 92131. Received 28 August 19/4 Accepted 28 August 1974 Page 88 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 3 September 1974 THOMAS BAILLIE MACDOUGALL, NATURALIST-COLLECTOR, 1896-1973 Hobart M. Smith One of the most enterprising naturalist-collectors of all time, in Mexico, became history on January 17, 1 973 , when Thomas Bail lie MacDougal 1 died in Oaxaca, Oaxaca, Mexico. The ashes of Don Tomas, as he was often addressed in affectionate recognition of his sage maturity, and, by his English-speaking friends, for his exotic way of life, were buried in the city cemetery of Tehuantepec, far from his birthplace in Scotland but in the land he grew to love, by his closest Indian friends, Francisco Ortega (a Zapotec) and Juan Ramirez (a Chontal). Indeed, in general terms Don Tomas had three homes. He migrated from Scotland, where he was born (probably on the i sland of Bute) Dec. 9, 1896, to the Uni ted States after the first World War, in which he served in the British Army, and became a naturalized citizen. He completed most re¬ quirements for a degree from the New York State College of Forestry, but did not actually receive the degree, being deficient in the required for¬ mality of one season at the Forestry Summer Camp. Subsequently he became associated wi th a cl assmate, William Shemin, who estab 1 i shed a commercial greenhouse and nursery in the Bronx, New York, later moved to Greenwich, Connecticut. Tom d i rected the 1 andscapi ng , propagation and horticultural aspects of the business, leaving sales and administration to his partner. He was never a co-owner , but shared in the success of the enterprise, and in the freedom it offered during the "off-season.11 It soon became his custom to spend several fall, winter and spring months in Mexi co wh i le his friend ran the business, and then he would return to supervise cultural activities from April or May to September or October . It was an eminently satisfactory arrangement which, al though allowing no chance for accumulating a personal fortune, was deeply satisfying to both partners. It was an arrangement which did requi re careful husbanding of all resources. Frugal i ty became a regul ar way of life, for example in travel only by bus, whenever he had to use public transportation. He never owned or drove a car or other personal vehicle. As time went on Don Tomas spent progressively less time with the business, and by 1955 had retired fully f rom i t , spend i ng some 9 mo. each year in Mexico, collecting both plants and animals for various museums and universities, as well as for some pharmaceutical companies. He also collected some archaeological material. Live material posed some minor problems at the border, on occasion, but the quantity of material was so insignificant that wi th his meticulous, neat pack i ng he never encountered real problems despite the increasingly stringent restrictions upon impor¬ tation. We regularly marveled at his unique efficiency in bringing live birds, repti les and plants as wel 1 as preserved material across the border . Because of his ef f iciency i n penetrat ion of the most remote regions, he served in some role, perhaps largely unofficial, in exploration for sources of scarce, critical mater ial s during World War II, and in under¬ cover monitoring of international activities near the Guatemala-Mexico Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 89 Volume 10 Number 3 September 1974 border. These roles are not well known, and likely never will be. In the most recent years Don Tomas became intimately i nvol ved wi th preservat ion and professional exploration of unique, irreplaceable archeological sites that abound i n Oaxaca but are regrettably open for pi 1 fer i ng and vandalism. At the timeof his death he was negotiating for special attention to the famed sites on Mt. Guiengola, near Tehuantepec. In these endeavors he was particularly closely associ ated wi th Dr . David A. Peterson of the Depart¬ ment of Anthropology of the New York State Universi ty at Binghamton, working with the Institute of Oaxaca Studies. A joint work on Guiengola is in progress and will be completed by Dr. Peterson. Don Tomas never married. His time and energy were expended in ex¬ ploration of remote regions. In his early trips to Mexico he travelled rather widely in southern parts from Veracruz to Guerrero and south to Chiapas. In later years, however, he focussed upon the Oaxaca-Chiapas area, making headquarters in the Hotel La Perla (in later years, in the Hotel Istmo) in Tehuantepec and the Hotel Principal (where he died) in Oaxaca. From these sites hewould strike out in 1-3 week forays into the hinterlands, in the company usual ly of one to three close friends who maintained small farms near Tehuantepec. His travel s were 1 argel y on foot, shunning use of pack or saddle an¬ imals. He would go by bus to the nearest poi nt of departure for any given trip, then walk for days in exploration of roadless, often trail less and and largely uninhabited fastnesses. His pack was astonishingly light; in his early days, he would use newspapers for cover at night as in the crater of Volccin Tacana, but in later years he adopted the luxury of a small tarpaul in or plastic sheet to serve as a shelter, and a down sleep¬ ing bag. The travelers carried a minimum of food, and would extensively live off the land, occasionally buy i ng a chicken from a local rancher. Few Americans could keep up with him very long, although occasionally they would try, usually with prompt failure. He seemed indefatigable - the epitomeof the notoriously tough, wiry Scot. He was in this sense a rare field companion for his durable Indian friends, who developed a deep af¬ fection over the years for this strange naturalist who worked with them in their own haunts and indeed led them farther afield than they would ever have gone otherwise. Travelling so light, he could save only a small part of the animals and plants of special interest. It is a source of despair that he could not have been accompan ied by skilled col lectors in al 1 f iel ds , for al though he was a widely knowledgeable botanist, he was marginally familiar with animals. His travels tookhiminto many endemic sanctuaries never before visited by col lectors, and which wi 1 1 l ikely not bewel 1 sampled for decades. L i ke any observant naturalist, he knew the conspicuous vertebrate types - bi rds , game animal s , deadly snakes, etc. - but he had no knowledge in depth of any animal group. Nevertheless, he early developed a zea 1 for sampling those anima 1 s and pi ants that were most desired by taxonomists with whom he had contact , especial ly in the American Museum of Natural History (Dr. George C . Goodwi n) , and the New York Botanical Gardens (Dr. Ed Alexander, Dr. Howard Irwin) and that were not too difficul t to prepare as specimens. He thus came to concentrate pr imar i ly upon smal 1 mammal s and herps as sub¬ sidiaries of plants. Page 90 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 3 September 1974 Dr. Goodwin came to be his sole beneficiary for small mammals, and through a coincidental encounter i n Tehuantepec i n 1 939 I became his bene¬ ficiary for herps. Despite strong appeals by others to col lect those animals for them, he refused, feeling that itwould be unfaithful tohis friends. For indeed we beneficiaries did become his friends, poring over his pictures, specimens, notes and rare acquisitions of varied sorts as he would stop brief ly on his trips to the northeast, or on his way to Mexico. The specimens were purchased from him at a nominal figure ($1.00 each for the herps), most of which was turned over to his field companions. In time Mr. MacDougall developed numerous contacts with botanists al 1 over the country and in Mexico, securing for them material of especial ly desired groups. Some met him in Oaxaca and travelled briefly with him. Dr. Margery Car 1 son and Kate Staley, for example, first travel led wi th h im i n 19^9, to Monte Bello near Comi tan , Chiapas , and were subsequently frequent field companions. However, he led too tiringapace for most, except when he consented to travel with them for brief periods by car or bus. He was essential ly a "loner" wi th respect to his colleagues, despi te h is friendly contacts with them; these were casual, whereas he treasured his intimacy with the native Indians, and they regarded him reciprocally. Unfortunately Don Tomas recorded much less than might be des i red about his travels. Most extensive is a illustrated article in the Explorer's Journal ( 1 971 , vo 1 . 49 » no. 2, pp. 86-103, "The Chima Wilderness"), con¬ taining a map denoting some localities where he secured specimens in this area. His voluminous notes and photographs have been deposited by his official executor, Mr. Emanuel Shemin, in the library of the American Museum of Natural History, however, where they can be consulted by spe¬ cialists in the future. Nevertheless the vast bulk of his unique obser¬ vations and experiences will remain unrecorded. Among the few amazing discoveries preserved in his Chima article is the notation of the incredible vegetation of Cerro Azul with an "elfin forest" so dense and beaten by wind and rain that it is easier In ma^y places to walk on top of it rather than through it. From remote areas such as these he brought out many novel forms of 1 ife, tantal izingly leadi ng to speculation on what enormous diversity may remain to be d i scovered there when with his limited forays he could reveal so much. It is to be hoped that these incomparably complex ecosystems may be spared for biological study in depth before they are destroyed by the wanton exploitation that is sure to come indue time if the areas are not set as ide as sanctuar ies . Indeed this was very much In mind when Mr. MacDougall wrote the Chima article, giving notice in his quiet way that here is a region unique in its complexi ty and pristine integri ty that shoul d be preserved somehow for all time. If that protection were not given, it was his aim to provide some indication of what it was like before it was destroyed.. Despite the largely casual collecting of herps that he carried out, the continued acquisition over a period of 40 years led to an astonishing accumulation, bolstered cons iderably by the acqu i s i t ions of local farmers with whom he would leave cans of formalin. The total would come to ap¬ proximately 10,000-15,000 specimens, since between 200 and 500/year were saved. He and his collectors became familiar with common species and Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 91 Volume 10 Number 3 September 1974 preserved few of them, concentrating upon unusual -appear ing specimens. It is likely that his material represented, when collected, at least 100 then undescribed species, of herps alone. Eight bear his name: Gaigeia dontomasi (lizard), Thorius macdougalli (salamander), Eleutherodactylus macdougalli (frog), Sceloporus macdougalli (lizard), and four snakes: Bothrops nigroviridis macdougalli (a pit viper), Micrurus diastema mac¬ dougalli (a coral snake) , Rhadinaea macdougalli , Tropidodips as macdougalli. Few herpetologists have col lected so much novel material, or had so many distinct kinds named for them. Thus the impact of Thomas MacDougal 1's activities upon Mexican Her¬ petology is prodigious, for the state of that knowledge was notably primi tive when he entered the field - about where the Un i ted States was in the mid- 19th century. Mexico is now known about on a par with U.S. in the early 20th century, and Don Tomcfs figured very importantly in that phenomenal growth. It is likely that future maturation of knowledge of the Mexican herpetofauna will maintain a much slower rate, as much because of the absence of one of its great naturalists, Thomas MacDougal 1 , as because of the lessening accessibility to American workers. Obituaries written by his botanical associates (He 11a Bravo Hollis, in Cactaceas y Suculentas Mexicanas, vol . 18(2), 1973, p. 53; also in Macpalxochi tl of the Sociedad Botanica de Mexico, no A7, 1973; Rudolf Ziesenhenne, in The Begonian, vol . AO, 1973, *pp. 126-127) reveal that how¬ ever major h is herpetolog i cal contributions may have been, his botanical ones were much greater . Many of his plant discoveries were named for him. He described one species by himself, and several were coauthored. Alone or with collaborators, he published some 90 brief articles after 19^0, calling attention to rare or noteworthy species, especially their tax¬ onomy, natural habitat and growing conditions. Most of these articles were illustrated with his own photographs. It is likely that his mamma- logical contributions were on a par with his herpetolog i cal ones, and he even prepared some outstanding bi rd skins for various museums. Occasional ly he preserved fishes and insects, sent inwith his reptiles or mammals. At least one coastal marine fish was the subject of a note grossly extending the known range of its species. So far as I am aware, his herpetolog i cal collections were (before exchanges) l imi ted to the American Museum of Natural H istory , the U. S. National Museum, the Uni vers i ty of Colorado Museum, the Edward H. Taylor private col lection and the Museum of Natural History of the University of Illinois. The latter collection is the largest of all, and the dispersal to all of the named collections, except the first, is a product of my own changing affiliations, not to shifting arrangements on the part of Mr. MacDougal 1. All of the Taylor collection is now in the Field Museum in Chicago (2/3) and at the Un i vers i ty of 1 1 1 i noi s (1/3)* With such varied contributions of broad biological import over such a long period, Thomas MacDougal 1 will remain a figure etched forever in the annals of biological exploration in Mexico - a record that stands unique in the 20th century and is not likely ever again to be matched. He will also be remembered, lamentably for a briefer time, as a gentle person of reserved warmth and unswervi ng loyalty, who opened his heart to those who shared with him, directlyor indirectly, the s imple but deeply satisfying pleasures of learning to know a remote region as yet largely untouched by the heavy hand of man. Page 92 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 3 September 1974 ^ dda^< //dif: /(b /pi ST” P^qcft ~/o '^rri£.?T^£cryi, //be ^Z&£eC^7 C/fl&f d7 77'77^/C^ TJisLG^T-' 0~72*L . dPdf^ ~ -^JLdZotd c-L^ , e. J§%£dcl £***. a*- tpTa- ? 0~z+7 7 7b/7z_ Ct>£- 3&CS&L. <*c&cz£a*u* «4ee*9*~ a- dftntf-Jkrdr^td u*. ■****- eoduzl "tfcdt Anc^Ud ecz^ Cfe-Kfc^ C-crtnoncrn- ~fzay>r-6~i df-crtn. (Acrn- ' ° TkczJr &tr 7ead>7 7 ^?za#n£ . . c. ^ Cf/Lxe# c/^^> c^f /y ^ £*>&>& cft'rtto ~tfiL ^ cdat^n^ W/f7^ < yC^^<^<1^2^A-u>A/ cz/r //ul. -€/?7fa&?2^l£L dcT ^Jt.ctC&* TbTuse&'n, TicrteSzj^T^lczL ^AcoIb 7^ t /j/ic C'caT. c/Zczz^ cc^e/e ~m. a c/e t n~ dJ&zdecL cid€-£Z*dc 7clczh~ tA> jk ckJTuml cr>i, t/&£d> . / cr^A 7/izcb yUtd-Hdte <3.n. ? OJiA/t 77/n db^tr^^cZdT), University of Colorado y Boulder , Colorado 80302 . Received A June 197A Page 94 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 3 September 1974 News & Notes For Immediate Release As the United States prepares for conversion to the metric system, J. J. Keller & Associates, Snc. announces the pub 1 a cat ion of the '‘Metric Manual1'. This is the first and only such edition In America, and deals with all essential metric data relative to the conversion process. The deluxe binder edi tlon provides practical background Information necessary to understand the full implications of metrication In this country. The "Metric Manual" has required several years of planning and research - and parallels the announcements by several major industries and organizations to convert to the metric system. ideal for home and business libraries, the "Metric Manual" Is pub¬ lished in loose-leaf, 3 ring binder format and contains: History of Measurement, Development of Metrology , U.S. Metric Considerations, Stan¬ dards, Government Agencies, Metric Training, Personal Applications, Bus¬ iness Considerations, Industrial Foundation, Professional Concerns, Relat¬ ed Organizations, Foreign Commerce, Measurement Comparisons , Glossary and Appendix. Copies are avai lable now at a special introductory price of $25 each (postage and handl ing prepaid, if payment accompanies order), direct from the publisher: J. J. Keller & Associates, Inc., 1^5 W. Wisconsin Ave., Neenah, Wisconsin 54956. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 95 Volume 10 Number 3 September 1974 -Loveridge REPTILES (and Amphibians) OF THE PACIFIC 271 pages 3 7 plates 3 1 double-page map 3 index (originally published in 1946 by Macmillan Company 3 New York) •THIS BOOK treats the herpetofauna of a vast region including Indonesia, the Philippines and Japan, Australia, New Guinea and New Zealand, and an enormous array of islands including Hawaii and the Galapagos. With such isolated land masses, the fauna is predictably diverse and includes the tuatara, several croco¬ diles, various lizards including the Komodo dragon, flying lizards arid the Gala¬ pagos iguanas, numerous pythons, the king cobra and other poisonous elapids and vipers, the wide-ranging marine turtles and sea snakes, caecilians, the giant salamander, and many frogs and toads. Authoritative yet written in a clear and untechnical manner, this book is the standard reference on the Pacific herpetofauna and is equally useful to pro¬ fessionals and amateurs. Each specie's is described and its range noted, together with a discussion of its life history and remarks on capture, captive specimens, reproductive habits, and use as food. There are identification keys to families and species, illustrated with seven diagnostic plates. Finally, there are chap¬ ters on snake bite and its treatment, economic aspects and conservation, collect¬ ing techniques, procedures for shipping living and preserved specimens, and an annotated bibliography. Mr. Loveridge, now retired, was formerly curator of herpetology at Harvard University, and is a noted authority on the amphibians and reptiles of Africa and the South Pacific. prices SSAR members before publication: $10 paperbound, $12 clothbound Institutions and non-members: $15 paperbound, $17 clothbound to order Orders may be placed now. This book will be published in fall 197^; to take ad¬ vantage of special prices, SSAR members must place their orders before publication. Please circle edition desired and send with payment to Dr. Henri C. Seibert, Morton Hall, Ohio University, Athens, Ohio U5701, U.S.A. Make checks payable to: "SSAR." Receipt sent on request only. Please mark these boxes if you want information on SSAR membership □ or a complete list of Society publications D. Publications issued by the Society include the Journal of Herpetology 3 Facsimile Reprints in Herpetology , Herpetological Review 3 Herpetological Circulars 3 Catalogue of American Amphibians and Reptiles 3 and the several series published. by SSAR's predecessor. The Ohio Herpetological Society. Page 96 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 3 September 1974 SOCIETY FOR THE STUDY OF AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES □The Society for the Study of Amphibians and Reptiles is an international organization established to advance the study of amphibi¬ ans and reptiles. Although begun in 1958 as a regional society, SSAR rapidly gained a world-wide membership, largely because of its diversified publications program, and it is widely recognized to have the most active society-sponsored program of services for students of amphibians and reptiles. Membership is open to all persons, both ama¬ teur and professional. ACTIVITIES In addition to its publications, SSAR sponsors a number of activities of broad herpetological interest. The annual meeting is held each summer on a university cam¬ pus or at biological stations throughout the United States since the Society especially wishes to attract students to its meetings by providing inexpensive and informal facilities. In addition to the papers given by members at these meetings , symposia or other invited speakers are usually planned which allow for detailed discussions of important areas of contemporary study. Live animal, photographic, film and other exhibits are also organized, as well as field trips. The Society makes a concerted effort in conserva¬ tion, especially where this affects amphibians and rep¬ tiles, by influencing both state and national legislat¬ ion and by acting as a clearinghouse for communication of conservation information. Likewise, an effort is made to cooperate and provide assistance to regional herpetological groups; as a result, one Society officer is selected from this constituency. PUBLICATIONS SSAR sponsors one of the most diversified series of publications of any scientific society. Some are in¬ tended for the professional, while others are primarily for amateurs. Each series is described in detail on the reverse side of this page, including some series that have been discontinued. Back issues of every pub¬ lication are available; a detailed pricelist can be obtained simply by checking the appropriate box on the membership application. MEMBERSHIP PRIVILEGES All persons are welcome to become members of SSAR, to receive its publications, attend meetings and join in other Society activities. All members have voting privileges. Each year they receive these publications as part of their membership: Journal of Herpetology (U issues, totalling about kOO pages). Facsimile Reprints in Herpetology ( 3—^ issues, about 200 pages), Herpeto¬ logical Circulars (l-2 issues, about 50 pages), and Herpetological Review ( 4 issues, about 130 pages). In addition, SSAR members receive a substantial discount on all book-length facsimile reprints issued during the year. Members may also place standing orders for accounts in the series Catalogue of Ameri¬ can Amphibians and Reptiles on their regular dues forms. Those persons electing the higher membership categories (Sustaining and Contributing members) re¬ ceive the same publications and services, but provide additional financial support which allows the Society to expand and improve its programs more rapidly than would otherwise be possible. MEMBERSHIPS AND SUBSCRIPTIONS Please mark those boxes opposite the items you wish to subscribe to or order, fill in your name and address, and return to: Dr. Max A. Nickerson Society Secretary Vertebrate Division Milwaukee Public Museum Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53233, U.S.A. ©Individuals : Regular member (worldwide) Sustaining member Contributing member Catalogue of American Amphibians and Reptiles, standing order $ 8.00 □ 10.00 □ 15.00 □ * □ ©Institutions : Publications set: Journal, Facsimiles (booklet series), Circulars, and the Review $16.00 □ Catalogue of American Amphibians and Reptiles, standing order * □ billing on annual basis TOTAL $ Please check here CD if you want a list of all SSAR publications available for purchase. Your name and address : ZIP: Make checks payable to "SSAR" ; receipt sent on re¬ quest only. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 97 Volume 10 Number 3 September 1974 Eastern Seaboard Herpetological League OCTOBER 26, 1 97^ MEETING: EASTERN SEABOARD HERPETOLOGICAL LEAGUE (ESHL) SPONSORED BY THE NEW YORK HERPETOLOGICAL SOCIETY SCHEDULE: 12:30 - 1:30 p.m. 1:30- 4:15 p.m. 4:15 " 6:00 p.m. 6:00 p.m. Registration, coffee, and final speaker 1 ine- up for evening session. First session topical addresses: INTRODUCTORY REMARKS: Mr. George Zappler, D i rector and Curator of Reptiles, Staten Is¬ land Zoo. BREAK for dinner, viewing of the SIZ reptile col lection, and general social izing. Arrange¬ ments are being made at several local eating places to expect us. The reptile wing will be open for our viewing during this time, with staff member Robert Zappalorti on hand to answer any questions. SPEAKERS FROM REGIONAL SOCIETIES. Page 98 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Back issues of the Bulletin of the Maryland Herpetol og i ca 1 Society, where available, may be obta i ned by wr i t i ng the Execut i ve Editor. A list of available issues will be sent upon request. Individual numbers in stock are $2.00 each. The Soc i ety a 1 so pub 1 i shes a News 1 etter on a somewhat irregular basis. Theseare distributed to the membersh i p free of charge . Also published are Maryland Herpetofauna Leaflets and these are available at $. 05/page. Information for Authors All correspondence should be addressed to the Executive Editor. Manuscripts being sub¬ mitted for publication should be typewritten (double spaced) on good quality x 1 1 inch paper, with adequate margins. Submit original and first carbon, retaining the second carbon. Indicate where illustrations or photographs are to appear in text. Cite all literature used at end in alphabetical order by author. Major papers are those over 5 pages (double spaced, elite type) and must i ncl ude an abstract . The authors name should be centered under the title, and the address is to fol low the Li terature Cited. Minor papers are those papers with fewer than 5 pages. Author's name is to be placed at end of paper (see recent issue). For add i t iona 1 information see Style Manual for Biological Journals (1964) , Amer i can I ns t i tute of Biological Sciences, 3900 Wi scons in Avenue, N.W. , Washington, D.C. 20016. Price is $3.00. Reprints are available at $.025 a page and shoul d be ordered when manuscripts are submitted or when proofs are returned . Minimum order is 100 reprints. Either edited manuscri pt or proof will be returned to author for approval or correction. The author wi 1 1 be res pons i ble for al 1 corrections to proof, and must return proof preferab 1 y w i th i n 7 days. The Maryland Herpetological Society Department of Herpetology Hatural History Society of Maryland, Inc . 2643 Horth Charles Street Baltimore, Maryland 21218 ISSN 0025-4231 BULLETIN OF THE THarylanb f)erpetological Ooctety Department of Herpetology The Natural History Society of Maryland, Inc. MdHS,, . .A FOUNDER MEMBER OF THE Eastern Seaboard Herpetological League DECEMBER 1974 VOLUME 10, NUMBER 4 Bulletin of the Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 4 December 1974 CONTENTS Boyd's forest dragon, Goniocephalus boydii (Macleay) . . A. J .Zwi nenberg 99 An albino ringneck snake, Diadophis punctatus from New Jersey . . .John D. Groves 102 Description of a female Micrurus diastema macdougalli Roze from Progreso, Oaxaca, Mexico .... Arnold Powers 103 Comments on the feeding behavior of larval tiger salamanders, Amby stoma tigrinwn . D.S.Lee, R. Franz 105 The parasites of the red-backed salamander, Plethodon cinereus . . . E.M. Ernst 108 Growth rate of Lichanura r, roseofusca in captivity . . D.Mazzarella 115 News £ Notes: Reptiles and amphibians of the Pacific . 118 Society for the study of amphibians and reptiles . 119 Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 76*33/458 The Mary land Herpetological Society > Department of Herpetology 3 Natural History Society of Maryland , Inc, s 2643 North Charles Street 3 Baltimore Maryland 21218, Published By Photographic Directory Pubti6 heu f P0 Box 178 , Randatt&tocon, Md . 2 1133 BULLETIN OF THE Volume 10 Number 4 31 December 197*+ The Maryland Herpetolog i ca 1 Society Department of Herpetology, Natural History Society of Maryland, Inc. Bulletin Staff Executive Editor Herbert S. Harris, Jr. Steering Committee Mark Prihoda Jeff Thomas John Whi tekettl e Tom Boyer Officers President . David M. Hillis Vice-President . Rick Czarnowsky Secretary . Donal Boyer Treasurer . Robert Miller Frank Groves Jerry Hardy Herb Harris, Jr. Arnold Norden Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 76-93458 Membership Rates Active members over 1 8 . . . . $ 1 0 .00 , under 18.... $6. 00, subscribing members (outside a 20 mile radius of Baltimore Ci ty) . . . . $3 .00, Foreign. .. .$4.00. Meet i ngs The third Wednesday of each month, 8:15 p.m. at the Natural History Society of Maryland (except May-August, third Saturday of each month, 8:00 a.m.). The Department of Herpetology meets informally on all other Wednesday evenings at the NHSM at 8:00 p.m. Bulletin of the Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 31 December 1974 Number 4 Boyd's Forest Dragon, Goniocephalus boydii (Macleay) The warmer areas of the Old World are the home of about three hun¬ dred species of lizards, belonging to the f am i 1 y Agamidae . The lizards are called dragon 1 i za rds or dragons because of their resemblance to our popular image of a dragon. All are characterized by a rough scalation, round pupils, movable eyel ids, four wel 1 developed limbs, 1 ong tail, clearly visible eardrum (except i n "earl ess lizards"), symmetrical shields on top of the head, acrodont dentition and reproduction by eggs. These dragon 1 i zards are d i urnal . I n the New World thei r n i che i s f i 1 led by the i guanas (fami 1 y Iguanidae) . Iguanas also occur on some islands in the Old World, e.g. in Madagascar (seven species) and in the Fiji Islands (one species). It is remarkable, that where dragons are absent, their niche is filled by the iguanidae. There is no overlapping between the two families. Many dragons are pro¬ vided with crests, frills or throat sacks, which enable them to put on terrifying displays. Some of the forty or so species of theAgamid family found in Aus¬ tralia are migrants from northern climes. One of these species is Boyd's forest dragon ( Goniocep¬ halus boydii) (Fig. l), also cal¬ led Boyd's angle-headed dragon, which entered Australia from New Guinea only recently. It reaches a total length of about 50 cm (20 in.) and is found only in north¬ ern Queensland, and the rain for¬ ests of the tablelands (Fig. 2). The tail is brownish and very long, in some cases twice the length of the compressed body. There is a prominent crest on the neck and a less devel oped crest down the center of the back.... the crests are separated from each other. The crest on the neck cons i sts of three Fig. 1 . An adu 1 1 Boyd ' s fores t dragon , enlarged white spines and a number Goniocephalus boydii . of small ones. The grey-green to Photograph courtesy A.I.S. yel low-green body is partial ly cov- (Canberra) . ered wi th smal 1 wh i t i sh sp i nes . The pronounced gu 1 ar sac (Dewlap) , wel 1 developed in males, with sharp spines on the front edge, is brownish to yellowish in color. The sides of the head are decorated with large blue Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 99 Volume 10 Number 4 December 1974 patches. The 1 izard changes color rather readily under stress of emot ion. When two males encounter they wi 1 1 turn pa 1 e , the bod i es wi 1 1 show a number of dark transverse bars and the gul ar sacs wi 1 1 be inflated. After erection of the nuchal and dorsal crests the two males will approach each other, bobbing their heads up and down. This performance is mostly bluff and general ly , one of the males wi 1 1 depart before the encounter ends i n actual combat. Goniooephalus boydii must be considered terrestrial rather than arboreal, in spite of the fact that it has well developed limbs with strongly clawed feet. It can climb trees, but does th i s onl y i n search of food. When disturbed it remains perfectly quiet until actually picked up (Dale, 1973). Its green hue makes it almost impossible to see on moss and rubb i sh among trees Fig. 2. Distribution of Goniooephalus and creepers, the natural habitat boydii in Australia. of this species. It seems to rely on its camouflage, instead of re¬ treating at the sign of danger. The hindlegs are extraordinary long. This appears to be an adapta¬ tion for swift running. However, this particular spec i es of forest dragon is somewhat clumsy on the ground (Worrell, 1963). Davey (1970) assumes that the large hindlimbs were evolved by ancestors which lived in open a reas . Boyd's angle-headed dragon is not common and our knowledge of this species is scanty. It is rarely seen, probably because of its cryptic coloration. Wells (1972), who v i s i ted the Atherton Tablelands near Cairns (eastern seaboard of Queensland) , claims, on the contrary, that the 1 izards are not uncommon i n that region. They were of ten s ighted i n the rainforest. The diet consists ma i nl y of 1 arge insects, but al so i ncl udes snails, grubs, worms, and small vertebrates such as birds. Goniooephalus boydii is oviparous, 1 i ke al 1 Agami d 1 i zards , and 1 ays 2 to 5 eggs per clutch. A gravi d , dead specimen exami ned by Wei 1 s (1972) conta i ned 3 eggs , the larges t measuring 27 mm (1.05 in.) in length and 1A mm (0.5** in.) in diameter. The female does not always cover the cl utch with soil, and sometimes just depos i ts the eggs on the ground. The eggs hatch af ter an i ncuba t i on period of 3 to A months, depend i ng on the warmth and moi s ture of the surrounding sand . There are two other spec i es of fores t dragons (genus Goniooephalus) occuring in Australia. One species, the ra i n-forest dragon ( Goniooephalus spinipes) , wh i ch grows to about 35 cm (1 A in.), i nhab i ts the remote forests of eastern Queensland and northeastern New South Wales. It is very rare. The crest on the back of the neck and back form a single row of spines, contrary to the former species. The other species, the great crested dragon (Goniooephalus godeffroyi) , Page 100 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society 0 Volume 10 Number 4 December 1974 is restricted to the Cape York Peninsula (northern Queensland). In Aus¬ tralia (Bustard, 1970) it reaches a 1 ength of about 1 m (3£ ft.). It has a pronounced crest on back of the neck and a well developed one on the back continuing on to the tail. Both species are brownish dorsal ly with a pattern of darker spots. Bustard, R. 1970. Dale, F.D . 1973. Davey, K.D. 1970. Wells, R. 1972. Wor rel 1 , E . Fig. 3* Gonioeephalus boydii with clutch. Photograph courtesy A.I.S. Literature Cited Australian lizards. Collins - Sydney, p. 107. Forty Queensland lizards. Qld, Museum Publ ., pp. 46-49. Australian lizards. Lansdowne Press , Melbourne, pp. 90-92. Notes on Gonioeephalus boydii (Macleay). Herpetofauna 5 (2:24) . 1963. Repti 1 es of Austral ia . Angus and Robertson, Sydney , pp . 73“ 7^* • — A. J .Zwi nenberg , Bomeostraat 23, Vlaardingen, The Netherlands . Received 4 September 1974 Accepted 8 September 1974 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 101 Volume 10 Number 4 December 1974 An Albino Ringneck Snake, Diadophis punotatus from New Jersey Although al b i n i sm has previousl y been reported i n the ringneck snake, Diadophis punotatus (Hensley, 1959), additional cases are of i nterest to record . On 5 July 197^, Tim Marshall collected an albino ringneck snake, Diadophis punotatus (Fig.l) in a field on the property of Mr. Joseph T. Winner of Indian Mills, Burlington County, New Jersey. When collected, this snake was loosely coiled under a piece of tar paper. The specimen is an adult male, measuring 190 mm in snout- vent length and lb mm in tail length. The color in life is pinkish-white dorsal 1 y, wi th an orange broken ring on its neck. This ring is 2i scales wide at its widest point. The ventral surface is orange with a large half-moon shaped pink spot, cen¬ trally located on most ventral scales. No spots are present on the caudal seal es or on the ch in and lower lips. The eyes and tongue are pink. This specimen agrees in scalation and pattern with Diadophis pun¬ otatus punotatus , however, Conant (1958) states that the populations in southern New Jersey are i n termed i ate between the northern and southern races. I would like to thank Joseph E. Winner and Roy Knight for their aid in securing this specimen for me. Literature Cited Fig. 1 . Adu 1 t ma 1 e Diadophis punotatus . Conant, R. 1958. A field guide to reptiles and amphibians. Houghton Mifflin Co.s Boston . 386 p. Hensley, M. 1959. Albinism in North American amphibians and reptiles. Publ . Mus. Mioh . State Univ ,, Biol . Ser. 1 {b) : 135" 159. —John D. Groves, Reptile Department , Philadelphia Zoological Garden^ Pennsylvania 3 19104 . Received 14 September 197^ Accepted 15 September 197^ Page 102 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 4 December 1974 Description of a female Miorurus diastema macdougalli Roze from Progreso, Oaxaca, Mexico Roze (1967) described Miorurus diastema macdougalli from two male specimens (AMNH 65162, 65 163) from El Modelo, Rio Chalchijapa, and Rio del Corte, Oaxaca, Mexico. Additional specimens in the collections of the University of Colorado Museum (UCM 40083~40087) from Progreso, Pal- omares, Juchi tan, and 12 de Jul io, Oaxaca, Mex i co now prov i de further sup¬ port for the sub spec if i c designation of M.d, macdougalli (See Fig. 1 ) . Three of the five specimens are females (UCM AOO83 , 40086 , 40087) , thus providing the first record of the sex for this geographic race. Fig. 1. Dorsal views of five specimens of Micrurus diastema macdougalli in the collections of the Un i vers i ty of Colorado Museum (UCM 40083" 40087). Allotype (UCM 40086) top right. DESCRIPTION OF ALLOTYPE .- I n most cha racter i st i cs the fema 1 e allotype (UCM 40086) is similar to the hoi otype (AMNH 65 1 63 ) and pa ra type (AMNH 651 62) . The first supra labial basis andmostof the rostra 1 are 1 i ght in coloration . The black nuchal band covers the parietal tips and is interrupted ventral ly. There are 18+7 black bands on the body and tail, with black tippings on the faded brick red dorsal scales. There are 222 ventrals and 39 caudals. In M, d. macdougalli ventrals are fewer in males, 200-209, as com¬ pared to females, 200-225. Caudals are fewer but vary more in females, 39-47, than in males, 49 “ 52 (Table 1). A clearer appraisal of the sys¬ tematic status can on 1 y be obta i ned when more spec imens of th i s distinctive geographic race become available for study. All specimens were collected by T. C. MacDougal 1 for whom the sub¬ species was named in honor of his valuable collections i n the Tehuantepec region of Mexico. I am indebted to Dr. J. A. Roze, Herpetology Depart¬ ment, American Museum of Natural History (AMNH) for encouragement to re¬ cord the Un i vers i ty of Col orado Museum (UCM) spec imens ; to Dr. H.M. Smith, EP0 B iology Department , Un i vers i ty of Col orado , for ed i tor ia 1 suggestions; Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 103 Volume 10 Number 4 December 1974 and to Dr. T. P. Maslin, Herpetology Department, University of Colorado Museum, for access to the museum's collections. Table 1. Summary of selected morphometric and meristic characters of M. d. maodougalli. MUSEUM NUMBER LOCALITY (Oaxaca) SEX TOTAL LENGTH VENTRALS CAUDALS TOTAL BLACK BODY RINGS (Body+Ta i 1 ) AMNH 65162 El Modelo Ma 1 e 574 mm. 200 49 23 (15+8) AMNH 65163 El Modelo Ma 1 e - 201 50 24 (16+8) UCM 40084 Prog reso Ma 1 e 268 mm. 208 52 32 (21+11) UCM 40085 Progreso Ma 1 e 625 mm. 209 50 26 (17+9) UCM 40083 Prog reso Fema 1 e 229 mm. 225 47 29 (20+4) UCM 40086 Progreso Fema 1 e 725 mm . 222 39 25 (18+7) UCM 40087 1 2 de Ju 1 i 0 Fema 1 e 225 mm. 220 40 30 (21+9) Literature Cited Roze, J. A. 1967. A check 1 i s t of the New Wor 1 d venomous coral snakes (Elapidae), with descriptions of new forms. Am, Mus . Novit,, (2287) :1" 60, figs. 1-17. — Arnold Powers., Environmental, Population, and Organismio Biology De¬ partment, University of Colorado, Boulder 80302 . Received 29 September 197*+ Accepted 25 October 197*+ Page 104 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 4 December 1974 Comments on the Feeding Behavior of Larval Tiger Salamanders, Amby stoma tigrinum Except fora report of the occurrence of Ambystoma tigrinum in Mary¬ land (Stine, et.al. 1954) nothing has been published on the biology of this sal amander i n the state. Here da ta are presented on the feed i ng hab i ts of larval tiger salamanders collected on the Maryland Delmarva. On 16-17 June 1972, 51 larval Ambystoma tigrinum were se i ned from two smal 1 ponds near Massey and Gol ts , Kent County, Maryland. The salamanders were preserved at the t ime of capture in 10% formaldehyde. The entire di¬ gestive tracts were 1 ater removed, opened , and exami ned for food i terns wi th the aid of a dissection microscope. Snout-vent and total lengths were measured with vernier calipers to the nearest mm. Larvae from the two ponds differed considerably, not only in size, but also in the food items recovered (Tables 1 and 2) . Therefore, we will discuss the two populations separately. The area of the Massey pond is about one acre , varying considerably with the season. The pond is surrounded by roads and fields for half its circumference; the remainder is forested. Oaks (several spec i es) , Quercus ; red maple, Acer rubrum; red gum, Liquidambar styraciflus; a nd black gum, Nyssa sylvatica, dominate the forest. Black willows, Salix niger\ cat¬ tails, Tupha latifolia , and emergent grasses and sedges grow sporadical ly along the edges, but for the most part the pond is free of any dominant vegetation. Filamentous a 1 gae , an aqua t i c moss (Drepanocladus) , and pond - weed ( Potamogeton grccmineus ) flourish in certain areas. Forty-two Ambystoma tigrinum , 43"5l(45-9) mm snout-vent length, 81- 116(96.9) mm total length from this pond conta i ned 1 , 259 food items (an average of 30.0 items per individual). In addition, almost all stomachs contained filamentous algae, which we assume to have been accidentally ingested. Identification of food items indicated that the larvae were feedi ng on f ree-swimmi ng (i.e., Chaoboridae; Cul i ci dae) as wel 1 as bottom- crawl i ng and vegetation in hab i t i ng ( i .e. , I sopoda , Ch i ronomi dae, Baet i dae) prey. Two terrestrial insects (Homoptera and Orthoptera) were probably taken from the surface. The Golts pond is somewhat smaller than the Massey site. It is for¬ ested on all s i des , and , al though most of the plants are similar to those associated wi th the previously described pond, the vegetation is th icker. Riccia j Ricciocarpus 3 Utriculccria 3 Polygonum j Sagittaria and Scirpus were noted in this pond but were not seen at the other site. The nine 1 arvae f rom th i s second pond were cons i derabl y smaller (31- 58(47.9) mm snout-vent length, 60-102(88.5) mm total length) than those from Massey pond. Their food items were smaller but more numerous (an average of 58.1 i terns per individual ) . They preyed more heavily on crus¬ taceans (Tables 1 and 2) and fed mostly on free-swimming organisms. All salamanders from Golts pond contained parasitic spiruroid nematodes, fami ly Hedrur idae, H e drums , probably represent i ng an undescribed species . A total of 31 worms were removed. Two species of Hedrurus are presently known from salamanders, H, brevis and H, siredonis from Taricha torosus . Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 105 Volume 10 Number 4 December 1974 Table 1. Food of forty-two Ambystona tigrinum larvae collected 1 6- 1 7 June 1 972 from Massey Pond , Kent County , Maryland. Food item no. of % of no. of items items stomachs Arthopoda I nsecta Col eoptera Dyti sci dae, larvae Dytiscidae, adult Ha 1 i p i dae , larvae D i ptera Chaoboridae, larvae Chaoboridae, pupae Chironomidae, larvae Ch i ronom i dae , pupae Cu 1 i c i dae , larvae Cu 1 ic i dae , pupae Ephemeroptera Baetidae, nymph Hemi ptera Corixidae, nymph Corixidae, adult Notonectidae, nymph Notonectidae, adult Homoptera, adult Odonata Aeschnidae, nymph Libel 1 u 1 i dae , nymph Coenagrionidae, nymph Orthoptera Acridadae, nymph T r i choptera L imneph i 1 i dae , case and 1 Crustacea Podocopa Cl adocera I sopoda Amph i poda Eucopepoda Mol 1 usca Gastropoda Chordata Amph i b i a Acris crepitans, tadpole 348 27.60 42 19 1.51 1 1 1 .08 1 2 .16 1 46 3-65 16 10 .79 7 49 3-89 17 8 .63 5 36 2.85 8 6 .48 2 45 3.57 18 44 3-49 24 21 1 .67 14 3 .24 3 1 .08 1 i .08 1 3 .24 3 1 1 .87 9 39 3-09 23 1 .08 1 2 .16 2 909 72.09 33 109 “STSt TT 752 59.63 30 25 1 .98 5 2 . 1 6 1 21 1 .67 3 2 .16 2 2 7TT 2 2 . 16 2 2 .16 2 1261 Table 2. Food of n i ne Ambystona tigrinum larvae col lected 17 June 1972 from Golts Pond, Kent County, Maryland. Food item no. of % of no. of items items stomachs Arthopoda 1 nsecta 30 6,21 9 D i ptera Chironomidae, larvae 3 .62 3 Chaoboridae, larvae 7 1.45 2 Chaoboridae, pupae 1 .21 1 Hemi ptera Corixidae, nymph 7 1 .45 4 Corixidae, adult 7 1 .45 4 Notonectidae, nymph 1 .21 1 Notonectidae, adult 1 .21 1 Odonata Coenagreonidae, nymph 3 .62 3 Crustacea 451 93-37 9 Amph i poda 2 7TT 1 1 sopoda 25 5.18 5 Eucopepoda 21 4.35 3 Podocopa 403 83.44 9 Mol 1 usca 2 .41 2 Gastropoda 2 483 757 2 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 106 Volume 10 Number 4 December 1974 H. siredonis is also known from the mexican axolotl. The s i ze of the food items varied from 1 mm crus taceans to 1 7 mm Acris tadpol es , but there did not appear to be any correlation between the size of the larvae and the s i ze or number of i terns consumed . The major i ty (69.9%) of the insects removed from the stomachs of these salamanders were between 6-10 mm in length. Many of the smallest items (Podocoda , Cladocera, Euc- opedoda , Chr ionomi dae, and Cul i cidae) may have been consumed accidently or Ingested secondarily. D i ssect ion of Odonata 1 arvae reveal ed large numbers of these smaller organisms in their gastro- i ntest i nal tracts. The fact that Acris tadpoles were numerous at the time of our collection and yet represented a smal 1 percentage of prey , may indicate that little foraging is done in the shallow pond margins where Aoris larvae abound. The tad¬ poles of other species of frogs known to breed in these particular ponds (i.e., Scaphiopus holbrooki, Bufo fowleri , Hyta crucifer , H. versicolor, Pseudacris triseriata , Rana catesbeiana , R, clamitans, R. palustris, and R. pipiens) were ei ther not present or too 1 arge to have been taken as prey at the time of our col lection. Stine (personal communication) observed large larval A. tigrinum feeding on the larvae of A, opacum i n these ponds, but at the t ime of our collection, larval marbled salamanders were not present as they had probably already transformed. In order to determi ne t ime of feed i ng activity, salamanders were col - lected at different time intervals. Collections made in the afternoon (2:00-2:15 and 3:00-3:15 p.m. DST) showed evidence of diurnal feeding. I nd i st i ngu i shabl e mater ia 1 (greatly d i ges ted) var i ed from 10% to 30% per stomach in the afternoon sample, while those collected at night ranged from 25% to 80% indistinguishable. Nymphs of Cor i xi dae and Coenagr i on i dae were found in the mouths of two salamanders from the afternoon series, further indicating diurnal feeding. We would like to thank Peter Hertl for ass i stance i n col 1 ect i ng the salamanders and Drs. D. Forrester and S.R. Telford, both of the University of Florida, for identification of the nematodes. The salamanders have been depos i ted i n the col 1 ect i ons of the Natural History Society of Mary¬ land and the Florida State Museum. L i terature C i ted Stine, C.J., J.A. Fowler, and R.S. Simmons. 195*+. Occurrence of the eastern t i ger sa 1 amander , Ambystoma tigrinum tigrinum (Green), i n Maryl and , wi th notes on i ts life history. Annals, Carnegie Museum 33 (Art. 7) : 1 *+5”1 52 . — David S. Lee and Richard Franz, Florida State Museum, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida . Received 2 October 197*+ Accepted 25 October 197*+ Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 107 Volume 10 Number 4 December 1974 The Parasites of the Red-Backed Salamander, Plethodon oinereus ABSTRACT - Of twelve Plethodon oinereus examined from Fairfax, Virginia, 50% were infected with the nematode Oxyuris magnavulvaris , with an average of 1.5 worms per host (range 1-12) . Small unidentified nematodes were present in the mouth or body cavity of 25% of the hosts, with an average of 1.3 worms per host (range 1-2). Of all salamanders examined, 58.3% had nematode infections. A review of the parasites of the red-backed salamander as reported in the literature is given. INTRODUCTION The red-backed salamander, Plethodon oinereus , i s the most ub i qu i tous salamander throughout the greater part of its range, which extends from S. Labrador and the Maritime Provinces to Minnesota; south to North Car¬ ol ina and Louisiana (Conan t, 1958). Terrestrial and lung less, i t is confined more or less to moist wooded or forested areas, but is often found far from water bodies, occasionally even in rather dry situations. I t may be found h i d i ng beneath 1 ogs , bark, and stones ; even chunks of paper or trash. Extensive surveys of red-backed salamander stomach contents by num¬ erous researchers have revealed largely insect remains; about 50% ants, 33% small beet 1 es and the remainder 1 epi dopterous larvae, D i ptera and un¬ determined insects. Sp i ders and mi tes , sowbugs , and extraneous matter were also found. The inclusionofa mosquito 1 arva and rat- ta i 1 maggots in the diet suggests that some P. oinereus had been feeding in the immediate vi¬ cinity of water or at least in very damp situations. Altogether its food consists of animals commonly found on or near the ground in terrestrial s i tuat ions and i s most 1 y 1 i m i ted to smal ler invertebrates (Bishop, 1 94 1 ) . Among different types of sal amanders , the i nci dence and i ntens i ty of parasitic i nfect ion , and the number of paras i te species present are deter¬ mined by the habits and habitat preferences of the hosts which bring them in close proximity with the essential stages in the parasite life-cycle, by the degree of host-specificity exhibited by the parasite, and by the physical condition of the habitat of the salamander (Fischthal, 1951). F ischthal found , that , in general , the i nci dence and i ntens i ty of infection, and the number of paras i te species found are greatest in the aquatic No- tophthalmus viridesoens , whereas they are least in the terrestrial Ple¬ thodon oinereus and Plethodon glutinosus; the terrestro-aquat i c Gyrino- philus porphyritiouSj Euryoeabislineata and Desmognathus fusous maintain an intermediate position. METHODS AND MATERIALS Col 1 ect ? on . Plethodon oinereus were collected on 6 March, 197^, in the campus woodl ands of George Mason University, Fairfax, Fairfax County, Virginia. Spec imens were pi aced in a coffee can with moist paper toweling and stored in the refrigerator until sacrificed. Page 108 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 4 December 1974 Examination of Hosts . — The sal amanders were chloroformed . Tail snips and cuts at the corner of the mouth proved i nef feet i ve for obta i n i ng blood for smears, but heart puncture provided sufficient blood for one slide, and i s the only successful method reported in the literature (Rankin, 1937a). The failure of tail snip seems obvious when one considers the species practices autotomy and that any part of the tail from a point a short dis¬ tance beh i nd the vent may be broken off. Wright's stain was used; no para¬ sitic forms were present. The body cavi ty was si i t from the vent and cephalad lateral to the mid-ventral line. Organs were observed in situ, then re¬ moved to smal 1 dishes filled with saline, and examined under a d i ssect ing microscope. Killing and Preserving. --Only nematodes were recovered, which were fixed i n hot 70% alcohol and preserved in vial s wi th add i t ional 70% alcohol . A phenol and absolute alcohol solution was used as a clearing agent for examining the parasites. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Of twelve Plethodon oinereus examined, 50% were infected with the nematode Oxyuris magnavulvaris , with an average of 1.5 worms per host (range 1-12). Small unidentified nematodes were present in the mouth or body cavity of 25% of the hosts, with an average of 1.3 worms per host (range 1-2). Of al 1 sal amanders examined, 58.3% had nematode infections. Listings of the parasites recovered from Plethodon oinereus as re¬ ported in the literature are presented in Tables 1-3- All information on the degree of parasi tism reported is included. All protozoa have been in¬ cluded for completeness, irregardless of their being parasitic. Protozoans (Table 1): Hazard (1937) found Haptophyra miohiganensis, an astomatous ciliate, i n a s i ngl e adul t specimen of P. oinereus. He suggests that the method of infection may be similar to that postulated for the four toed salamander, Hemidaotylium soutatum. Plethodon oinereus eggs are depos i ted by attachment to the roof of crevices in moist logs. Bishop (19^1) reported that often only a single log will be found suitable in a bit of woodland and the gravid females make their way to it in numbers. The adul t femal e P. oinereus remains with the eggs until they have hatched, al though , rarel y both sexes may be found with eggs (Bishop, 19^1). Hazard (1937) suggests that it is possible that the protozoa are voided by the female wi th the fecal matter and are then i ngested by the young salamanders , during the time that the brood remains together. The young salamanders then carry the protozoan through maturity. Ces todes : Few instances of tapeworm i nfect ions in sal amanders have been found. Rankin (1937a) recovered Crepidobothrium pi erocerco ids from sal¬ amanders in the mountains near Durham, North Carolina. Of lb animals studied, 8.3% were infected, wi th an average of 0.31 parasites per host. Nematodes (Table 2): Rankin (19^5) reported Cosmooerooides dukae as one of the most widely distributed nematodes in reptiles and amphibians, be¬ ing found in both aquat i c and terrestr i al habitats. Oswaldooruzia pipiens is also a widely distributed nematode found in aquatic hosts, but rarely in terrestrial . Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 109 Volume 10 Number 4 December 1974 Rankin (1937a) described Oxyuris magnavulvaris on the basisof para¬ sites recovered from P. cineveus and other species of salamanders in North Carolina. He descr i bed i t "wi th some hesitancy"; s i nee no mal es were found he encountered d i ff i cul ty i n pi aci ng the spec i es i n the genus Oxyuris sensu latu until a mal e coul d be found , and did so on the basis of what he felt were valid characters. Table 1. Protozoa of Plethodon cinereus. Parasite #Animals Examined % Infected Habitat Locality Reference Cryptobia borreli - 11.5 Blood Durham, N.C. Rankin, 1937b Lryptobia borreli - 31.2 Blood Mountains near Durham, N. C. 11 Cytamoeba bacterifera - 7.6 Erythrocytes Durham, N. C. " Cytamoeba bacterifera - 8.3 Erythrocytes Mountains near Durham, N.C. Eutrichomastix batrachorum - 3.4 Rectum Durham, N. C. Eutrichomastix batrachorum - 31.2 Rectum Mountains near Durham, N. C. " Haptophyra michiganensis 1 100.0 -- - Hazard, 1937 Hexamastix batrachorum -- 12.5 Rectum Mountains near Durham, N.C. Rankin, 1937b Hexamitus spp. 12 -- Large Intestine - Honigberg, 1953 Hexamitus batrachorum 12 - Large Intestine -- » Hexamitus batrachorum - 22.9 Rectum Mountains near Durham, N. C. Rankin, 1937b Hexamitus intestinal is - 4.1 Rectum Mountains near Durham, N. C. 11 Karatomorpha swezi 12 - Large Intestine -- Honigberg, 1953 Karatomorpha swezi -- 22.9 Rectum Mountains near Durham, N. C. Rankin, 1937b Monocercomonoides sp. (M. rotunda (Bishop)?) 12 8.0 Large Intestine -- Honigberg, 1953 Monocercomonas batrachorum 12 66.0 Large Intestine - " Octomitus sp. 12 66.0 Large Intestine - " Proteromonas longifila 12 92.0 Large Intestine -- " Prowazekella longifilis -- 23.0 Rectum Durham, N. C. Rankin, 1937b Prowazekella longifilis -- 60.4 Rectum Mountains near Durham, N. C. " Trimitus parvus 12 - Large Intestine - Honigberg, 1953 Tri trichomonas augusta 12 -- Large Intestine - " Tri trichomonas augusta - 96.1 Rectum Durham, N. C. Rankin, 1937b Tri trichomonas augusta - 62.5 Rectum Mountains near Durham, N. C. 11 Tri trichomonas batrachorum 12 - Large Intestine -- Honigberg, 1953 In the course of examination of reptiles and amphibians, Chitwood (1933) recovered nematodes from the intestine of P. cinereus from Black Page 110 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 4 December 1974 Pond, Virginia, which he reported as not belonging to any of the recog¬ nized groups of vertebrate parasites, but appearing def i ni tely to be more closely related to those groups generally referred to as "free-living." He subsequently named these nematodes Angiostoma plethodontis . Table 2. Nematoda of Plethodon cinereus Parasite #Animals Examined % Infected Avg. # Per Host Habitat Locality Reference Anqiostoma plethodontis - -- -- Intestine Black Pond, Va. Chitwood, 1933 Cosmocercoides dukae - 3.4 0.19 Rectum Durham, N.C. Rankin, 1937b Cosmocercoides dukae 35 8.0 - Hindgut Western Mass, . Rankin, 1945 Oswaldocruzia pipiens 35 3.0 -- Foregut Western Mass, . Oxyuris magnavul varis -- 2.08 0.02 Rectum Mountains near Durham, N.C. Rankin, 1937a, b Oxyuris magnavul varis 12 50.0 1.5 Rectum Fairfax, Va. This paper Trematodes (Table 3): Stafford (1900, 1903) described Bv achy coelium hos¬ pitale from Canad i an sa 1 amanders Notophthalmus viridescens and Plethodon erythronotus (= P. cinereus) (Byrd, 1937). Rankin (1938) reviewed the genus Brachycoelium , reducing all known species to synonyms of B, sala¬ mandrae which is worldwide in distribution, and one of the commonest amphibian trematodes encountered. Rankin (19^5) found a correlation be¬ tween occurrence of th i s fluke and the habitat of the host. In the aquatic Notophthalmus he found on 1 y 1 5% infection wi th few worms per host observed; however, terrestrial salamanders were heavily infected ( 25*“ 1 00%) . When large numbers of f 1 ukes were present, most were quite small; conversely, when few (below 20) were present, worms were usually much larger in size. Table 3. Trematoda of plethodon cinereus. #Animals % Parasite Examined Infected AVg. # Per Host Habitat Local ity Reference Brachycoel ium hospitale 3.4 0.03 Intestine Durham, N.C. Rankin, 1937b Brachycoel ium hospitale -- 47.9 2.14 Intestine Mountains near " Durham, N.C. Brachycoel ium salamandrae - - - -- Linville, N.C. Rankin, 1938 Brachycoel ium salamandrae 35 25.0 - Intestine Western Mass. Rankin, 1945 Brachycoel ium salamandrae 36 2.8 3.00 Small Intestine South-central New York Fischthal, 1955a Brachycoel ium salamandrae 24 20.8 3.20 Small Intestine State Forest Park, Pa. Fischthal , 1955b Brachycoel ium louisianai — -- — — — Walton, 1962 Brachycoel ium obesum - - - - - " Brachycoel ium obesum " Giles, Cheng, 1960 Charlottesville, and Albamarle Counties, Va. and Chester Co. ,Pa. Brachycoel ium storeriae - - - - - Walton, 1962 Brachycoel ium storeriae 4 100.0 1.00 — Bucks Co. ,Pa Cheng and Chase, Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 111 Volume 10 Number 4 December 1974 Fischthal (1955a) found that of 503 salamanders studied (including 36 P. oinereus) B. salamandrae was found inmore hosts than any other parasite. He observed that i n south-centra 1 New York terrestrial Plethodon glutinosus appeared to be the most important host of this worm possibly because a terrestrial invertebrate serves as intermediate host. He also observed crowding in the host's intestine caused them to be sma 1 1 er i n s i ze at sex¬ ual maturity. Cheng (i960) initiated a study to determine consistent character i st ics by wh ich the Braohyooelium species coul d be d i st i ngu i shed from one another. By studying more than 350 adult worms, recovered from the small intestine of P. glutinosus and P. oinereus captured in Virginia and Pennsylvania, he determined that B . obesum can be separated from the others part i cul arl y by its large cirrus pouch which i s approximatel y twice the diameter of the acetabulum in length. He concluded that in view of the information contributed by the life history of B . obesum , it seemed logical to consider the Brachycoel 1 idae, the Plagiorchi idae, and Dicrocoel- 1 i dae as i ndependent families subord i nate to the superfamily Plagiorchio- idea Dollfus, 1930. Cheng and Chase (1961) recognized eleven species in the genus Braohyooelium . Walton (1962) further suggested resolving the systematic status of Braohyooelium by knowledge of the life history patterns. An expermi nental infection of P. oinereus with Microphallus opaous was reported by Rausch (19^7). Metacercar i a 1 cysts collected from nat¬ urally infected crayfish collected in central Ohio were administered by stomach tube to salamanders collected from an area in Southern Michigan where M. opaous isabsent. Of three sa 1 amanders , one conta i ned 36 immature trematodes when examined, and one voided 7 immature living trematodes on the th i rd day . ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I would like to thank Dr. Leo Jachowski , under whose direction this study was undertaken, and Dr. Carl H. Ernst who aided in securing the specimens and provided editorial suggestions. LITERATURE CITED Bishop, S. C. 19^1. Sa 1 amanders of New York. New York St. Mus . Bull. (324): 1-365. Byrd, E. E. 1937« Observations on the trematode genus Braohyooelium Dujardin . Proo. U. S. Nat. Mus. (3010)84: 1 83" 199. Cheng, T. C. I960. The life history of Braohyooelium obesum Nicoll, 191^, with a d i scuss i on of the systematic status of the trematode family Brachycoel 1 i dae Johnston 1912. J. Parasitol. 46:b6b-b7b. and R. S. Chase. Braohyooelium stablefordi , a new paras i te of salamanders; and a case of abnormal polylobat ion of the testes of Braohyooelium storeriae Harwood , 1932. (Trematoda: Brachycoel 1 i dae). Trans. Amer. Mior. Soo. 80: 33 “ 38 . Page 112 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 4 December 1974 Chitwood, B. G. 1933- On some nematodes of the superfamily Rhabditoidea and their status as parasites of reptiles and amphibians. J. Washing¬ ton Acad. Sci. 23 : 508-520 . Conant R. 1958. A field guide to reptiles and amphibians. Houghton Mifflin Company j Boston. 386 pp . Fi schthal , J . H . 1951. Ecology of worm parasites in salamanders from south-central New York (Program & Abstr. 26th Ann. Meet. Amer. Soc. Para- sitol., Chicago, Nov. 1 5“1 7) * Parasitol. 37 (suppl . ) : 27 . 1955a. Ecology of worm parasites in south-central New York salaman¬ ders. Amer. Midland Hat. 53:178-183. 1955b. Helminths of salamanders from Promised Land, State Forest Park, Pennsylvania. Proa. Helminthol. Soc. Washington 22:h 6-48 . Hazard, F. 0. 1937. Two new host records for the protozoan Haptophyra michiganensis Woodhead. J. Parasitol. 23:315~316* Honigberg, B. M. 1953. I ntes t i na 1 f 1 agel 1 a tes of Plethodon (Amph i b i a : Cauda ta) . (Ab¬ stract of report before 5th Ann. Meet., Madison, Wisconsin, Sept. 7"9) . Proc. Amer. Soc. Protozool. 4: 16. Rankin, J. S. 1937a. New helmi nths from North Carolina salamanders. J. Parasitol. 23: 29-42. 1937b. An ecological s tudy of paras i tes of some North Carolina sal¬ amanders. Ecol. Monogr. 7\ 1 69 “ 269 . 1938 . Stud i es on the trema tode genus Brachycoelium Duj . I . Vari¬ ation in specific characters with reference to the validity of the descr i bed species. Trans. Amer. Micr. Soc . 57:358-375* 1945. An ecol og i ca 1 study of the helmi nth paras i tes of amph i b i ans and rept i les of western Massachusetts and vicinity. J . Par¬ asitol. 32:142-150. Rausch , R. 1947. Some observations on the host relationshi ps of Microphallus opacus (Ward , 1 894) (T rematoda : Microphal 1 i dae) . Trans. Amer. Micr. Soc. 66:59-63 • Stafford , J . 1 900 . Some undescr i bed trema todes . Zool. Jahrb. (Abt. Syst. ) 13: 399“ 4 1 4 . Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 113 Volume 10 Number 4 December 1974 1903. Two distomes from Canadian Urodela. Centralbl . fur Bakt. Parasit. und Infekt. (Orig.) 34: 822-830. Walton, A. C. 1962. The amphibia as hosts of trematode parasites. 111. J . Para- sitol. 48(suppl.): 25. - Evel yn M. Ernst , Department of Zoology , University of Maryland, College Park, Mary land 20742. Received 2 October 197^ Accepted 1A October 197^ Page 114 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society December 1974 Volume 10 Number 4 Growth Rate of Lichanura r. roseofusca in Captivity Kurfess (1967) records growth rates on captive juvenile Lichanura r. roseofusca over 9 months and presents data for an adult female for one year in captivity but provides no data on aspects of maturation in the juveniles other than length increase. Kurfess (1967) i nd i ca ted a very rap i d growth rate for Lichanura based on a brood of captive born young. In this brood of 5 young the average length at birth was 35.18 cm. After 9 months the length averaged 74.04 cm. Another snake held captive by Kurfess, however, did not show this rapid growth. This snake, 35.65 cm long at capture, grew to 45.72 cm in 1 year. Dur i ng the second year i t grew an add i t ional 18.68 cm and success¬ fully i nsemi nated a femal e of the species indicating that it was sexually mature. Although a Lichanura r. roseofusca lived 12 years in captivity (Per¬ kins, 1953) longterm growth records are unava i labl e . Kurfess' data which primarily reveal growth rates of young snakes for short periods should be reviewed concurrently wi th the fol lowing records to provide a more complete pi cture of growth of Lichanura r, roseofusca from hatching to adulthood. PROCEDURE A snake was captured 5.5 mi. SE of Escondido, San Diego County, Cal¬ ifornia, in a boul der-chapparal associ at ion at 1 0 : 30 a.m. on 7 September 1968. it was basking in an open area approximately 500 yards from a small reservoi r . Weight measurements were taken on the first of each month with an Ohaus triple beam balance. Food was withheld for one week prior to all weighings. Length was calculated as the average of ten measurements and was rounded off to the nearest whole centimeter. All feedings were recorded for the entire period except for a 2 month period in 1972. Defecation dates were recorded and the interval since the last feeding determined. Shedding dates were noted and the i nterval since last shedding recorded. Since shedding may act as an i ndex of growth rate the number of sheddings per year and the interval between sheddings is of interest. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION The snake was 77 cm long at the time of capture. Kurfess' (1967) records of a successful mat i ng of a mal e Lichanura r, roseofusca when 64.40 cm in length indicate that this snake was near maturity at the time of capture. TABLE 1 summari zes the data and reveal s several trends. First, length i ncreases per year became progress i vel y smaller as the snake aged. Growth was relatively constant at 2 cm per year dur i ng the 1 ast 2 years. Kurfess reported a length increase of 2.5 cm for an adult female during 1 year in capti vi ty and i t appears that 2-3 cm per year i s a rel at i vely steady growth rate even for old Lichanura r . roseofusca . Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 115 Volume 10 Number 4 December 1974 TABLE 1 SUMMARY OF DATA FOR GROWTH RATE OF LICHANURA R. ROSEOFUSCA Year No. M i ce Eaten Interval from Feeding to Defecat ion (days) No. Shed. Interval Between Shed. Body Wt.* Gms . Wt. Ga i n For Year Gms . Leng th (cm) Length 1 ncrease For Year (cm) 1968 12 4.0 311 77 1969 44 4.3 6 61.2 313 2 79 2 1970 45 5.6 4 90.3 329 1 6 80 1 1971 43 5.5 4 88.0 355 26 84 4 1972+ 33 5.8 3 93.0 374 19 87 3 1973 40 5.7 3 131 .7 395 21 89 2 1974++ 10 5.8 0 405 10 91 2 *We i ght +Records for January of the given of feedings are not ava i year labl e except October from February of 1968. to April of 1972. ++A1 1 data for 1974 are as of April 1. Second, the number of shedd i ngs per year decreased with age and di¬ minishing length increase rates. This observation supports a hypothesis that shedding takes pi ace i n response to the need foramore spacious in¬ tegument wh i ch i s not obta i nab 1 e by other means. The frequency of shedding is apparently little affected by the amount of weight gained. To wit, the snake shed 6 times in 1969 and gained 16 grams while in 1971 it shed only k times but gained 26 grams. Possibly, shedding is a response to length increase alone, a larger weight gain may be necessa ry to i nduce shedding, or shedding may be a response to internal, physiological conditions not specifically related to growth. As the snake aged,themean time from feed i ng to defacat ion increased from k days in 1968 to 5.8 days in 197^. This increase may indicate a reduction in the general metabolic rate which accompanies aging. Although such functions as shedding, defacation, and linear growth show distinct patterns, it is i nteres t i ng to note that weight gain seems to follow no predictable pattern. Weight gain in 1971 was 31% higher than during 1969 but weight gain in 1973 was 52% lower than during 1969 although the snake was eating regularly since its initial capture. SUMMARY 1. Although young have been reported to grow much faster, (Kurfess, 1967) adult Lichanura r . roseofusca grow at only 2-k cm per year with growth rate becoming slower as the snake ages. 2. Mean time between feeding and defecation increased as the snake aged, possibly indicat ing a general metabolic slow down in advanced age. 3. Frequency of shedding decreased with age and showed little correlation to weight gain; apparently induced Page 116 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 4 December 1974 primar i 1 y by 1 ength i ncreases or internal, physiological factors . 4. Weight gain for Lichanura r . roseofusoa showed no re¬ lationship to age but seemed to be governed by other factors in mature individuals. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS - I would 1 i ke to express my gratitude to Dr. B.H. Banta for providing the impetus behind the wr i t i ng of th i s paper and for his suggestions and criticisms in the preparation of the manuscript. LITERATURE CITED Kurfess, J. G. 1967. Mating, ges ta t i on , and growth rate in Lichanura r. roseofusoa. Copeia , 1967{2):k71-k73 . Perkins, C. B. 1953. Longevity of snakes in captivity in the United States as of January 1 , 1953 . % Copeia, 1953(h): 243. — Daral Mazzarella, Department of Biology, United States International University , San Diego, California, 92131. Received 23 October 197^ Accepted 20 November 197^ Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 117 Volume 10 Number 4 December 1974 News & Notes -Loveridge REPTILES (and Amphibians) OF THE PACIFIC 271 pages3 7 plates 3 1 double-page map3 index (originally published in 1946 by Maemillan Company 3 New York) THIS BOOK treats the herpetofauna of a vast region including Indonesia, the 'Philippines and Japan, Australia, New Guinea and New Zealand, and an enormous array of islands including Hawaii and the Galapagos. With such isolated land masses, the fauna is predictably diverse and includes the tuatara, several croco¬ diles, various lizards including the Komodo dragon, flying lizards and the Gala¬ pagos iguanas, numerous pythons, the king cobra and other poisonous elapids and vipers, the wide-ranging marine turtles and sea snakes, caecilians, the giant salamander, and many frogs and toads. Authoritative yet written in a clear and untechnical manner, this book is the standard reference on the Pacific herpetofauna and is equally useful to pro¬ fessionals and amateurs'. Each species is described and its range noted, together with a discussion of its life history and remarks on capture, captive specimens, reproductive habits, and use as food. There are identification keys to families and species, illustrated with seven diagnostic plates. Finally, there are chap¬ ters on snake bite and its treatment, economic aspects and conservation, collect¬ ing techniques, procedures for shipping living and preserved specimens, and an annotated bibliography. Mr. Loveridge, now retired, was formerly curator of herpetology at Harvard University, and is a noted authority on the amphibians and reptiles of Africa and the South Pacific. prices SSAR members before publication: $10 paperbound, $12 clothbound Institutions and non-members: $15 paperbound, $17 clothbound to order Orders may be placed now. This book will be published in fall 1974; to take ad¬ vantage of special prices, SSAR members must place their orders before publication. Please circle edition desired and send with payment to Dr. Henri C. Seibert, Morton Hall, Ohio University, Athens, Ohio 45701, U.S.A. Make checks payable to: "SSAR." Receipt sent on request only. Please mark these boxes if you want information on SSAR membership □ or a complete list of Society publications D . Publications issued by the Society include the Journal of Herpetology 3 Facsimile Reprints in Herpetology 3 Herpetological Review 3 Herpetological Circulars 3 Catalogue of American Amphibians and Reptiles 3 and the several series published by SSAR's predecessor, The Ohio Herpetological Society. Page 118 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 10 Number 4 December 1974 SOCIETY FOR THE STUDY OF AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES □The Society for the Study of Amphibians and Reptiles is an international organization established to advance the study of amphibi¬ ans and reptiles. Although begun in 1958 as a regional society, SSAR rapidly gained a world-wide membership, largely because of its diversified publications program, and it is widely recognized to have the most active society-sponsored program of services for students of amphibians and reptiles. Membership is open to all persons, both ama¬ teur and professional. ACTIVITIES In addition to its publications, SSAR sponsors a number of activities of broad herpetological interest. The annual meeting is held each summer on a university cam¬ pus or at biological stations throughout the United States since the Society especially wishes to attract students to its meetings by providing inexpensive and MEMBERSHIP PRIVILEGES All persons are welcome to become members of SSAR, to receive its publications, attend meetings and join in other Society activities. All members have voting privileges. Each year they receive these publications as part of their membership: Journal of Herpetology (U issues, totalling about 1*00 pages), Facsimile Reprints in Herpetology (3-^ issues, about 200 pages), Herpeto¬ logical Circulars (l-2 issues, about 50 pages), and Herpetological Review ( 4 issues, about 130 pages). In addition, SSAR members receive a substantial discount on all book-length facsimile reprints issued during the year. Members may also place standing orders for accounts in the series Catalogue of Ameri¬ can Amphibians and Reptiles on their regular dues forms. Those persons electing the higher membership categories (Sustaining and Contributing members) re¬ ceive the same publications and services, but provide additional financial support which allows the Society to expand and improve its programs more rapidly than would otherwise be possible. MEMBERSHIPS AND SUBSCRIPTIONS Please mark those boxes opposite the items you wish to subscribe to or order, fill in your name and address, and return to: Dr. Max A. Nickerson Society Secretary Vertebrate Division Milwaukee Public Museum Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53233, U.S.A. ©Individuals : Regular member (worldwide) Sustaining member Contributing member Catalogue of American Amphibians and Reptiles , standing order $ 8.00 □ 10.00 □ 15.00 □ * □ informal facilities. In addition to the papers given by members at these meetings, symposia or other invited speakers are usually planned which allow for detailed discussions of important areas of contemporary study. Live animal, photographic, film and other exhibits are also organized, as well as field trips. The Society makes a concerted effort in conserva¬ tion, especially where this affects amphibians and rep¬ tiles, by influencing both state and national legislat¬ ion and by acting as a clearinghouse for communication of conservation information. Likewise, an effort is made, to cooperate and provide assistance to regional herpetological groups; as a result, one Society officer is selected from this constituency. PUBLICATIONS SSAR sponsors one of the most diversified series of publications of any scientific society. Some are in¬ tended for the professional, while others are primarily for amateurs. Each series is described in detail on the reverse side of this page, including some series that have been discontinued. Back issues of every pub¬ lication are available; a detailed pricelist can be obtained simply by checking the appropriate box on the membership application. ©Institutions : Publications set: Journal , Facsimiles (booklet series), Circulars } and the Review $l6 . 00 □ Catalogue of American Amphibians and Reptiles , standing order * O billing on annual basis TOTAL $ Please check here CD if you want a list of all SSAR publications available for purchase. Your name and address : ZIP: Make checks payable to "SSAR" ; receipt sent on re¬ quest only. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 119 Volume 10 Number 4 December 1974 Cloth patches of the Maryland Herpetolog i cal Society (as illustrated above) are still ava i 1 ab 1 e to members or non-members at the cost of $2.00 each or 3 for $5.00. They are in limited suppl y so order promptly. These patches are of the finest quality and look very good on field jackets... order yours now! Send check or money order, made payable to the: Maryland Herpetological Society Department of Herpetology Natural History Society of Maryland , Inc . 2643 Horth Charles Street Baltimore, Maryland 21218 Page 120 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Society Publications Back issues of the Bulletin of the Maryland Herpetol og i ca 1 Society, where available, may be obta i ned by wr i t i ng the Execut i ve Editor. A list of available issues will be sent upon request. Individual numbers in stock are $2.00 each. The Soc i ety a 1 so pub 1 i shes a News 1 etter on a somewhat irregular basis. Theseare distributed to the membersh i p free of charge . Also published are Maryland Herpetofauna Leaflets and these are available at $. 05/page. Information for Authors All correspondence should be addressed to the Executive Editor. Manuscripts being sub¬ mitted for publication should be typewritten (double spaced) on good quality 8^x11 inch paper, with adequate margins. Submit original and first carbon, retaining the second carbon. Indicate where illustrations or photographs are to appear in text. Cite all literature used at end in alphabetical order by author. Major papers are those over 5 pages (double spaced, elite type)andmust i ncl ude an abstract . The authors name should be centered under the title, and the address is to fol low the Li terature Cited. Minor papers are those papers with fewer than 5 pages. Author's name is to be placed at end of paper (see recent issue). For add i t i ona 1 information see Style Manual for Biological Journals (1964) , Amer i can I ns t i tute of Biological Sciences, 3900 Wi scons i n Avenue , N .W . , Washington, D.C. 20016. Price is $3.00. Reprints are available at $.025 a page and shoul d be ordered when manuscripts are submitted or when proof s are returned . Minimum order is 100 reprints. Either edited manuscr i pt or proof will be returned to author for approval or correct ion . The author will be responsible for al 1 corrections to proof, and must return proof preferably wi thin 7 days. The Maryland Herpetological Society Department of Herpetology Hatural History Society of Maryland 3 Inc . 2643 Horth Charles Street Baltimore 9 Maryland 21218 ISSN 0025-4231 BULLETIN OF THE ^lacylanb f)erpetologka! Ooriety Department of Herpetology The Natural History Society of Maryland, Inc. IMS . A FOUNDER MEMBER OF THE Eastern Seaboard Herpetological League MARCH 1975 VOLUME 11, NUMBER 1 Bulletin of the Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 CONTENTS An endangered species, the new mexican ridge-nosed ...... rattlesnake . H . S . Harr i s , J r . , R.S. Simmons A case for field notes from life Hobart M. Smith The western swamp tortoise ( Pseudemydura wribrina) one of . . . Australia's rarest reptiles .... A. J . Zwi nenberg Notes on the herpetology of Presque Isle State Park, . Erie, Pennsylvania . Donald M. McKinstry A Maryland hibernaculum of northern brown snakes, . . Storeria d. dekayi . Wm. L. Grogan, Jr. Longevity record for the striped newt, Notophthalmus . perstriatus . Wm. L. Grogan, Jr. News & Notes: Reptiles and amphibians of the Pacific . Society for the study of amphibians and reptiles 1 8 14 21 27 28 29 30 Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 76-93458 The Maryland Herpetologieal Society, Department of Herpetology, Natural History Society of Maryland, Inc,, 2643 North Charles Street, Baltimore Maryland 21216, Printed By Photographic Directory Publishers, P.O.Box 178, Randallstown , Md. 21133 BULLETIN OF THE Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 The Maryland Herpetolog i ca 1 Society Department of Herpetology, Natural History Society of Maryland, Inc. Bulletin Staff Executive Editor Herbert S. Harris, Jr. Steering Committee Mark Prihoda Jeff Thomas John Wh i tekett 1 e Tom Boyer Of f i cers President. . .David M. Hillis Vice-President. . .Rick Czarnowsky Secretary . . ...Donal Boyer T reasurer . ........... Robert Miller Frank Groves Jerry Hardy Herb Harris, Jr. Arnold Norden Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 76-93^58 Membership Rates Active members over 1 8 . . . . $ 1 0 . 00 , under 18.. ..$6. 00, subscribing members (outside a 20 mile radius of Baltimore C i ty) . . . . $3 . 00 , Foreign. .. .$4. 00. Meet? ngs The third Wednesday of each month, 8:15 p.m. at the Natural History Society of Maryland (except May-August, third Saturday of each month, 8:00 a.rn.). The Department of Herpetology meets informally on all other Wednesday evenings at the NHSM at 8:00 p.m. ' . Bulletin of the Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 31 March 1975 Number 1 An Endangered Species, The New Mexican Ridge-Nosed Rattlesnake Herbert S. Harris, Jr. and Robert S. Simmons In the southwestern corner of the state of New Mexico, lies a range ca 1 1 ed t he An imas Mountains, or as the name Animas implies, "Spirit Moun¬ tains". In this range, in rough and almost inaccessible habitat, is found a sma 1 1 and un i que rattlesnake, the New Mexican ridge-nosed rattlesnake. This species is seriously threatened with extinction from over-zealous collectors and the potential use of its habitat for man's endeavors. Before we d i scuss this popu 1 a t i on we wou 1 d like to review the entire ridge-nosed rattlesnake ( Cvotalus willavdi) complex, discussing itsevo- 1 ut ionary h i story and present probl ems . The name "ridge-nosed" is derived from, as the name implies, a ridge running along the upper edge of the snout. This group of snakes is unique in having such a pronounced ridge and hence has acqu i red the common name of r i dge-nosed rattlesnake. These snakes are small, usually less than two feet in length. The ridge-nosed ratt 1 esnake i s a retiring spec i es that usua 1 1 y lies undetected i n the leaf litter of their pine-oak woodland habitat. Their relatively weak venom makes them no threat to man; no fatalities have ever been reported from their bite. Therefore, the protection of such an inoffensive species, even though it is venomous, will constitute no threat to man. It is our opinion that the ridge-nosed rattlesnake evo 1 ved from t To¬ pical ancestors along with the plant communities known as the Madro-Ter- tiary Geoflora and that this biotic community reached i ts d i s t r i bu t i ona 1 peak by the Mid-Miocene. Fragmentation of various populations began as arid habitats i n terrup ted th i s b i ot i c community dur i ng the P 1 iocene , less than five million years ago, and continued into the Pleistocene as the American deserts were formed. These populations may have been isolated and reconnected many t imes dur i ng the va r i ous per i ods of both the Pliocene and P 1 e i stocene wi th the reconnect i ng of popu 1 at i ons occurring during the pluvial periods. These events eventually res tr i cted the r i dge-nosed rat¬ tlesnake to the pine-oak woodland biotic communities above 5,000 feet el evat i on . Eventua 1 1 y th i s mount a i ntop isolation resu 1 ted i n the evo 1 ut i on of the five subspecies currently known and recognized today. The southern ridge-nosed rattlesnake, Cvotalus willavdi mevidionalis has the most primitive characters and is found in the Sierra Madre of southern Durango and northwestern Zacatecas in Mexico. Next in primitive characters is the del Nido ridge-nosed rattlesnake, Cvotalus willavdi amdhilis which is found in sma 11 disjunct habitats in the Sierra del Nido, which 1 ies east of the Sierra Madre in Chihuahua, Mex ico. These are foil owed by the west Chihuahua ridge-nosed rattlesnake, Cvotalus willavdi silus , which appears to have been the most successful of the g roup , occupy i ng the 1 argest distribution, and occurs i n the Sierra Madre Occidental of western Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 1 - e Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 Fig. 1. The New Mexican ridge-nosed Fig. 2. The Ar i zona r i dge-nosed rat- rattlesnake, Crotalus willardi ssp. tlesnake, Crotalus willardi willardi Photograph by Dr. Robert S. Simmons Photograph by Dr. Robert S. Simmons Chihuahua and eastern Sonora along the Continental Divide in Mexico. The New Mex i can r i dge-nosed rat 1 1 esnake , Crotalus willardi ssp.j and the Ar i zona ridge-nosed rattlesnake, Crotalus willardi willardi , both occupy sma 1 ler disjunct habitats. The New Mexican rattlesnake's range, as previously stated, includes the southwestern corner of New Mex ico in the United States. The Arizona ridge-nosed rattlesnake is found only in the Santa Rita and Huachuca Mountains of southeastern Arizona and the adjacent ranges in Sonora, Mexico. The relatively large number of subspecies of Crotalus willardi re- cogn i zed today i nd i cates a spec i es wi th a long h i s tory of i so 1 at i on between populations. The gene flow between some of these populations has been interrupted at different times during past geologic history, which is re¬ flected in the subspec i a t i on existing today. These isolated populations, in being restricted to the pine -oak wood land biotic commun i ties wi th adverse habitat between them , a re s i m i 1 a r to i s 1 and species. Below pine-oak wood¬ land is encinal and then open grassland, which are in part responsible for the restrictions of Crotalus willardi . The knowl edge we gain in our studies of the evol ut i on and d i f ferent iat i on of these populations of Crotalus wil¬ lardi may hel p shed some light on the climatologic and geologic processes in the evolution of the deserts of western North America. These studies along with geologic and pa 1 eobotan i ca 1 datamayyield additional insight in the past geologic history of our continent. All of the popu 1 at i ons of r i dge-nosed rattlesnakes are endangered to some extent but some are in immediate danger of extinction if protective measures are not taken immediately. The southern ridge-nosed rattlesnake, Crotalus willardi meridionalis , and the del Nido ridge-nosed rattlesnake, Crotalus willardi amabilis may be in imminent danger. Both occupy small ranges and are losing habitat. The del Nido ridge-nosed rattlesnake's habitat is disjunct and itwould not take much damage to its habitat for this snake to become extinct as at present it is only known to inhabit two canyons. The southern ridge-nosed rattlesnake occupies a larger range which includes some inaccessible habitat and is slightly safer for the moment . Page 2 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 Fig. 3* The west Chihuahua ridge¬ nosed rattlesnake, Crotalus willardi situs. Photograph by Dr. Robert S. Simmons Fig. k. The southern ridge-nosed rattlesnake, Crotalus willardi mer- idionalis . Photograph by Dr. Roberts. Simmons The west Ch i huahua r i dge-nosed ratt 1 esnake , Crotalus willardi silus3 is widespread in northern Mexico (Sierra Madre Occidental) and is not threatened with extinction per se. Habitat alteration is the most serious threat to this species at this point in time. Lumbering and cattle grazing are probably taking their toll. Many of the ridge-nosed rattlesnake's habitats in northern Mexico have been partly cleared of pine trees. This practice, if not carriedto extremes , may not be disastrous; and if present data are correct, i t may even be beneficial in some rare cases. In a few areas in Mexico, where some clearing has been done, lizard populations, the food source of many montane popu 1 a t i ons of rat 1 1 esnakes , appear to have i n creased . Of course, with most of the trees gone , the snakes would probab 1 y have to change their habits somewhat if they were to survive. It is conceivable that parts of various forest habitats have been partly cleared by fire in the past, and that these areas appear to have been event ua 1 1 y b i o 1 og i ca 1 1 y res tocked ; a process called succession. This biological res tock i ng , of course , impl ies that in the caseof habitats that Fig. 5. The del Nido ridge-nosed rattlesnake, Crotalus willardi am- abilis. Photograph by Ed Cassano Fig. 6. View of Animas Peak from the entrance of one canyon. Photograph by Herbert S. Harris , Jr . Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 3 Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 are restricted, al 1 of the restricted species were not total ly eradicated. In pine-oak wood land, with little underbrush, and we 11 -spaced trees , f i res generally burn fast, inmany cases doing little damage. Pine cones burst in fire, spew ing seeds to start a new forest . In cases where f i res or other factors denude a range, some species of vegeta t ion (can be carried by birds, i nsects and w i nd ) and the more active mammals may be able to cross inhos¬ pitable areas with little difficulty. When an area is cleared, either by natural causes or by man and his activities, only time can restore the area back, hopefully, to its original condition. There are ranges off the Sierra Madre proper that shoul d contain Cro- talus willardi, but apparent 1 y do not . Perhaps these disjunct ranges were dest royed by f i re or some other cause, and only some plants and the more active animal species were able to recolonize. It is also possible that disease, predators, or other factors could have exterminated the ridge¬ nosed rattl e snakes from these habitats. We must protect what we know exists, as eve ry population is i mportant , andonce it is lost it cannot be restored . There are important isolated popu 1 at i ons of the wes t Ch i huaha ridge¬ nosed rattlesnake that are in imminent danger of having their habitats destroyed e i ther by man 1 s misuse of the land or by natural causes. On some of these ranges, the habitat is already so limited as to make extinction a day to day concern. These populations are those located on the mountain ranges lying west and northwest of the Sierra Madre proper. It i s on these disjunct ranges surrounded by grassland that total habitat destruction wou Id take its tol 1 , leaving the animals no place to retreat. This is perhaps the greatest concern with all the disjunct Crotalus willardi populations. Passing over the New Mex ican ridge- nosed rattlesnake for just a moment , the Arizona r i dge-nosed rat 1 1 esnake , Crotalus willardi willardi i s effec¬ tively protected i n Ar i zona a 1 ong wi th two other montane spec i es of ra 1 1 le- snakes, the western twin-spotted rattlesnake Crotalus ipricei prioei , and the banded rock rattlesnake, Crotalus lepidus klauberi under Arizona's Endangered Species Law, wh i ch was passed i n 1 9&9 • The Arizona ridge-nosed rattlesnake is also listed in the "status undetermined" category by the United States Department of the I n ter i or on t he i r official 1 i s t of Threat¬ ened Wildlife of the United States (1973 edition). Des t ruct i on of hab i ta t through man's use of the land for development is still a serious threat to this subspecies though . In addition to the two ranges in southern Ar i zona there are three mountains in northern Mexico just across the international boundary that harbor snakes that appear to be intermediate in most char¬ acters between the Arizona ridge-nosed and west Chihuahua ridge-nosed rattlesnakes. These areas are ext reme 1 y important i f we are to understand relationships, butarealso being destroyed by man's misuse of the land. The New Mexican ridge-nosed rattlesnake was first collected in the Animas Mountains in 1957 and was for many years thought to be just an ex¬ tension of the range of the west Chihuahua ridge-nosed rattlesnake. The authors discovered i t s d i s t i net i venes s and are currently describing this population as a new subspecies. It is probably the most distinctive of all the Crotalus willardi subspecies, being g ray i sh-b rown instead of the richer browns of the other subspecies. It also lacks all of the char¬ acter i st i c wh i te f 1 ash-ma rks of the head, which are so obvious in the other subspecies, and which is the most diagnostic character. This snake is known from only two canyons in the Animas Mountains, which are less than Page 4 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society March 1975 Volume 11 Number 1 two miles from each other and from one canyon in the Sierra de San Luis, which 1 ies in the Mexican State of Chihuahua just across the international boundary. It might be mentioned that in the Sierra de San Luis, and in one of the canyons in the Animas , only one specimen i s known from each area. Up to this point, we have only mentioned the threats to these snakes from habitat loss and nothing about the loss from snake collecting. Due to the natural beauty and uniqueness of the ridge-nosed rattle¬ snake, it is actively sought after for the pet and zoo trades. Arizona's Endangered Species Law has effect i ve 1 y protected i ts popu 1 at ions , and the Mexican populations of the ridge-nosed rattlesnakes are relatively safe from collectors, too, i nasmuch as the Mexican government requires permits to collect any animal in its country and these permits are becoming in- creas i ng 1 y ha rder to get . Specimens are st i 1 1 being smuggled out of Sonora , Mex i co , but th i s wi 1 1 stop with the recent enforcement in the United States of the Lacey Act. In 1972, the state of New Mex i co tr i ed to pass legislation to protect its popu 1 at ions of the ridge-nosed ratt 1 esnakes and other non-game spec i es of wildlife but was unsuccessful. A similar bill in 1973 also failed. Thus the New Mexican ridge-nosed rattlesnake with its extremely limited distribution is one of the most vulnerable subspeci es of the ridge-nosed rattlesnakes and the only unprotected subspecies! The U.S. Department of the Interior is gravely concerned about the fate of this unique population and is currently evaluating the need to list this subspecies on its official list of endangered native fish and wildlife. They have also contacted Mr. Peter G. Wray of the Pruett-Wray Cattle Company, the owner of the Animas Mountains, and he has offered his full cooperation inevery effort to preserve this unique habitat and its inhabitants. Access to the canyons and ridges of the Animas Mountains for any purpose that could be detrimental to the rattlesnake is prohibited for the time being. Wi th f i ve subspeci es known, some col lectors and zoo ^people feel that if possible five should be represented in their collections. Due to the inaccessibility of its habitat and the snakes natural beauty, the price is high for such a trophy which attracts many unscrupulous collectors and dealers. Since permits are required in Arizona and Mexico, New Mexico suffers the brunt of col 1 ect i ng . Animal species with highly specific ha¬ bitat requirements in marginal areas can be easily exterminated by col¬ lectors. The local pockets of distribution may seem to be densely populated, but they cannot long withstand intense collecting. With such localized populations, every individual is important for maintaining the genetic d i vers i ty of the species, as the removal of any specimens can constitute a serious drain on these populations. The habitat destruction that usually accompanies unscrupulous col¬ lectors must be seen to be bel i eved . Rock t urn i ng and 1 og rolling are minor when compared to the use of crow-bars in destroying rock outcroppings. Another techn ? que wh i cn was recent 1 y ment i oned to us , incidentally, while visiting the Animas Mountains, was the use of gasoline. We understand that someofthe limited habitat of the already seriously threatened del Nido ridge-nosed rat 1 1 esnake were saturated with this vol a t i le and dead 1 y 1 i qu i d to force the snakes out from under cover. Unfortunately, many more can be killed than collected with this technique. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 5 Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 Fig. 7 • View of the habitat of the Fig. 8. The tell-tale evi dence of New Mex i can r i dge-nosed rat 1 1 esnake . snake collectors. Photograph by Dr. H. W. Campbell Photograph by Dr. H. W. Campbell While doing research on the New Mexican ridge-nosed rattlesnake in the An i-mas Mount a ins last August, Herbert Harris, Jr., encountered 15 col¬ lectors from s i x states t ry i ng to co 1 1 ect specimens of this snake. We are thankful that we successfully have th is land posted and protected at least for the time being, as few habitats o.r species can long withstand such i r respons i b 1 e overexp 1 o i ta t i on . The New Mexican ridge-nosed rattlesnake faces still another danger through man's devel opmen t . Land in the Playas Valley, along the east slope of the Animas Mounta i ns , has been purchased and p 1 ans are underway for the construction of a copper ore reduction plant. The first buildings are already going up. A "company town" for 1000 families is also planned. The impact on the New Mexican ridge-nosed rattlesnake will be d i sas t rous . Stack emissions of sulfur dioxide ( SO 2 ) could pose a serious problem. Technology is not yet available or would be too costly to clean up the emissions from a plant of the sort proposed. The human impact on these mountains is of greater concern. The development here may not always be res t r i cted to the valley and i t i s conce i vab 1 e that hunting, off road ve¬ hicles, and possibly recreational activities will pose serious threats for the Animas Mountains and its inhabitants in the near future. In order to assure the survival of this extremely unique resource we cannot rely on the efforts of the owner of this property, but must insist that the federal government does everything possible to insure its sur¬ vival without question.' This can hopefully be accomplished through its listing as a Federal Endangered Species. In this way, the habitat and its inhabitants will get the full attention they deserve. The New Mex i can population and the population in the Sierra de San Luis are in dire need of protection, and this protection must be imminent! BIBLIOGRAPHY Anderson, James D. 1962. A new subspecies of the ridge-nosed rattlesnake, Cvotalus willavdi , f rom Ch i huahua , Mexico. Copeia 3 ( 1 ) : 1 60- 163- Page 6 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 Bogert, Charles M. and William G. Degenhardt 1961. An add i t i on to the fauna of the United States, the Chihuahua ridge-nosed rattlesnake i n New Mex i co . American Mus. Novitates , (2064) : 1 - 1 5 • Degenhardt, William G. 1973* The ri dge-nosed ratt lesnake: an endangered species. In: Sym¬ posium on rare and endangered wildlife of the southwestern United States , New Mex i co Dept, of Game & Fish, Santa Fe, New Mexico, pp. 104-113. Harris, Herbert S., Jr. and Robert S. Simmons 1974. The New Mex i can ridge-nosed rattlesnake. Nat . Parks & Cons er . Mag., 48{ 3):22-24. 1975. The pal eogeography and evolution of Crotalus willardi , with a description of a new subs pec i es from New Mex i co , Un i ted States (In Press), pp. 1-26, 1 table, 5 figures. Klauber, Lawrence M. 1949. The subspec i es of the ridge-nosed rattlesnake, Crotalus wil¬ lardi. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 11 ( 8) : 121-140. ^p. 121-140. 1956. Rattlesnakes , thier habits, life histories, and influence on mankind. University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, Vol. 1, pp. xxx~708. 1972. Rattlesnakes , their habits , life histories, and influence on mankind. University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, Vol. 1, pp. xxx-740 (Reprinted and rev i sed edition). Man ion, S. 1968. Crotalus willardi , the Arizona ridge-nosed rattlesnake. Her¬ petology, 2: 27"30. Department of Herpetology , Natural History Society of Maryland, 2643 N. Charles Street, Baltimore , Maryland 21218. Received 30 March 1974 Accepted 12 March 1975 Editor's Note: "An Endangered Spec i es , the New Mex i can R i dge-nosed Rattlesnake" was writ¬ ten for the NBA Conservation Yearbook , 1974. Due to the simularity with a previous popular article that appeared elsewhere it was not used. Al¬ though, this is a popular article, it is being published here as it con¬ tains information that should be said. H.S.H. SAVE THE RIDGE-NOSED RATTLESNAKE By wri ting the Off ice of Endangered Species, and urging them to list the New Mexican ridge-nosed ratt 1 esnake as an endangered species you can aid in the protection of a truly unique species. Write today... D i rector Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife U . S. Department of the Interior Washington, D.C. 202A0 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 7 Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 A Case for Field Notes from Life Living as most of us do i n a country whose herpetof auna i s re 1 a t i ve ly wel 1 known, some of the habits del iberately inculcated as a matter of routi ne a few decades ago in young disciples of established herpetologists now may seem futile anachronisms. In ear 1 i er years , when even in this country the herpetofauna was sketchily known, it took no argument to convince a neophyte that every opportun i ty to observe habits and colors in life was prec i ous and worthy of wr i tten record in painstaking field notes. Now all seems "old hat," for apparently everyone knows al 1 except the rarest species in exhaustive detail. There remains little, readily accessible incentive to record wi th met i culous care what everyone already knows and is in print in a dozen places or for developing a habit of making such records, and most established herpetologists have given up all effort to develop such incentive among their students, since even their own habit of keeping regu 1 ar f i e 1 d notes has genera 1 1 y been sacr i f i ced to other , more rewarding endeavors . Minimization or total neg 1 ect of f i e 1 d records is a lamentable mis¬ take - not a matter of nostalgia, but because the baby has been thrown out with the bath. It cannot and should not be denied that many field observations are now repetitive and do not merit re i tera t ion , at 1 east in print. It behooves a field worker to acquire a realistic perspective in which to view the effort to make copious field notes. That perspective will take into account at least four considerations, as follows: 1. The va 1 ue of wr i t i ng practice. Writing remains the chief means of commun i cat ion i n the wor 1 d of science, despite the burgeon i ng of te 1 e- vision and growing popul ari ty of societal meetings. The general level of proficiency in writing has, however, grave 1 y deter i ora ted , largely because of a rapidly increasing preoccupation with audiovisual communication. Writing skill requires practice, for which progressively less time is being allotted. The benefit of regular note-taking in providing such pra-ct i ce i s suf f i cient by itself to justify the habit. Facility, economy and accuracy of express ion are perforce developed even withnomore crit¬ icism than the wr i ter himself can prov i de , for compar i son wi th the pr i nted and spoken word is i nev i table if the writer does the norma 1 amount of reading and listening. Skill is developed more ra pi dl y wi th critici sms , suggestions and comments of others, but they are not vital. 2. I mprovemen t of the skill of observa t i on . Indeed, the exercise of note-taki ng not on 1 y improves writing skill per se, but also sharpens the ability to observe. The need for something to write about requires attention to details that otherwise would not be noticed. Practice in observation is just as vital as practice in writing, and each benefits greatly from the other. There are no shortcuts to expertise of observa¬ tion and expression; some individuals, more than others, find the route to expertise a bit easier, or a bit more satisying, but in every case p ract i ce in large amounts i s requ i red to deve lop skill. Even famous writers must spend interminable hours achieving their skills. Explicit will and Page 8 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 effort are essential, for both the gifted and the ordinary and the dif¬ ference between them lies mostly in motivation, not in innate ability. 3. Animal behavior and characteristics rema i n extens i ve 1 y unknown . Although the basic facts of identity, distribution and characteristics approach reasonable completeness for most species living in the United States, our i gnorance of behav i or and demography is tremendous. The com¬ plexities of human behavior, which still taxes the best m i nds and con t i n- ual-ly produces surprises, are at least matched and in some cases perhaps exceeded among other spec i es of an i ma 1 s . Act ions are responses to stimul i , but what those stimuli are and how they are rece i ved and eva 1 ua ted is ex¬ tensively unknown. Even the action patterns themselves are sketchily recorded in most cases. An excel lent case in point is the yet i n comp rehens ible homing ability of many animals, conspicuously birds. Clearly there are responses to a galaxy of stimuli as yet scarcely understood, for which receptors are completely enigmatic, and dependence upon which is clearly adaptable to circumstance: if one set of criteria ordinarily available is blocked, there are alternative sets of criteria that can substitute. In these areas, of behavior and population structure, field obser¬ vations can contribute important 1 y to present knowledge, even for common species anywhere. Anopenmind diligently app 1 i ed can con t r i bu te signifi¬ cant observations anywhere that animals live. Yet even the more basic knowledge of characteristics of structure and color is surprisingly deficient for many species even in this well- surveyed country . 1 1 i s the ephemera 1 qualities that are least appreciated, obviously, such as color and even pattern, for herpetologists are cursed with the fact that once his animal is dead and/or preserved, the colors are no longer true to life. Only by detailed description from life, or by color photography, can colors be recorded for posterity. It is sur¬ prising how many species of the United States remain incompletely known in these respects, providing extensive opportunities for clarification through field notes. For example, it is just now becoming apparent that the most common frog of this country and Mexico, Rana pipiens , actually is a complex of a dozen or more species and subspecies, with largely com¬ plementary geographic ranges. What isolating mechanisms at points of con tact or over 1 ap preserve the integrity of the different species? What behavioral mechanisms or physiological preferences distinguish them? Field observations are required to provide answers. 4. Exotic opportunities. Whatever the opportunities in our own country , they are mul t i p 1 i ed many t imes i n t rop i ca 1 areas where v i rtua 1 1 y all spec i es are poor 1 y known and the herpetofauna may be much more varied. It is a source of keen dismay that, for example, so many workers have ex¬ plored and sampl ed pa rts of Mex i co wi th such 1 imi ted perspect i ves , seeking some specific species, or randomly collecting everything within reach, little aware of the goldmines of information they pass by in their haste or narrow interests. Far more consistently useful contributions can be made by selection of a favorable s i te and observ i ng and recording colors, patterns and behavior of relatively easily accessible species and of in¬ dividual s of 1 ess common spec i es as encountered by chance - all from life. Those who by nature or circumstance must keep on the move at least can Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 9 Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 take the time and troub 1 e to record colors in life. None of these useful endeavors require preservat i on of spec i mens , which can be observed exten¬ sively without capture, or if captured can (and should) be released as near as poss i bl e where caught . Thus the expense and red tape of col 1 ect i ng permits, increasingly a hurdle everywhere, can be avoided. Occasionally i t wi 1 1 be necessary to preserve sampl es for i dent i f i cat i on purposes, but as expounded several years ago by one of the ablest and most active of American herpetologists (W, E, Duellman), the time has passed for mis¬ cellaneous collecting and for reports upon miscellaneous collections, certainly for the United States, and also for most other areas of the globe. This is the f i rs t and perhaps easiest sort of exploration for new information that can be pursued in relatively unknown regions, for the col 1 ector can concent rate narrowly on col lect i ng and reserve for the lab¬ oratory the tedious and time-consuming study of the fruits of his labors. In this way hi s time is used with maximum efficiency as he extracts every¬ thing possible from the rare opportunities to be in the field, and not taking time in the field for activities that can be performed in the lab. As th i s phase of product i vi ty is passed, however, it must be realized that the a 1 terna t i ve i s not merely, then, a search for special rarities, but to cap i ta 1 i ze upon field opportun i t i es for observa t i ons i n 1 i fe . This may seem unproductive, at first, for it lacks some of the glamour and exc i tement of d i scover i es of ra r i t i es or new taxa, but it has a permanent value equally as great, and it furthermore cannot be conducted in the laboratory, at least with equal validity. Under these circumstances field notes, recorded on the spot, are vital, for memory cannot be trusted with such ephemeral detail. A1 though a number of model s for such field contri buti ons exist, notable examples include several works of P. J. Kennedy, Jr. (e.g . , 1965a, 1965b, 1968), and one by Maslin (1963). The latter brings to mind the tragic 1 ack of color notes from 1 i fe for var ious species of Soeloporus , specific¬ ally S, serrifer. For many years it has been supposed that the several taxa now associated with that species (see Stuart, 1970) are all of the brown-red-gray ground color characteri Stic of most species of the torquatus group; Stuart did not , therefore, use color as a character in his monograph. Specimens certainly appear brown i sh i n preservat i ves , and most workers have carried out thei r critical stud ies on preserved material even though they may have collected many specimens. S. serrifer serrifer was rede'scribed by Smith (1938:560) as "un i form o 1 i ve or brown i sh ol i ve1 1 dorsa 1 1 y , beh i nd the collar, in both sexes, and the description of S. serrifer plioporus (Smith, 1939:212) added nothing to the color account. Even S.s. prezygus was originally described (Smith, 1 9^2 : 355) as "yel 1 owi sh gray" dorsally, posterior to the collar. Then evidence began slowly accumulating that all is not as it had seemed re 1 at i ve to the colors of serrifer in life. First Martin (1952:4) commented that the dorsal ground color in S. serrifer cccrinieeps "varies from pa 1 e dusky tan to me ta 1 1 i c bluish green" - a rather disturbing state¬ ment at the time, but it seemed perhaps attributable to anomalous individual variation. Then Axtel 1 (1960:236) quite explicitly described S. serrifer prezygus as "bright greenish-blue in males, dull brown mottled with black or dark brown in females." At this point it seemed likely that only S. s. prezygus i s green i sh blue in males. Later Maslin (1963:12) stated that Page 10 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 in S. serrifer serrifer “The more posteriorly located dorsal scales and especially the scales of the tail are marked with blue," and “The dorsal pattern of the trunk region in males is virtually non-existent." Finally, this year my friend Tom Stubbs commented that in the Los Tuxtlas volcanos area of southern Veracruz, as both he and Douglas Rob¬ inson (who 1 ived there several years) had persona 1 1 y observed , there 1 i ves a large, green or green-blue Sceloporus high on large trees. Actually a bright green color is generally d iagnosti c of members of the formosus group of Sceloporus, none of wh i ch are known f rom the Tuxt 1 as volcanos, although S. formosus itself occurs on the escarpment of the Mexican plateau about 100 km to the southwest. Two of my local colleagues, Drs. Alex Cruz and Yan Linhart, upon urgent appeal to obtain a sample of this lizard when they recently visited the volcanos, observed one or more specimens, all bright greeni sh-bl ue or bl u i sh-green . It remained for a friend of theirs, Dr. Robert L . Jeanne, specializing in myrmecology, to obtain a specimen. Upon arrival i n preservat i ve , it proved to be the typical brownish olive, but Dr. Jeanne assures me that in life it was bright green, with some bl ue about the head, and the tail less brightly colored. 1 1 now appears , at long last, that adult males of all populations of S. serrifer are bl ui sh and/or green i sh . 1 1 seems 1 i kel y that S. s. serrifer i s 1 ess br i ght 1 y co 1 ored than the other subspec i es . The enigmatic southern Veracruz population, originally named plioporus but later (Stuart, 1970) regarded as intermediate between oarinioeps and s. serrifer , was referred to s. serrifer by him, whereas the color suggests that it may be refer¬ able to S. s. oarinioeps (which it antedates). Further observations in life will be required to settle these problems and to establish the va¬ lidity of these generalities. But the role of color in life in deducing relationships of these members of Sceloporus carries still further. S. cyanogenys , a 1 arge spec i es of southern Texas and adjacent Mexico, is typified by males of a bright greenish b 1 ue as descr i bed f i rs t by Tay 1 or (1931) i n an exce 1 1 ent detailed account. This species was long thought to be related most closely to Sceloporus torquatus , which indeed does occur in Nuevo Leon close to the range limits of S. oyanogenys ; intergradation long rema i ned a poss i b i 1 i ty that could be dealt with on 1 y by exp 1 ora t i on of intervening territories. Recent work has demonstrated sympatryof indeed two subspecies of S. tor¬ quatus with S. oyanogenys , at least eliminating considerations of con- specificity. The problem of relationship remains, however, but color in lifeof adult males prom i ses to 1 ead to def i n i t i ve solutions. S. torquatus males are, as in most other species of the group, variants of the brown- red-olive type, never greenish or bluish. The species is, furthermore, res t r i cted to the central pi a teau of Mex i co , whereas S, cyanogenys is es¬ sentially a lowland species, invading higher altitudes only at the per¬ ipheries of its range. Since S. serrifer runs to the same b 1 ue-g reen colors as S. cyanogenys, and is 1 i kewi se 1 arge 1 y 1 imi ted to lowland areas , i t seems far more likely that i t rather than S. torquatus is the closest relative of S. cyanogenys ; the two form a cont i nuous cha i n of b 1 ue-g reen Sceloporus a round the wes te rn ma rg i n of the Gulf of Mex i co , a 1 though i t i s as yet unknown whethe r their ranges overlap or are separated in central Tamaulipas, or whether they Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 11 Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 intergrade. Intergradation now seems uni ikely because of marked structural differences between the two , but stranger cons pecifics have been documented . The occurrence of a blue-green subdivision in the torquatus group suggests also that it may constitute a link between the torquatus and forms us groups, the latter consisting almost whol 1 y of b 1 ue -green species, most of which have some evidence of a black dorsal collar about the neck, although never 1 i gh t-bordered as is cha racter i s t i c of members of the tor¬ quatus group. All members of both groups are likewise viviparous. Since th e formosus group also contains species ( lunaei3 aoanthinus, tarmeri 3 stejnegeri) remarkably 1 i ke members of the spinosus group, which are oviparous and never green-blue to any conspicuous degree, it seems likely that it is in an ancestral position relative to both the torquatus and spinosus g roups , a 1 though convergence and/or po 1 yphyl y cannot be ru 1 ed out completely. The karyological picture will undoubtedly cast decisive light upon this uncertainty. This case in Soeloporus has been discussed here inconsiderable de¬ tail to document the fact that colors in life are vital bits of i n format i on , now grossly inadequate, that in many cases maybe important in helping to determine relationships and phyletic patterns not only at the level of species and subspecies but a 1 so i n supe rspec i f i c groups even to the level of genus or subgenus. I n summary , all herpetologists - professional and amateur a 1 ike - face a golden opportunity for valuable contribution to their field by ref ocuss i ng their attention from the hitherto much- too-common , strictly collecting aspects to the almost 1 imi tlessly fruitful aspects of behav i or , color and population structure as observed in life in nature. Acknowl edgments . I am very gratef u 1 to Tom Stubbs and Drs. Alexander Cruz (University of Colorado), Yan Linhart (University of Colorado) and Robert L. Jeanne (Boston University) for their enthusiastic efforts to obtain "that new species of the formosus group" near Los Tuxtlas, Vera¬ cruz; as it developed, the revel at i on of a galaxy of new concepts is more rewarding than a new species. LITERATURE CITED Axte 1 1 , Ralph W . I960. The rediscovery of Soeloporus prezygus Smith, in Chiapas, Mexico, with a reevaluation of its relationships. Texas J. Sci. j (12) : 232-239 , fig. 1 . Kennedy , J . P . , Jr. 1965a. Notes on the habitat and behavior of a snake, Oxybelis aeneus Wag 1 er, i n Veracruz . Southwestn. h lat.3 (10) : 1 36- 139, figs. 1-12. 1965b. Observations on the distribution and eco 1 ogy of Barker 1 s a no 1 e , Anolis barker i Schmidt (iguanidae). Zoologioa^ New York y (50): 41-AA, pi . 1 . 1968. Observations on the ecology and behavior of Cnemidophorus Page 12 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 guttatus and Cnemidophorus deppii (Sauria, Teiidae). J. Herpet . , (2):87~96, figs. 1-4. Martin, Paul S. 1952. A new subspecies of the iguanid lizard Sceloporus serrifer from Tamaulipas, Mexico. Ooc. Pap . Mus. Zool, Univ. Mich¬ igan, (543): 1-7. Mas 1 i n , T. Paul 1963. Notes on a collection of herpetozoa from the Yucatan penin¬ sula of Mexico. Univ . Colorado Stud. Ser. Biot., (9): 1-20. Smith, Hobart M. 1938. The lizards of the torquatus group of the genus Soeloporus Wiegmann, 1828. Kansas Univ.' Sci. Bull., (24) : 539-693 , f i gs . 1-25, pis. 47-55 (1936). 1939. The Mexi can and Cent ra 1 American lizards of the genus Soelo¬ porus. Zool. Ser. Field Mus, Nat, Hist.3 (26) : 1 -397, figs. 1-59, pis. 1-31. 1 942 . Mex i can herpetol og i ca 1 miscellany. Proo. U. S. Natn. Mus . 3 (92) : 349-395 , fig. 38, pi. 37. Stuart, L. C. 1970. A brief review of the races of Sceloporus serrifer Cope with special reference to Sceloporus serrifer prezygus Smith. Her- petologica, (26) : 1 4 1 - 1 49 , fig. 1. Taylor, Edward H. 1931. The d i scovery of a 1 i zard Sceloporus torquatus cyanogenys Cope in Texas, new to the fauna of the United States. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, (44) : 1 29- 1 32 . " Hobart M. Smith , Department of Environmental 3 Population and Or ganismic Biology 3 University of Colorado 3 Boulder 3 80302. Received 5 January 1975 Accepted 8 January 1975 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 13 Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 The Western Swamp Tortoise {Pseudemydura umbrina) t One of Australia's Rarest Reptiles A. J. Zwinenberg ABSTRACT A description of the rare western swamp tortoise, Pseudemydura um¬ brina Siebenrock 1901, occuring in two small areas near Perth (Western Australia) is given. Its biology is discussed, including data on its history and uncertain future. HISTORY In 1839 a specimen of an unknown tortoise was acquired by the Nat¬ ural History Museum of Vienna (Austria) and labelled as "Phrynops Mac- quarri i , Nova Hollandia Jun" (Inv. nr. 1296). In 1901 the specimen was descr i bed by Fr i edr i ck Siebenrock as a new species, Pseudemydura. umbrina. After that nothing additional was reported on this small reptile, which was thought to be extinct. However, in 1953 a school boy named Robin Boyd approached the organizers of the Western Austral ian Natural ists 1 Club Wi Id- 1 i fe .Show , since he was the owner of a pet tortoise of which he cou Id not identify. The tortoise was brought to Mr. L. Glauert, then Director of the Western Australian Museum at Perth. He thought the tortoise was a new species and described it in 195^ as Emydura inspectata. Dr. Ernest Williams (1958) of Harvard University proved that G1 auert 1 s tortoise was synonymous wi th the 1 ong- 1 ost Pseudemydura of the Vienna Museum, described in 1901. This rediscovery attracted much attention from herpetologists all over the world. The school boy’s tortoise was found in a small area of the Swan Coastal Plain nea r a swamp i n Bu 1 1 sbrook , 35 kilometers north¬ east of Perth. After inspection of the area, additional specimens were found . HABITAT AND POPULATION The newly rediscovered western swamp tortoise, also called short¬ necked swamp tortoise or plate-shelled tortoise, has an ext remel y restrict¬ ed distribution and a very low population density. It is found in two separate swamps, Twin Swamps and Ellen Brook, wh i ch were pa rt of the most valuable agricultural land in Western Australia originally, but became wildlife sanctuaries in 1966. The tortoise reserves, tota 1 1 i ng 226 hectares , dry up in late spring or early summer. At this time the tortoise goes into aestivation for a per i od of about 6 months. With the approach of the winter rains (in April or May) the species becomes active for approximately 6 months. The swamp areas cons i st of sandy soi 1 wi th a wide range of vegetat i on . Banksia trees, zamia palms, acacias, paperbacks and tussocky grass are characteristic of these areas (Ellenbogen, 1971). Dr. A. A. Burbidge (1973) senior research officer in the Department of Fisheries and Fauna in Western Australia, has studied this species for many years. When he started his study in 1963 Twin Swamps held a population of about 150 spec- Page 14 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 imens. It contained all the necessary types of habitat for the survival of the species; Ellen Brook however, was only marginal habitat for the tortoise and its population density was much lower and estimated on 20 to 25 animals. Photograph I. Measuring the carapace of a reserve specimen. The notch in the carapace, cut i n by a researcher, is part of a numbering system. DESCRIPTION OF THE SPECIES The western swamp tortoise is the smallest of the Australian side¬ necked tortoises (sub-order Pleurodira), which fold their neck sideways when the head is withdrawn into the shell; the head and neck lie under and along the front edge of the shell. There are about 50 species in the sub-order P leu rod ira, living in different parts of the world, 12 (bel ong i ng to 4 genera) of them occur in Australia (Burbidge, et.al,. 1974). They all belong to the f am ilyChelidae. Burbidge, et.al. (1974) using morphological criteria recognized 15 spec i es of Chel i d tortoi ses from Austral i a and New Guinea ( 1 2 f rom Aus t ra 1 i a ) . Previously, Wermuth and Mertens (1961) listed 19 species (with 13 from Australia) and Worrel 1 (1963) considering only Australia, listed 11 species. Goode (1967) listed 13 species for Aus¬ tralia and New Guinea (with 11 species occurring in Australia). The ma 1 es of Pseudemydura imbvina have an average carapace length of 1 40 mm , wh i 1 e the average ca ra pace 1 eng th of fema 1 es is 126 mm. The animals vary i n co 1 or wi th the ty pe of swamp ; in clay swamps the ca r a pace i s yel 1 ow- brown and in sandy swamps it shows an almost black color with a maroon tinge. The carapace is similar i n col or to the swamp-water . The pi as t ron , which is almost as wide as the carapace, is pale yellow-brown, and areas of recent growth a 1 ong the sutures are brown-black. In ma 1 es the p 1 as t ron is concave and in females flat. Males can be recogn i zed since their tails are much thicker and somewhat longer. The neck is shorter than the ver- Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 15 Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 tebral colomn and has large conical tubercles. Males average about 400 gms and females 325 gms . The head is broad, flat and olive colored. The underparts of head and neck are yellowish. The four feet are broad , partly webbed and equipped with strong claws. Photograph II. Adult with young at a zoo in Perth. ACTIVITY RHYTHMS AND RESEARCH The swampland inwhich the tortoise 1 ives dries up in late spring or early summer. At that time a period of six months of torpor begins during which the reptile finds refuge in leaf-litter, holes in the ground or under fallen branches. When entering a refuge it will dig until it reaches cool soil. On 1 y the ca rapace may rema i n above the g round level, all other parts of the body are covered. When the reptiles are i n aes t i va t i on the swamp¬ land is extremely dry, especially during long hot summers, and fire may cause serious damage. In 1973, awildfire entered the reserve , but there are indications t ha t no torto i ses were destroyed. However, their habitat did receive some damage, as much of their cover was destroyed. Wi th the arrival of the fi rst heavy winter ra i ns some torto i ses emerge and move to other locations, but most remain in their refuge until the swamps are filled with water. A period of great activity then begins. To record movements , growth , age and numbers wi th i n the reserves radio tracking techniques are used. One of the reserves was fenced off and pits were dug along the perimeter. During their movements, the tortoises may reach the fence and unable to cross it, move along it thus falling into the pits where they are captured, measured, tagged and some fitted with rad i o- transm i tt i ng-packs . Such a pack cons i sts of two pi as t i c floats glued to each side of the ca rapace and each of which carries an aerial. Between these two floats, another pack carry i ng the ba tte ry and rad io is glued to Page 16 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 the carapace. The radio em i ts a cons tan t beep tha t i s detected by a port¬ able receiver fitted with a direction finder. A radio-packing tortoise can live a normal life and i ts movement s can be tracked da i 1 y i f necessa ry . The battery has a 1 i f e of about one year but at this time, the whole pack becomes inoperative as the tortoise mou 1 ts or changes the outer layer of skin on the carapace so that both skin and pack come off. Without the rad i o-t rack i ng gear the movements of this rare species might never have been known as the tortoise is highly cryptic and very difficult to find, especially when aestivating. One important piece of data discovered by rad i o- t rack i ng is that the population growth is slow, due to the fact that the young require nine years to achieve sexual maturity. FOOD Pseudemydura imbvzna is a carnivorous reptile, like all members of the family Chelidae. However, there i s one considerable difference; this species feeds on 1 y unde r water. Its diet cons i sts of tadpoles , freshwater crustaceans, aquatic earthworms, insects and insect larvae. The feeding rhythms of this reptile are therefore associated with the fillingof the winter swamps and the breeding behav i our of the local frogs and act i v i t i es of the local crustaceans. During aestivation it fasts, as the swamps dry out and its prey i terns are absent. REPRODUCTION Nesting takes place in November or early December. The female digs a shallow hole in the ground inwhich she lays three to five hard-shelled symmetrical eggs. After laying, the small clutch is covered with soil. They hatch in about 180 days, during May or early June. The young tor¬ toises live beneath the surface soil. When the swamps are filled they emerge and a new generation of short-necked tortoises begins. At first they are grey above and bright cream and black below. Most growth takes place in late spring and early summer. The species will not grow or breed when the swamps are dry and the c 1 i mat i c cond i t i ons between 1968 and 1973 have not been conduc i ve to g rowth and breeding. Dr. Burbidge (1973) stated that "When we first monitored tortoise g rowth and numbers , we reckoned there were a total of 150 to 200 and observed a steady growth and reproduction pattern. Swamps were wet for six months of the year and the habitat was altogether ideal. But for the past few years , the swamps have been dry for eight to nine months each year. Growth rate has slowed down and there has been no reproduct i on since 1968. We think there are now 50 to 80 tortoises left". Mr. H. B. Shugg (1 97*0 , chief warden of fauna in Western Australia, informed me that the winter of 1973 has brought an average rainfall and that of 197*+ an above average ra i nfa 1 1 and stated , "As yet , there are no firm data on the breeding success of tortoises in the two reserves in either 1973 or 197*+". FUTURE Since such a popu 1 at i on of probab 1 y less then one hundred small tor¬ toises in a confined area may be subject to natural disasters, etc. and possible extinction, an attempt to build a captive population has been made. In 196*+ a number of swamp- tor to i ses arrived in the South Perth Zoo. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 17 Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 Photograph III. Two 8-day-old short-necked tortoises. The coin has a diameter of 26 mm. After some time in captivity it became apparent that the captive tortoises had developed a condition resulting in a carapace of much poorer quality than the reserve tortoises. The "domesticated" tortoises basked in the sun, a habit wild tortoises apparently do not have. Females captured at the fence pits in the reserve were x-rayed and if they were gravid, they were kept in captivity and the eggs pi aced in nesting pits. Unfortunately, hatching and rearing success has not been very good, partly because our knowledge of this peculiar reptile was and is still rather inadequate. Today (end 197^), approxi mate 1 y 1 5 an i ma 1 s , including some that have been bred there, are living in the zoo at Perth. To insure the existence of the species, steps are taken concerning pollution, drainage and fire control i n the reserves . Because the State Government Department of Fi sher i es and Fauna - the authority in charge of fauna reserves in Western Australia - acqui red more land just outside the tortoise reserves unwanted swamp drain¬ age could be prevented and pol lution from outside is currently negl igible. F i rebreaks and f i re 1 ookou ts were pi anned and car r i ed out. Seasonal trends form an unmanageab 1 e factor, however, and may cause serious damage to the tortoise habitat, as previously described. A previous heavy summer rain did cause some damage, because the reptiles were in aestivation when it hit. In spite of all of this, Dr. Burbidgeisnot over 1 y concerned since the spec i es has shown it is hardy and can adapt to seasonal fluctuations. Dr. Burbidge est imated i n December 1 97^ , that there are poss i b 1 y only 50-80 tortoises in the Reserves. His research is continuing, but he is concerned at the types of land use in the areas surrounding the Reserves. At least one pig farm has been established in an adjoining property and Page 18 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 it is feared that others may be developed. "It seems that we will have to not only ensure that the pigs are kept out of the Reserves, but to en¬ sure that the tortoises cannot leave them, as they would be eaten by pigs!" Distribution Map ACKNOWLEDGEMENT I would like to thank Mr. B. H. P. Martin, First Secretary (Infor¬ mation) at the Australian Embassy in the Netherlands, Mr. H. B. Shugg, chief warden of Fauna of the Department of F i sheri es and Fauna of Western Australia and Dr. A. A. Burbidge, research officer of this Department, for various courtesies provided. The photographs are courtesy of the Australian Information Service. Literature Cited Burbidge, A. A. 1973* Personal communication. 197^+a. Personal communication (December). _ , J. A. W. Ki rsch and A. R. Main. 197^b . Rel at ionsh i ps wi th i n the Chel i dae (Tes tud i nes : Pleurodira) of Australia and New Guinea. Coipeia, 1974 (2) : 392-409 . Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 19 Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 E 1 1 enbogen , 1971. M. The Western Swamp Tortoise of Australia. Int. Turtle and Tortoise Soc. Jour. 5(A):l6-17, 39. G 1 auert , L . 1954. He rpe to 1 og i ca 1 Miscellanea IV. A new swamp tortoise from the Swan River district. Nest. Austr. Nat. 4 (6) : 1 25“ 1 27 . Goode, J. 1967. Freshwater tortoises of Austral ia and New Guinea ( in the fami ly Chelidae). Lansdowne Press, Melbourne. Shugg , H . B 1974. Personal Communication (December). Wermuth, H. 1961 . and R. Mertens. Schildkroten Krokodile Bruckenechsen . Gustav Fischer 3 Jena. Willi ams , E , 1958. . E. Red i scovery of the Australian Chelid Genus Pseudemydura Sie- benrock. Breviora ( 84 ) : 1 ~9 - Worrell, E . 1963- Reptiles of Australia. Angus and Robertson, Sydney. Borneostraat 23, Vlaardingen, The Netherlands . Received 26 February 1975 Accepted 12 March 1975 Page 20 Bulletin Maryland Herpeto logical Society Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 NOTES ON THE HERPETOLOGY OF PRESQUE ISLE STATE PARK ERIE, PENNSYLVANIA I conducted a survey of snakes, turtles, and salamanders inhabiting selected representative s i tes on Presque Isle State Park, Erie, Pennsyl¬ vania during the summer and autumn of 197^. This park is a 3,100 acre peninsula which arises from the south shore of Lake Erie. The park con¬ tains sandy beaches, plains, swamps, ponds, and woodland. The primary purpose of th i s survey was to supply information to the •Northwestern Pennsylvania Envi ronmental Data Center. This information may be useful in the formu 1 at i on of env i ronmenta 1 impact projections such as two recent 1 y prepared on Presque I s 1 e Sta te Pa rk (Michael Baker, Jr., Inc., 1 97*+ ; U.S. Army Engineer District, 1973). While these publications con¬ tain i nforma t i on on var i ous forms of 1 i f e , such as pi ants , fish, and birds, detailed i nformat i on on herpt i 1 es inhabiting the park i s 1 acki ng . Perhaps the impetus of certa i n special interest groups account s for the wea 1 th of written information on certain forms of life in the park. For example, The Presque Isle Audubon Society has studied the birds of this area. A second purpose of this survey was to more thoroughly investigate the d i f ference i n the number of snake spec i es seen between the northwes tern Pennsylvania mainland and Presque Isle State Park. McKinstry and Felege ( 1 97*0 observed nine species on the mainland but only three species in the park. To initiate the survey four collection sites which together repre¬ sent the beaches, sandy plains, swamps, and woodlands of the park were selected. The designation, location, s i ze , and nature of each site is as fol 1 ows : Fig. 1. Site A. Grassy trail bordered by pine trees. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 21 Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 Site A. Fig. 1. This area, oppos i te the Beach 1 0 upper pa rk i ng lot, is i n 1 and and rough 1 y parallel to Pen i nsu 1 a Dr i ve . The s i te measures 900 m x 120 m with the long axis on an east-west line. Site A contains a 900 m grassy trail which is bordered by mature pines (north side) and a swampy plain (south side). A cl ear i ng conta i n i ng dunes andadecaying board pile occupies the western end of the site. % i? Fig. 2. Site B. Large inland plain. Site B. Fig. 2. This area is about 420 m south of Site A. The site measures 1,500 m x 150 m with the long axis on an east-west line. Site B is a large grassy plain which contains scattered dunes , swamps , and stands of shrubs and pines. A 1,500 m trail runs through the site. Site C. Fig. 3- This a rea i s eas t of the Beach 10 upper parking lot. The site measures 900 m x 300 m with the 1 ong axis on an eas t-wes t line. Site C, which extends to Lake Erie, is an open grassy sand plain which contains dunes and shal low intermittent ponds. Cottonwoods , wi 1 low trees , and rushes are common. Site D. Fig. 4. This area is known as the Si dewa Ik Trail-Cranberry Pond area. The site measures 1,200 m x 420 m with the long axis on an east-west line. Site Disa ha rdwood fores t wh i ch exhibits, inmany areas, a dense canopy. Inland ponds, shallow intermittent swamps, and sandy ridges are present. Page 22 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 Fig. k. Site D. Hardwood forest with dense canopy. Each site was visited one to five times per month during the period between 3 July 197^ to 7 November 197^. All collecting trips were made in the daytime. The duration of each site inspection was one to three Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 23 Plain extending to Lake Erie. Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 hours. Traditional collecting methods, i.e. search of dead bark, logs, and boards as we 1 1 as careful i nspect i on of exposed hab i tat s , were employed . The identity and habitat of each specimen collected was recorded. Oc¬ casional specimens eluded capture but were usually identified by their field ma rki ngs . Three spec i es of snakes , two of turtles, and two of sa 1 amanders were collected during this survey as follows: Snakes - eastern garter snake ( Thamnophis s . sirtalis) , northern ribbon snake ( Thamnophis s. septen- trionalis) , northern brown snake (Storeria d. dekayi) ; Turtles -map turtle (Malaolemys geographica) , midland painted turtle ( Chrysemys picta marg- inata) ; Salamanders - red-spotted newt-red eftstageonly ( Notophthalmus v . viridesoens) , spotted salamander ( Ambystoma maculatum) . Specifics as to numbers of specimens collected in the various sites each month appear in tables la and 1b. Table la. Snakes observed on Presque Isle State Park during the summer and autumn of 197A. Number Of Specimens Observed S i te and No. T . s. T . s. Stripede S . d. Month Visits sirtalis septentrionalis snake dekayi July Aug . Sept Oct . Nov . July Aug . Sept Oct. Nov . July Aug . Sept, Oct . Nov. Dd July Aug . Sept . Oct . Nov. 1 A A 3 1 3 3 A 3 1 3 A 3 3 1 3 A 5 3 1 6 2 1 10 0 7 A A 17 o 8 3 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 A 0 0 1 1 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 2 1 1 3 0 5 1 A 2 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 2 2 A 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Page 24 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 Table lb. Turtles and salamanders observed on Presque Isle State Park during the summer and autumn of 197A. Number Of Specimens Observed S i te and Month No. Visits M, geogvaphica C. p. marginata N. V. viridesoens A. maoulatum A July 1 0 0 0 0 Aug . A 0 0 0 0 Sept . A 0 0 1 0 Oct . 3 0 0 1 0 Nov . 1 0 0 15 0 B July 3 1 0 0 0 Aug . 3 0 0 0 0 Sept . A 1 0 A 0 Oct . 3 0 0 2 0 Nov . 1 0 0 0 0 C July 3 0 2 1 0 Aug . A 0 0 0 0 Sept . 5 0 0 1 0 Oct . 3 0 0 0 0 Nov . 1 0 0 0 0 D July 3 0 0 0 5 Aug . A 0 0 33 9 Sept . 5 0 0 79 9 Oct. 3 0 0 80 3 Nov . 1 0 0 0 0 aS i te A = grassy trail between pine stand and swampy plain. ^Site B = inland grassy plain. c Site C = grassy plain bordering on Lake Erie. ^Site D = inland woodland. 0 Striped snakes = T.s, sirtalis or T,s. septentrionalis In a previous survey (McKinstry and Felege, 197*0 the ribbon snakes inhabiting the park were identified as the eastern variety Thamnophis s. sauritus . This identification now appears erroneous since the ribbon snakes co 1 1 ected i n the present survey more closely match the descri pt ion (dark-brown or black dorsal surface) and range of the northern ribbon snake, Thamnophis s. septentrionalis as g i ven by Cochran and Goin (1970). Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 25 Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 The eastern garter snakes and northern brown snakes were observed to prefer open grassy habitats (Sites A, B, and C) . Both species were often collected from under old boards and logs in these areas. The northern brown snakes almost always preferred these hiding places. The northern ribbon snakes were usually seen on the open floor of a pine stand or in grassy areas (Site A). These snakes were never observed under boards or logs. On cool (15 "20° C) sunny days i n October the eas tern garter snakes and northern ribbon snakes were particularly abundant. During a three hou r co 1 1 ec t i ng per i od i n 1 a te October , 1 8 of these rept i 1 es were observed . The two types of turtles were collected in open sandy areas near ponds (Sites B and C) . The red efts were always observed under damp boards or logs and were most abundant in woodland areas close to ponds (Site D) . The spotted salamanders were only seen under logs in damp woodland hab- i tats (Site D) . This survey does not add new i nforma t i on as to the general range and habitats of the species collected. It does, however, provide up to date information on the occurrance of reptiles and salamanders in an easily alterable 1 oca 1 i ty i n northwes tern Pennsy 1 van i a - Presque I s le State Park. W i n ter storms w i th resulting wave act i on and f 1 ood i ng and/or poss i b 1 e con¬ struction projects could alter the park and perhaps change its herpeto- fauna from that seen today. This survey outlines more thoroughly the occurrence of the three species of snakes observed in the park by McKinstry and Felege (197*0 • I f other spec i es occur , in the areas examined, they have el uded out atten¬ tion during the past several years. The assistance of Nancy, Michael and Patrick Reed McKinstry during portions of this survey is greatly appreciated. Literature Cited Baker, Michael, Jr., Inc. 197*+. Presque Isle environmental study. Beaver, Pennsylvania, 172 pp. Cochran, D.M. and C.J. Goin. 1970. The new field book of rept i 1 es and amphibians. G,P, Putnam's Sons, New York, 359 pp. McKinstry, D.M. and S. Felege. 197*+. Snakes of northwestern Pennsylvania. Bull, Md, Herp. Soc. 10{ 1 ) : 29-3 1 • U.S. Army Engineer District. 1973. Draft environmental impact s ta tement - coopera t i ve beach ero¬ sion project at Presque Isle Peninsula, Erie, Pennsylvania. Buffalo, New York, 115 pp. - Donald M. McKinstry, Department of Biology, The Pennsylvania State University , Behrend College, Erie, Pennsylvania 16510, Received 8 January 1975 Accepted 1 February 1975 Page 26 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 A Maryland Hibernaculum of Northern Brown Snakes, Storeria d. dekayi Few published accounts exist concerning hibernation in Maryland am¬ phibians and reptiles. Cooper (1956b) reported Chrysemys p. picta, No- tophthalmus v . viridescens and a single Rana pipiens (=R, u.. utricularia) hibernating in flood plain puddles. Cooper (1956a) also reported on the aquatic hibernation of Plethedon c. cinereus. More recently, Lee (1968) reported on springs as hibernation sites for Coluber constrictor , Lam- propeltis doliata (=L. triangulum) , Diadophis punctatus , Heterodon pla- tyrhinos, Natrix sipedon, Elaphe obsolete, Agkistrodon contortrix, Clemmys guttata, Rana clamitans , Rana pipiens , Eurycea bislineata, Eurycea long- icauda, Desmognathus fuscus, Pseudotriton ruber, and Plethodon cinereus . Older published records do exist, but they are scant. Since, little is known of the various hibernacul urns utilized by Mary¬ land snakes, the following may be worthy of note. On 27 Feb ruary 1 975 wh i 1 e do i ng const ruct i on work i n Ba 1 1 imore County , on Wilkins Avenue just off of US 695, William V. Horvath discovered A hibernating northern brown snakes, Storeria d. dekayi. The snakes were found during digging operations approximately 8 inches be 1 ow the surf ace of the ground on the slope of a hill that has a southern exposure. Two adults and two juveniles were discovered together in a group. The approx¬ imate air temperature was A0° F and the snakes were very sluggish when found. They were placed in a jar in a heated vehicle at which time they became very active. Another attempt was made by Horvath to locate add i t ion a 1 specimens on 3 March at the above locality without success. Literature C i ted Cooper, John E. 1956a. Aquatic hibernation of the red-backed salamander. 22:165. Herpetologia 1956b. A Maryland hibernation site for reptiles. Herpetologica 12: 238. Lee, David S. 1968. Springs as hibernation sites for Maryland's herpetof auna . Bull. Md. Herp. Soc. 4{k): 82-83. —William L. Grogan, Jr., Department of Entomology , University of Mary¬ land, College Park, Maryland 20742. Received 8 March 1975 Accepted 8 March 1975 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 27 Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 Longevity Record for the Striped Newt, Notophthalmus per striatus The striped newt, Notophthalmus perstriatus, reported by Grogan and Bystrak (1973), has since died. This specimen, an adult male, was pur¬ chased as an adult from a pet shop on 21 December 1 96 1 and kept in captivity until its death on 11 December 1974, a period of 13 years. At death its snout-vent and tota 1 1 eng th are 50 and 1 04 mm respectively. These measure¬ ments differ slightly from those reported by Grogan and Bystrak (1973) taken when the specimen was alive, but still exceed the maximum total length recorded by Conant (1958) for this spec i es by approx i mate 1 y 1 inch (25 rum) . Conant (1973) indicated that this specimen is by f ar the 1 a rges t reported for this species. This specimen is catalogued A 2880 NHSM in the herpetol og i ca 1 col 1 ect i on of the Natural History Soc i ety of Ma ry 1 and . Literature C i ted A field gu i de to rept i 1 es and amph i b i ans of t he United States east of the 100th Meridian. Houghton Mifflin Co . , Boston, xv + 386 pp. Personal communication . , Jr . and D . Bystrak . Longevity and size records for the newts Notophthalmus per¬ striatus and Notophthalmus v. viridescens . HISS News-J. 7(2): 54. - Wi 1 1 iam L. Grogan, Jr. , Department of Entomology , University of Mary¬ land, j College Parkj Maryland 20742. Received 8 March 1975 Accepted 8 March 1975 Conant, R. 1 958. 1 973. Grogan, W. L 1973. Page 28 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society March 1975 Volume 11 Number 1 News & Notes - Lover idge REPTILES (and Amphibians) OF THE PACIFIC 271 pages 3 7 plates 3 1 double-page map 3 index (originally published in 1946 by Macmillan Company 3 New York) THIS BOOK treats the herpetofauna of a vast region including Indonesia, the Philippines and Japan, Australia, New Guinea and New Zealand, and an enormous array of islands including Hawaii and the Galapagos. With such isolated land masses, the fauna is predictably diverse and includes the tuatara, several croco¬ diles, various lizards including the Komodo dragon, flying lizards and the Gala¬ pagos iguanas, numerous pythons, the king cobra and other poisonous elapids and vipers, the wide-ranging marine turtles and sea snakes, caecilians, the giant salamander, and many frogs and toads. Authoritative yet written in a clear and untechnical manner, this book is the standard reference on the Pacific herpetofauna and is equally useful to pro¬ fessionals and amateurs'. Each species is described and its range noted, together with a discussion of its life history and remarks on capture, captive specimens, reproductive habits, and use as food. There are identification keys to families and species, illustrated with seven diagnostic plates. Finally, there are chap¬ ters on snake bite and its treatment, economic aspects and conservation, collect¬ ing techniques, procedures for shipping living and preserved specimens, and an annotated bibliography. Mr. Loveridge, now retired, was formerly curator of herpetology at Harvard University, and is a noted authority on the amphibians and reptiles of Africa and the South Pacific. prices SSAR members before publication: $10 paperbound, $12 clothbound Institutions and non-members: $15 paperbound, $17 clothbound to order Orders may be placed now. This book will be published in fall 1971+ ; to take ad¬ vantage of special prices, SSAJR members must place their orders before publication. Please circle edition desired and send with payment to Dr. Henri C. Seibert, Morton Hall, Ohio University, Athens, Ohio 1+5701, U.S.A. Make checks payable to: "SSAR." Receipt sent on request only. Please mark these boxes if you want information on SSAR membership D or a complete list of Society publications □ . Publications issued by the Society include the Journal of Herpetology 3 Facsimile Reprints in Herpetology 3 Herpetological Review 3 Herpetological Circulars 3 Catalogue of American Amphibians and Reptiles 3 and the several series published by SSAR's predecessor, The Ohio Herpetological Society. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 29 Volume 11 Number 1 March 1975 SOCIETY FOR THE STUDY OF AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES QThe Society for the Study of Amphibians and Reptiles is an international organization established to advance the study of amphibi¬ ans and reptiles. Although begun in 1958 as a regional society, SSAR rapidly gained a world-wide membership, largely because of its diversified publications program, and it is widely recognized to have the most active society-sponsored program of services for students of amphibians and reptiles. Membership is open to all persons, both ama¬ teur and professional. ACTIVITIES In addition to its publications, SSAR sponsors a number of activities of broad herpetological interest. The annual meeting is held each summer on a university cam¬ pus or at biological stations throughout the United States since the Society especially wishes to attract students to its meetings by providing inexpensive and informal facilities. In addition to the papers given by members at these meetings, symposia or other invited speakers are usually planned which allow for detailed discussions of important areas of contemporary study. Live animal, photographic, film and other exhibits are also organized, as well as field trips. The Society makes a concerted effort in conserva¬ tion, especially where this affects amphibians and rep¬ tiles, by influencing both state and national legislat¬ ion and by acting as a clearinghouse for communication of conservation information. Likewise, an effort is made, to cooperate and provide assistance to regional herpetological groups; as a result, one Society officer is selected from this constituency. PUBLICATIONS SSAR sponsors one of the most diversified series of publications of any scientific society. Some are in¬ tended for the professional, while others are primarily for amateurs. Each series is described in detail on the reverse side of this page, including some series that have been discontinued. Back issues of every pub¬ lication are available; a detailed pricelist can be obtained simply by checking the appropriate box on the membership application. MEMBERSHIP PRIVILEGES All persons are welcome to become members of SSAR, to receive its publications , attend meetings and join in other Society activities. All members have voting privileges. Each year they receive these publications as part of their membership: Journal of Herpetology (U issues, totalling about 1*00 pages), Facsimile Reprints in Herpetology (3-1* issues, about 200 pages), Herpeto¬ logical Circulars (l-2 issues, about 50 pages), and Herpetological Review (4 issues, about 130 pages). In addition, SSAR members receive a substantial discount on all book-length facsimile reprints issued during the year. Members may also place standing orders for accounts in the series Catalogue of Ameri¬ can Amphibians and Reptiles on their regular dues forms. Those persons electing the higher membership categories (Sustaining and Contributing members) re¬ ceive the same publications and services , but provide additional financial support which allows the Society to expand and improve its programs more rapidly than would otherwise be possible. MEMBERSHIPS AND SUBSCRIPTIONS Please mark those boxes opposite the items you wish to subscribe to or order, fill in your name and address, and return to: Dr. Max A. Nickerson Society Secretary Vertebrate Division Milwaukee Public Museum Milwaukee:, Wisconsin 53233, U.S.A. © Individuals : Regular member (worldwide) Sustaining member Contributing member Catalogue .of American Amphibians and Reptiles , standing order $ 8.00 □ 10.00 □ 15.00 □ * □ ©Institutions : Publications set: Journal , Facsimiles (booklet series), Circulars , and the Review $16.00 □ Catalogue of American Amphibians and Reptiles , standing order * O billing on annual basis TOTAL $ Please check here dl if you want a list of all SSAR publications available for purchase. Your name and address : ZIP: Make checks payable to "SSAR" ; receipt sent on re¬ quest only. Page 30 bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Back issues of the Bulletin of the Maryland Herpetol og i ca 1 Society, where available, may be obta i ned by wr i t i ng the Execut i ve Editor. A list of available issues will be sent upon request. Individual numbers in stock are $2.00 each. The Society a 1 so pub 1 i shes a News 1 etter on a somewhat irregular basis. These are distributed to the membersh i p free of charge . Also published are Maryland Herpetofauna Leaflets and these are available at $. 05/page. Information for Authors All correspondence should be addressed to the Executive Editor. Manuscripts being sub¬ mitted for publication should be typewritten (double spaced) on good quality x 1 1 inch paper, with adequate margins. Submit original and first carbon, retaining the second carbon. Indicate where illustrations or photographs are to appear in text. Cite all literature used at end in alphabetical order by author. Major papers are those over 5 pages (double spaced, elite type) and must i ncl ude an abstract . The authors name should be centered under the title, and the address is to fol low the L i terature Cited. Minor papers are those papers with fewer than 5 pages. Author's name is to be placed at end of paper (see recent issue). For add i t iona 1 information see Style Manual for Biological Journals (1964) , Amer i can I ns t i tute of Biological Sciences, 3900 Wi scons i n Avenue, N.W. , Washington, D.C. 20016. Price is $3.00. Reprints are available at $.025 a page and shoul d be ordered when manuscripts are submitted or when proof s are returned . Minimum order is 100 reprints. Either edited manuscr i pt or proof will be returned to author for approval or correct ion . The author will be responsible for al 1 corrections to proof, and must return proof preferably wi thin 7 days. The Maryland Herpetological Society Department of Herpetology Hatural History Society of Maryland, Inc . 2643 Horth Charles Street Baltimore, Maryland 21218 ISSN 0025-4231 BULLETIN OF THE Tftarylanb f)erpeto!ogical ©oriety Department of Herpetology The Natural History Society of Maryland, Inc, MdHS . A FOUNDER MEMBER OF THE Eastern Seaboard Herpetological League JUNE 1975 VOLUME 11, NUMBER 2 Bulletin of the Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 CONTENTS An Annotated Checklist and Key to the Saurofauna of Southeastern . . and Central Spain 31 An Annotated Checklist and Key to the Saurofauna of South** .... eastern and Central Spain . . . Achim R. Borner 31 Grist for the Mills of Herpetoph i les in Mexico . . Hobart M. Smith 40 The Green Turtle ( Chelonia my das) , One of the Reptiles most . . . Consumed by Man, Needs Immediate Protection . . A. J. Zwinenberg 45 Notes on a Brood of the Arizona Ridge-nosed Rattlesnake . Crotalus willardi willardi . Brent E. Martin 64 An Occurrence of the Arizona Ridge-nosed Rattlesnake, . Crotalus willardi willardi , Observed Feeding in Nature . . . . Brent E. Martin 66 News S Notes: Eastern Seaboard Herpetological League Meeting . 68 Book Release - Xenopus - The South African Clawed Frog . 68 Book Release - Edward H. Taylor: Recollections of a Herpetologist 69 Book Release - Amphibians and Reptiles in Kansas . 70 Second Edition - A Field Guide to Reptiles and Amphibians of . . . Eastern and Central North America . 71 Back Issues of Various Journals Available for Trade . 72 Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 76-93^58 The Maryland Herpetological Society , Department of Herpetology, Natural History Society of Maryland, Inc., 2643 North Charles Street, Baltimore Maryland 21216. Printed By Photographic Directory Publishers , P.O.Box 178, Randallstown, Md. 21133 BULLETIN OF THE Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 The Maryland Herpetolog i ca 1 Society Department of Herpetology, Natural 1 History Society of Maryland, Inc. Bulletin Staff Executive Editor Herbert S. Harris, Jr. Steer i ng Committee Frank Groves Mark Prihoda Jerry Hardy Jeff Thomas Herb Harris, Jr. John Whi tekett 1 e Arnold Norden Tom Boyer Officers President . . Vice-President. . . Secretary . T reasurer . Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 76-93^58 Membership Rates Active members over 18. .. .$10.00, under 18....$6.00, subscribing members (outside a 20 mile radius of Baltimore City) _ $3.00, Foreign _ $^.00. Meetings The third Wednesday of each month, 8:15 p.m. at the Natural History Society of Maryland (except May-August, third Saturday of each month, 8:00 a.m.). The Department of Herpetology meets informally on all other Wednesday evenings at the NHSM at 8:00 p.m. Bulletin of the Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 30 June 1975 Number 2 AN ANNOTATED CHECKLIST AND KEY TO THE SAUROFAUNA OF SOUTHEASTERN AND CENTRAL SPAIN Achim R. Borner This article was prepared as a hand-list for use in the field, when the author had the oppor tun i ty to spend a few days in southeastern Spain. It i s primari ly based on the check 1 ist of Europe by Me r tens and Wermuth (i960) . The reg i on covered by the present synops i s i s del i neated i n Fig . 1. General 1 i terature on the region includes Hellmich (1956, 1962), Klemmer (1963), Mertens (1925), and Pasteur and Bons (i960). 2qo fig. 1 Map of Spain depicting the region under study. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 31 Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 Annotated Checklist to the Saurofauna of Southeastern and Central Spain Angu i dae Anguis f. fragilis (LINNAEUS), 1758 Type locality: Sweden Chamael eon i dae Chamaeleo c. chamael eon (LINNAEUS), 1758 Type locality restr i cted by Mertens and Muller (1928): North Af r i ca The chamaeleon is said to be very rare in southern Spain and therefore should not be collected. Geckon i dae Hemidactylus t. turcicus (LINNAEUS), 1758 Type locality restricted by Schmidt (1953): Asian Turkey Tarentola m, mauritanica (LINNAEUS), 1758 Type locality: Mauritania An adul t specimen typi cal of thi s Mediterranean gecko was found on a rock near the footpath from the lookout to the old har¬ bour, Benidorm; itwas taking a sunbath early in the morning. Lacert i dae This family, contributing the major element of the European saurofauna, is poorly known despite all of the efforts of Eu¬ ropean herpetologists and the tens of thousands of specimens amassed in museum collections. Since Boulenger (1920/1921 ) no one has undertaken the time consuming and painstaking job to attempt a revision of a larger subspecies , or species complex; the outstanding except ion i s the very few, however , who d i d not deal with the Span i sh 1 i zards such as Broadl ey (1972), Darevsky (1967) , Eisentraut (19^9) , Lantz (1928/1930) , and Peters (1962). This chaotic situation, especially in the genera Lacerta and Eremias and their close allies, is reflected by our current knowl edge of the Spanish forms; e.g. we know ne i ther the number of wall lizard species nor their var i at ion at the subspecific level. Therefore it is deemed necessary to give all names assigned to Lacerta hispanica in the region, a 1 though many are considered synonyms. Genus Acanthodactylus Acanthodactylus e, erythrurus (SCHINZ), 1833 Type local i ty : Spain Genus Algyroides All Spanish forms in this genus are rare. Their occurance is sporadic, as they all require a high air-humidity. This is- Page 32 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 olation of populations effects subspecific diversity, which, due to the scarcity of specimens, is unknown. See Buchholz (1964) and Klemmer (i960) for additional data. Algyroides hildagoi BOSCA, 1916 Type locality: San 1 1 defonso, 1192 m elev., S i erra de Guadar- rama , central Spain Known only from the holotype, which apparently has been lost. Algyroides m. mar chi VALVERDE , 1958 Type locality: Piedro de Aguamula, S i erra de Cazor 1 a , Province of Jaen Algyroides mar chi niethammeri BUCHHOLZ, 1964 Type locality: near the mountain pass ( 1 480 m elev.) at ca. 1430 m elev., road from A1 caraz to Riopar , S ierra de Agua , Pro¬ vince of Jaen, southeastern Spain Known only from the holotype. Genus Lacerta Additional data on the sys temat ics of thi s group can be found in Buchholz (1963), Cyren (1928, 1934), and Klemmer (1959). Lacerta hispanica STE I NDACHNER, 1870 It is not known, whether Lacerta bocagei SEOANE, 1844 is a distinct species or represents only a subspecies of L. his¬ panica. I f i t is indeed distinct on the specific level , a re¬ arrangement of other subspecies , which are currently defined as L. hispanica , is warranted . A female specimen , nearly 6 cm snout-vent length , from Isla de Ben i dorm (the island oppos i te to the famous hotel - town of Ben i dorm) , and its hab i tat are depicted in the photos (figs. 2 , 3 » 4) . The i si and i s densely populated with lizards, whereas they are shy and very rare on the mainland (sight records exist from the mountains east of Playa Levante, Benidorm). Lacerta h. hispanica STE I NDACHNER , 1 870 Type locality restri cted by Mertens and Muller (1928): Monte Agudo near Murcia, southeastern Spain Lacerta muralis steindachneri BEDRI AGA, 1886 was made a junior synonym of thi s race by Mertens and We rmuth (i960), who re¬ stricted i ts type local i ty to that of the nominate form. Klemmer (1959) was unable to find a single lizard at the type local i ty . Lacerta hispanica liolepis BOULENGER, 1 905 Type local i ty : town of Valencia, Spa i n Described as a variety of L. muralis , it was then referred to L. bocagei , and later reduced to a j un i or synonym of the nonrr i nate species . Bulletin Maryland Herpeto logical Society Page 33 Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 fig. 2 Laoerta hispanioa , adult female from Is la de Beni dorm Laoerta hispanioa vauoheri BOULENGER, 1905 Type locality: Tanger, northwest Africa The lizards in the extreme south of Spain are referred to this race, which is considered valid. Laoevta hispanioa guadarramae BOSCA, 1916 Type locality: San lldefonso, Sierra de Guadarrama, central Spa i n This name is tenatively considered a junior synonym of the nominate subspecies. Laeerta l, lepida DAUDIN, 1 802 Type locality rest r i cted by Mertens and Wermuth (i960): south¬ ern France Laoerta lepida nevadensis BUCHHOLZ, 1963 Type locality: North-slope of the Pico Veleto, between 1600 m and 2100 m elev., Sierra Nevada, south Spain Laoerta monticola cyreni Muller S Hellmich, 1937 Type locality: Puerto de Navacerrada, Sierra de Guadarrama, Spa i n . Laoerta sioula ssp. introduced in Almeria accord i ng to Mertens and Wermuth (i960) Genus Psammodromus Psammodromus a . algirus (LINNAEUS), 1758 Type locality: Mauritania Page 34 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 Ash-gray specimens were observed on the wal Is and in the gardens of Almeria Castle, Almeria. Normally the back has a brownish or ol i ve color . Psammodromus h, hispanicus F I TZ I NGER , 1 826 Type locality restr i cted by Mertens and Mu 1 ler (1928): South¬ ern Spain. Psammodromus hispanicus edwarsianus (DUGES) , 1829 Type locality: Southern France The zone of i n tergradat ion between both subspecies i s of speci al interest. Studies in this zone may reveal the distinctiveness of the forms on the specific level. Sc i nc i dae For the systematics of this group see Klausewitz (195^) and Pasteur and Bons (I960) . Chalcides hedriagai BOSCA, 1 880 Type locality restricted by Mertens and Muller (1928): Dos- aguas, Valencia Chalcides chalcides striatus (CUVIER), 1829 Type locality: Southern France The validity of this form requires further examination. fig. 3 Lizard habitat on I s 1 a de Benidorm Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 35 Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 Artificial Key to the Saurofauna of Southeastern and Central Spain 1. Limbless . Anguis f . fragilis 1 . Limbs present . 2 2. Unders i de of toes with transversely enlarged lamel lae (scansors) . ..3 (Geckonidae) 2. Digits in two opposable sets of 2 and 3 . Chamaeleo o . ohamaeleon 2. Digits not so, separate .... 4 3. Underside of digits with one row of scansors . Tarentola m, mauritanioa 3. Underside of digits with two rows of scansors . Hemidaotylus t, turoicus 4. Ventral scales not differentiated . .... 3 (Scincidae) 4. Ventral scales well differentiated from the dorsals ......... 6 (Lacertidae) 5. Limbs reduced, each with three digits . Chaloides ohaloides striatus 5. Limbs relatively well developed, each with five digits . Chaloides bedriagai 6. Pileus without an occipital; only two supraoculars . Aoanthodaotylus e. erythrurus 6. Pileus with an occipital; four supraoculars . 7 7. Dorsal scales large, rhombic, relatively strongly keeled, im¬ bricate . 8 7. Dorsal scales small, rounded, weakly keeled or not keeled, not imbricate . . . 13 ( Laoerta ) 8. Ventral scales squarish; well differentiated collar scales . 9 ( Algyroides ) 8. Ventral scales rhombic; collar scales discernible only on the sides of the throat . 11 ( Psammodromus ) 9. Dorsum uniformly brown i sh wi th vague dark spots on the vertebral 1 ine; dorsal s sharply keeled; 17 rows of dorsa 1 s around the middle of the body . Algyroides hildagoi 9. Middle of dorsum light brown with sharply defined spots on the vertebral line; sides of the trunk dark brown; dorsals not so sharply keeled; 24 to 31 rows of dorsals around the middle of the body . . . 10 ( Algyroides marohi) 10. 24 to 29 dorsals around the middle of the body; throat whitish or yellow . Algyroides m, marohi 10. 31 dorsals around the mi ddl e of the body; throat deep blue (only in adult males?) . Algyroides marohi niethammeri 11. On each si de of the back a longitudinal yellow stripe; length of unregenerated ta i 1 doubles snout-vent 1 ength , wh i ch exceeds 7 cm . Psammodromus a. algirus 11. Longitudinal stripes onl y as j uven i 1 es : 4 to 6 of them along the back, composed of 1 i ght spots ; adu 1 ts un i form or w i th dark spots; length of un regenera ted tail never exceeds double snout-vent length; snout-vent length does not exceed 5 cm .... 1 2 (Psammodromus hispanious ) Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 36 Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 12. 30 to 34 dorsal s around the middle of the body; subocular reaches the mouth; greenish in life . . . Psammodromus h . hispanious 12. 34 to 43 dorsals around the middle of the body; one or two small scales separate the subocular from the mouth; not greenish . Psammodromus hispanious edwarsianus 13* Ventral scales like a trapezium . 1 4 (Lacerta lepida) 13. Ventral scales squarish . 15 (wa 11 1 i zards) 14. 65 to 70 dorsals around the middle of the body; ocellated, black scales irregularly distributed . Lacerta l . lepida 14. 76 to 90 dorsals around the middle of the body; ocelli faded, no black scales . Laoerta lepida nevadensis 15. Dorsal s at 1 east weakly keeled; scales of unregenerated tail in distinct whorls, broad and small ones alternating . Laoerta montioola 15. Dorsals not keeled; scales of unregenerated tail in whorls of equal length . 16 16. Underneath uniformly colored, except the outer rows of the ven¬ tral scales; differentiated large temporal (masse ter icum) . Lacerta sioula 16. Underneath black spots, at least on the throat; massetericum normally missing . Lacerta hispanica fig. 4 I s 1 a de Benidorm, seen from the mainland Acknowledgements Thanks are due to Miss Iris B. Borner, for bibliographical aid. I am gratef u 1 to Herbert S . Harris, Jr . for his patient editorial comments wh i ch improved the quality of this paper. My special thanks go to Dr. Hobart M. Smith, University of Colorado, for his continued kind interest in my plans and his numerous helpful suggestions in my saurological studies. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 37 Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 Literature Cited Bouienger, George Albert. 1920/1921. Monograph of the Lacertidae. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London, 2(1920) : 1-352, figs., pis.; 2(1921 ): 1-451 , figs., pis. Broadley, Donald G. 1972. A review of the Nuoras tessellata group. Arnoldia 5(20) :1- 36 , 7 figs., 1 tab . , 3 pis. Buchholz, Karl F. 1963. Die Per 1 e i dechse der S ierra Nevada (Reptilia, Lacertidae) in Spanien. Bonner Zool. Beitr. 14 (1-2) : 1 51 - 1 56 , k figs. 1964. Zur Kenntn i s des Genus Algyroides (Reptilia^ Lacertidae) in Spanien. Bonner Zool. Beitr. 15 (3-4) : 239"246 . Cyren, Otto. 1928. Spanische und portug ies i sche Mauere i dechsen . Goteborgs Kungl. Vet. + Vitt. Samh. Handl ., 5th series s ser. B ., 2(1): 1-36. 1 93V. Zur Kenntn i s der Lacert i den der Iberischen Halbinsel und Ma- ka rones iens. Ibid, 4( 1 ) : 1 - 36 , figs. Darevsky , 1 1 1 ya S . 1967. The Rock lizards of the Caucasus. Systematics, Ecology, and Phy logeny of the Polymorphic Group of Caucasian Rock Lizards of the Subgenus Arohaeolaeerta (In Russian). Leningrade (Nauka) :264 pp., figs., pis., maps. Eisentraut, Martin, 1949. Die Eidechsen der spanischen M i ttel meer i nse 1 n und ihre Ras- senauf spa 1 tung im Lichte der Evolution. Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, 26: 1-228, figs., pis. Hellmich, Walter. 1956. Lurche und Kriechtiere Europas. Winters naturwissenschaft- liehe Taschen buoher (Heidelberg) 25:1-166, figs. pis. 1 962 . Rept i 1 es and Amphi b ians of Europe (English translation edited by Alfred Leutscher) , London (B1 anford Press) . 1 60 pp . , figs, pis. Klausewitz, Wolfgang. 1954. E i donomi sche , taxonomische und t i ergeog raph i sche Untersuch- ungen Liber den Rassenkre i s der Scinciden Chalcides ohaleides und Chalcides striatus . Senckenbergiana Biol. 34 (k- 6) : 1 87“ 203, 9 f igs. , pi . Klemmer, Konrad. 1959. Systemat i sche Stellung und Rassengl i ederung der Spanischen Mauerei dechse, Lacerta hispamca. Senckenbergiana Biol. 40 (5-6) :245-250, 2 pis. Page 38 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 I960 . Zur Kenntnis der Gattung Algyroides ( Rep t ilia, Lacertidae) auf der Iberischen Halbinsel. Senokenb erg iana Biol, 41 ( 1-2): 1 -6, map, f ig . , pi . 1 963 . Von den Wi rbel tieren ei nes andal us i schen Gebirges. Natur und Mus. (Senokenberg Mus. ) 93(\2) :507~51 A, 6 figs. Lantz, L. A. 1928/1930. Les Eremias de 1 'As ie occi dental e. Bull, Mus. Georgie (Tiflis) 4 (1928) : 1-72; 5 (1930) s 1 -64 . Mertens, Robert. 1925. Amph i b ien und Rept i 1 ien aus dem nordl i chen und ostl ichen Span- ien, gesammelt von Dr. F. Haas. Abh, Senokenb, Naturf. Ges, 384 , l39( 1)]:1-129, 3 pis. Mertens, Robert and Muller, Lorenz. 1928. Die Amphibien und Rept? lien Europas. Abh, Senokenb, Natur f, Ges 413: 1-62. _ _ and Wermuth, Heinz. 1 960 . Die Amphibien und Reptilien Europas (3. Liste nach dem Stand vom 1 . Januar i960). Senokenberg - Buoh 38 (Senokenb, Naturf, Ges,) : X I X-264 , map. Pasteur, G. and Bons, J. I960. Catalogue des reptiles actuel s du Maroc . Trav. Inst. Scient. Cherif., Ser. Zool. 21:1-132, A figs., 5 pis., tabs. Peters, Gunther. 1962. Die Zwergei dechse (Laoerta parva BOULENGER) und i hre Verwandt- schaf tsbez i ehungen zu anderen Lacertiden, insbesondere zur L i banon-E i dechse (L. fraasii LEHRS). Zool, Jahrb. Syst, 89: (3-4):407-478, pi. Schmidt, Karl Patterson. 1953. A checklist of North American amphibians and reptiles. 6th ed., Publ . Amer. Soc. Ichtyol. and Herpetol . : X I I + 280 pp. 5 Cologne 41, ZUlpioher Street 83, West Germany Received 23 April 1975 Accepted 8 May 1975 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 39 Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 GRIST FOR THE MILLS OF HERPETOPHILES IN MEXICO Hobart M. Smith The limitless opportunities for new di scoveries in the amazingly com¬ plex diversity of the herpetofauna of Mexico cannot be catalogued. The cream has been skimmed from the bas ic work of faunal exploration, as noted several years ago by one of the greatest herpetologists of our country, W. E. Duellman, even though new taxa, significant range extensions and taxonomic rearrangements will continue to be discovered frequently for many years, and occasionally for many decades. Every new road makes ac¬ cessible many such discoveries. Nevertheless the fact remains that the alpha phase of basic exploration is no longer domi nant ; now the experimental and observational phase is rapidly developing, with emphasis in the field upon behavioral and demographic studies, which have gained a great advantage over the strict collecting of the alpha phase through the imposition of severe regul at ions curbing wanton col 1 ect i ng and importation of amph ib i a ns and reptiles. One of the most exciting prospects for field observation in Mexico at th i s part i cul ar time is the determi nation of the basic facts in the life cycleof the high-altitude lizard Seeloporus aeneus aeneus , common in the mountains between Mexico C i ty and Cuernavaca , and occurr i ng rather widely el sewhere i n the southern mounta i ns of the main Mexican plateau. It would be a s imple, del ightful and rewarding experience, especial ly for a family, justifying protracted or repeated stays in Cuernavaca or some other stra¬ tegically situated base (see Fig. 1) near the range of this subspecies, to launch an investigation to settle once and for al 1 the basic questions of the life cycle of this lizard. It would take an outstandingly significant problem to justify such a proposition, but the qualification exists. There is an outside chance that S. a . aeneus may prove to be the only lizard in the world known to reproduce in alternate years. This is the problem for the solution of which so far there i s nothing but speculation, but which could be solved by even one, and certainly by two, appropriately chosen, brief periods of observation. Even such a basic matter as method of "parition" ( i .e. , by parturition or oviposition) remains to be established in this subspecies. Such in¬ formation does not come easily, for the critical period usually arrives in spring when human col lectors are occupied with other matters, such as a fixed schedule of work or school ; when they are free, in summer, it is too late for immediately conclusive evidence to be obtained. Only in 1962 (Anderson) was i t demonstrated that the only related member of the group occurring in this country ( S . sealaris slevini) is oviparous. It was established long ago that S. sealaris sealaris is oviparous (Herrera, 1890: Page 40 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 aeneus . Triangles, S . a. bioanthalis ; circles, 5. a. aeneus ; dots, 5. a. subniger ; half-circle, half-dot, intergrades be¬ tween 5. a. aeneus and 5. a. subniger . Adapted from Zool. Ser. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., 26:357, fig. 57, 1939. 331), and in 1939 Smith (1939:356) recorded that 5. aeneus bioanthalis is viviparous.1 Gadow (1 905 :21 4) stated that S. soalaris i s "ovovi vi parous ," but clearly in error, probably in reference in reality to either S. a . aeneus or S. a. bioanthalis . This is the only reference even possibly noting method of par it ion in S, a. aeneus , and these are the only taxa of the whole soalaris group for which such information had been recorded, until 197^* when Smith and Hall recorded the occurrence of viviparity in S. goldmani, They went on however to propose that viviparity is the norm in all subspecies of S. aeneus as well as in 5. goldmani , and that all subspeci es of S. soalaris are oviparous, leaving in abeyance the parition method of the only other assigned member of the group, S. jalapae. Such a proposition required however that they really crawl out on a limb to propose that S. a, aeneus normally reproduces biennially. 1 Viviparity is a term here used, as it should always be to avoid confusion, in its broadest sense in reference merely to live-bearing, without implication of presence or absence of a placenta, rudimentary or not. Ovoviviparity is a type of viviparity in which placental structures Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 41 Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 That proposition stems from the proposal by Davis and Smith (1953: 102) that S. a. aeneus is oviparous, thereby requiring specific status since S . a. bioanthalis is i ncontrovert i bly viviparous. The data on which the i nference of ovi par i ty was based were summarized as follows: "Ten of the 28 females, collected from July 25 to August 15, contained from 3 to 5 (average, A) 1 arge ova , the 1 argest measur i ng 6 X 12 mm; 12 of the others appeared to have oviposited and in the others the ova were minute, less than 1 mm in d iameter . In none of the large ova was there any recognizable evidence of embryonic development." The assumption was, of course, that the females with no or minute eggs had already laid their eggs, whereas those with large eggs would have laid them later in the same season. In more mature consideration, however, it is evident that eggs in which no visible embryonic development had yet taken place could not be 1 a id af ter mi d-August and st i 1 1 hatch before winter. The altitude (around 3,330 m) and normal weather pattern preclude rapid development; even in midsummer, n ights are unpl easant 1 y cold , and freez i ng weather comes early. Winter snows are commonplace. It now seems more reasonab 1 e to i nfer that the females with large eggs would have carried them over wi nter and have given birth to their young in late spring and early summer. They would have redeveloped small eggs by fall, duplicating the members of the group descr i bed by Davi s and Smi th with small eggs. The eggs would have reached larger size by the fall of the following year, and the young would have been born the following spring and summer. Although available data suggest the possible validity of the hypo- thesis of occurrence of a biennial reproductive cycle in S, a. aeneus , at least in the Tres Cumbres area of Morelos , three cons i derat ions suggest contrariwise: (1) no lizard anywhere in the world has been recorded to have a biennial cycle , accord i ng to Fi tch (1 970) , a 1 though severa 1 northern species of snakes (e.g . Crotalus viridis 3 Vipera berus , V . aspiss Tham- nophis sirtalis s T . radix) are known or thought to have either biennial or triennial cycles (Fitch suggests that the extended cycles are better interpreted as i rregul ar cycl es ) ; (2) lizards, espec i al 1 y sma 1 1 Soeloporus , are too short-lived for a biennial cycle, especially of viviparity, to sustain the species (the snakes are much longer- 1 i ved) ; and (3) other speci es of 1 i zards under apparent 1 y equally great or greater environmental stress maintain an annual cycle. are present. Histological examination is necessary to determine whether any given viviparous species is ovoviviparous or euviviparous , and even then the distinction may be argumentative. Except where histological study has confirmed the presence or absence of a placenta - and very few species of reptiles have been studied in this context - it is best always to use the term of broadest meaning in reference to non-mammalian verte¬ brates, since only in the viviparous mammals is a placenta assured. The alternative to viviparity is, of course, oviparity. These two types, and their subtypes, if any, constitute the parity types, the term parity occuring with this meaning in most dictionaries. The act of parity, i.e. of laying eggs or giving birth, is properly referred to as "parition" (a new word) , and the condition of parity is properly referred to as the "parous" condition (an established word) . Page 42 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 Obviously the mere fact that no lizard is yet known to have an ex¬ tended reproductive cycle is inconsequential except as it makes the es¬ tablishment of such spec i es of except iona 1 interest. As for the longevity of S. a. aeneus, nothing is known, but an extrapolation from data on re¬ lated and other small species of lizards suggests a life span almost certainly not exceed i ng 1 0 years , and qu i te 1 i kely not frequently exceed i ng 5 years. Northern species in general, however, subjected as they are to cold-induced inactivity much of the year, are longer-lived and have more protracted reproductive cycles than do their more temperate relatives. The same generality may apply equally well to high altitude species as compared with their lower-altitude relatives. Finally, although several other species of iguanid lizards reach altitudes considerably greater than does S. a. aeneus , a 11 so far as I am aware are conspicuously heliophilous, insolating extensi vel y on trees or rocks. Some high-altitude lizard populations may indeed have polyennial reproductive cycl es , for they have not been observed exhaustively; on the contrary northern lizard populations have been studied thoroughly and seemi ng 1 y do not dev i ate from the norm of annual reproductive cycles. How¬ ever, it is quite possible that through extreme heliophily most high-al¬ titude 1 izards so protract thei r act ivi ty that an annual reproductive cycle may be ma i nta i ned . An examp 1 e i s the sympatr i c (wi th S, aeneus) , viviparous S. gramnicus microlepidotus , whi ch ranges to a much h igher al t i tude (4750 m) than S. aeneus , but is strongly heliophilous and seemingly reproduces annua 1 1 y . On the contrary , S. a. aeneus i s not given to conspicuous insolation, but is secretive, terrestrial and grami nicolous, thus exposed to the maximum developmental retardation of the cold weather characteristic within its range. Even if itwere known to have a lower opt imum act i v i ty temperature (not established, but possible) than other sympatric species, it would not necessarily thereby escape the need for a biennial cycle; Sphenodon , with the lowest optimum activity temperature of any living reptile, has a protracted reproductive cycle (± 13 mo.), although its freedom from temperatures in the freezing range permits a more rapid development of embryos than woul d be possible in the strongly seasonal weather to which S. a. aeneus is exposed. Sphenodon in the habitat of S. a . aeneus would probab 1 y a 1 so requ i re two years for completion of one reproductive cycle. Thus the facts of the reproductive cycle, longevity and population structure of S. a, aeneus stand as one of the most rewarding goals toward which any herpetologist may work in Mexico. Unlike many problems, these have answers that are readily accessible, awaiting merel y the determi ned attention of anyone willing to devote a little time and effort to them. Literature Cited Davis, William B. and Hobart M. Smith. 1953. Lizards and turtles of the Mexican state of Morelos. Her- petologioa, 9 (2) : 1 00-1 08 . Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 43 Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 Fitch, Henry S. 1970. Reproductive cycles in lizards and snakes. Miso. Publ. Mus, Nat , Hist, Univ. Kansas, (52): 1-247, figs. 1-16. Gadow, Hans. 1905. The distribution of Mexican amphibians and reptiles. Proo, Zool, Soo , London, 1905 (2) : 1 91 “145 , figs. 29~ 32 . Herrera, Alfonso Luis. 1890. Notas acerca de los vertebrados del Valle de Mexico. Na- turaleza , (2) 1 : 299“ 3^*2 . Smith, Hobart M. 1939* The Mexi can and Centra 1 American lizards of the genus Scelo - porus • Zool, Ser, Field Mus, Nat, Hist,, 26:1-397, figs. 1- 59, pis. 1-31. Smith, Hobart M. and William P. Hall. 1974. Cont r i bu t ions to the concepts of reproductive cycles and the sys temat i cs of the soalaris group of the lizard genus Scelo- porus, Gt, Basin Nat,, 34 (2) : 97“1 04 , figs. 1-2. Department of Environmental , Population and Organismic Biology, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado 80302, Received 30 April 1975 Accepted 2 May 1975 Page 44 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 CLASSIFICATION, DISTRIBUTION AND SUBSPEC I AT I ON Fig. 1. The distribution of Chelonia my das . Chelonia mydas and five other species of sea turtle belong to the family Cheloniidae, which in turn with the family Dermochel i dae form the superfamily Chelonoidea of the order Testudinata. The species was first described as Testudo mydas in 1758 by the famous Swedish natural ish Lin¬ naeus (type local i ty Ascens ion I s 1 and i n the At 1 ant i c Ocean). In 1800 the generic designation Cheloniavias i nt roduced by Bronn iart . S i nee that t ime , spec imens of the green turtle have often been mistaken for a new species and described as such. The list of names in the synonymy of C. mydas has become quite long. C, mydas lives in shallow waters, mostly in coastal areas, far from its breeding grounds. It wanders through all tropical seas, since at regular intervals it travels to sandy shores to lay eggs. Between the feeding grounds and breeding grounds may lie hundreds of miles of open sea; specimens tagged at Ascens ion Island were recaptured near the coast of Brazil, about 2200 kilometers away (Cronnie, 1971). The green turt 1 e i s usua 1 1 y found within 35 degrees north and south of the equator (Loveridge, 19^6). It prefers seas with an average tem¬ perature of surface water dur i ng the col dest month of above 20° C (Hirth, 1971). However, wanderers are seen or caught at more northerly points (e.g. in Newfound 1 and waters , near British Col umb i a and Japan) . The south¬ ernmost records are from coastal areas of northern Argentina, Chile and New Zealand . There i s cons iderable var iat ion in the color of green turtles , which has resulted in the description of a number of subspecies. Hirth (1971) recommends the use of the binomial Chelonia mydas for all green turtles until a detailed taxonomic study can be made. Brongersma (19&4) i s al so of the opi n ion tha t a deta i 1 ed study ought to be made, before valid subspecific identification is possible. He noted that such a study would be difficult and time consuming . There are , however , a number of indications Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 47 Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 which make it plausible that the green turtle can be divided into a few subspecies. Bustard (1973) i nd i cates that a number of wel 1 -d i f ferent i a ted populations exist and what is currently called the 'green turtle1 could prove to be a composite of two or more quite distinct species. In general the following subspecies are recognized: Chelonia mydas mydas (Linnaeus), the Atlantic green turtle, found in the Atlantic Ocean , Car i bbean Sea , Gul f of Mexico and the Med i terranean ( Conan t , 1958; Mertens and Wermuth, I960; Hirth, 1971). Chelonia mydas agassizii Bocourt, the east Pacific green turtle, found mainly along the Pacific coasts of Central and South America (Hirth, 1971 ; S tebb ins, 1 986) . Chelonia mydas oarrinegra Ca 1 d wel 1 , the northeastern Pac i f i c green turtle, occurs in great numbers in the Gulf of California. This subspecies was descr i bed i n 1 962 by D . K. Caldwell. Other herpetologists (Hirth and Carr, 1 970 ; Pritchard, 1971) have s i nee concl uded that th i s dark form was noth i ng more than a ster i 1 e mutant form of C.m. agassizii . Schulz (1968) does not recognize this subspecies. Chelonia mydas japonioa (Thunberg) , the western Pacific green turtle, probably only living near Japan and ranging as far east as the Hawaiian Islands. Worrell (1963) 1 i sts i t as a full spec i es for Aust ra 1 ian waters (Chelonia japonioa) , and gives the range as Pacific and Indian Oceans. He mentions that there is a nesting s i te near Bundaberg (Queensland). It is likely that this species shou 1 d be p 1 aced in the synonymy of Chelonia depressa , deer i bed by Garman in 1880 and the least known of the world's sea turtles. Chelonia depressa , the flatback turtle, breeds on the coast and islands offshore of northeastern Queens 1 and , and i s of ten mi staken for a green turtle. The flatback differs mainly i n hav i ng a strong ly depressed carapace with an upward curve at the edge (Bustard and Limpus, 1969). CHARACTERISTICS Fig. 2. The characteristic large prefrontal plates of Chelonia mydas . Page 48 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 The carapace of C, mydas i s not completely ossified; i t i s smooth and has ^costal shields (costals) on each side, the 1st not touch i ng the nuchal . The other horny sh i el ds of the carapace are : 2 supracauda 1 s , 11 marginals on each side and 5 vertebrals. The large scutes of the carapace do not over 1 ap , except i n very young turtles. The fore-f 1 i ppers on 1 y bear a single claw. The jaws are not so remarkably hooked as in Dermoohelys coriacea. The cutting edge of the lower j aw i s coarse 1 y toothed (Fig. 3) » while the Fig. 3* The head of Chelonia mydas $. upper jaw is provided with strong ridges on its inner surface. Between the eyes a pair of large prefrontal plates are visible (Fig. 2). Males can be recognized by their tail, which is much longer than in females. Moreover their carapace is somewhat narrower and longer. Fig. k shows the tail of a male caught on Eilanti (Surinam); ithas a 1 eng th of 38 cm (Schulz, 1968). The tail of the male is very muscular and ti pped with a horny nail (Fig. 5). Stebbins (1966) mentions that males have a prehensile tail. In their paper on the behaviour of green turtles in the sea, Booth and Peters (1 972) pr i nt a number of photos cleari ng up mat i ng behavior. Some of the photos show that during mating the male's tai 1 is curled around the back- si de of the fema 1 e 1 s body (her hi nd fl i ppers ?) , to g i ve h im a f i rmer gr i p. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 49 Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 Fig. 4 . The tail of a ma 1 e Chelonia my das . SIZE AND WEIGHT Wh i le the shel 1 of a large green turtle may be almost 4 ft (120 cm) in length, 3 ft (90 cm) is nearer the average for an adult; a turtle was once taken at Key West (Florida) weighing 700 lbs (315 kg). Those ap¬ pearing in the American markets today range from 75 lbs (33.5 kg) to 150 lbs (67.5 kg) (Loveridge, 1946). In Surinam the carapace length ranges from about 40 in (100 cm) to 50 in (125 cm) (Schulz, 1968). Deraniyagala (1 953) ment ions curved carapace 1 eng ths of about 48 in (122 cm), which are not uncommon at Sri Lanka. Pritchard (1971) gives the following carapace 1 engths of mature females: Galapagos Islands from 28.5 in (72 cm) to 37 in (94 cm), Surinam 39 in (99 cm) to 48 in (122 cm), Ascension Island 33 in (84 cm) to 55 in (140 cm), in Guyana from 38 in (96.5 cm) to 46 in (117 cm), and in Costa Rica from 35 in (89 cm) to 44 in (112 cm). Two adult males in the Galapagos had carapace lengths of 31*5 in (80.0 cm) and 33.2 in (84 .3 cm) . Worrell (1963) mentions a maximum weight of about 850 lbs (382 kg) for Australia, but the resul ts of turt 1 e-hunters indicates that specimens over about 250 lbs (112.5 kg) are quite rare. In November 1952 a green turtle was stranded on the Dutch coast, which is very uncommon for tem¬ perate areas; the carapace was on 1 y 14 in (36 cm) long and 11.5 in (29.5 cm) wide (Brongersma, 1 96 1 ) . Undoubtedly, it was a juvenile. Hi rth and Carr (1 970) g i ve some s i zes of green turt 1 es caught on the feeding pastures near Khor Umai ra , southern Yemen ; the carapace lengths of 1 78 females ranged from 29 in (48.3 cm) to 44 in (111.8 cm) - average 3^*7 in (88.1 cm). The carapace lengths of 112 males ranged from 28 in (71.1 cm) to 4l in (104.1 cm) - average 35.6 in (90.4 cm). The heaviest green turtle ever reported, weighed 860 lbs (386 kg). Almost half of the wet weight of a green turtle represents edible protein (Hirth, 1971). Page 50 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 Fig. 6. Female C. mydas crawling up on a beach. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 51 Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 COLOR There is a considerable variation in color, as previously mentioned. The re fore , for purposes of identification a color description of the turtle will never be enough. In his synopsis on the green turtle, Hirth (1971) gives the fo 1 lowing description of the coloration of the various sub spec i es : Chelonia m. mydas has a predominately brownish carapace, sometimes with olive or dark brown b 1 otches and s t reaks . The dorsal surfaces of the head, flippers and tail are also predominatly brownish. C. m. agassizii has a bas i ca 1 1 y greenish or ol ive-brown carapace sometimes strongly flecked with black. C. m, carrinegra is character i zed by b 1 ack p igmenta t ion on both dorsa 1 and ventral surfaces (plastron more greyish). C. m. japonioa (from Philippines waters) is rusty reddish brown above, each shield streaked wi th amber , head shields distinctly redd i sh and each edged with black, plastron yellow. Around Tha i 1 and waters th i s subspec i es is greenish to greyish above, specimens with dark rays are observed as well; the plastron is yellow. In the Galapagos two color forms exist, a pale (called 'yellow' turtle) and a dark form. The latter nes ts on severa 1 islands, but the yellow has never been seen nesting there. In both forms the plastron always has variable grey areas on the sides and along the midline. According to Pritchard (1971) both forms belong to the subspecies C. agassizii . These are only a few of the number of green turtle "forms" existing. It appears that coloration is highly variable. Besides, there also seems to be color differences between males and females. In a few cases this has been indisputable ascertained. Not only in the Atlantic Ocean and Med i terranean , but a 1 so throughout the Pac i f i c Ocean and the Indian Ocean and the Indian Ocean an unknown number of races exist. Careful research (as soon as poss ib le) wi 1 1 i nd i cate i nto how many races (sepa rate species ?) Chelonia mydas can be divided. 1 1 i s poss i b 1 e , that some races will become extinct in the near future, if no protective measures are taken. Efforts should be made so that each race survives. FOOD It can be stated that adult and sub-adult green turtles are mainly herbivorous, whi 1 e the young (1 to 2 years old) are carnivorous (Schulz, 1968). The main diet of adults consists of sea grasses, the so called "turtle grass", that grow in sheltered shallow water. Submarine pastures near coastal areas and on atolls are visited by the turtles at selected places throughout the year. The stomach contents of over 100 turtles, caught near Khor Uma i ra (Southern Yemen), were examined and it appeared that two types of turt 1 e grass, Posidonia sp. and Halodule sp, , form the menu. Also a small amount of brown algae and red algae were found (Hirth and Carr , 1 970) . The stomach of 6 mature turt 1 es (5?, 1<5* ) packed solidly with this grass, weighed between 3-9 lbs (1 .8 kg) and 5-5 lbs (2.5 kg). The densities of turtle grass ( Posidonia ) reach 2500 leaves per square Page 52 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 Fig. 7* Female C . mydas digging body pit. meter at Southern Yemen. The d i stri but ion of green turtles coincides with the d i st ri but ion of sea grasses (Hirth, 1971). Offshore of Surinam there is no turtle grass growing, and the number of rept i les existing there is limited and is restricted to mostly juveniles. In the Galapagos Caulerga is eaten. Stomachs of turtles also contain mangrove leaves and roots (Pritchard, 1971). Turtles from the Atlantic coast of Mexi co and from the West Indies had eaten in large quantities the turtle grass Thalassia . Other vegetable rests taken from stomachs appeared to belong to the genera Zostera (e.g. Bermuda and Chile), Sargassum (e.g. Pacific coast of Mexico) , Sagittaria3 Vallisneria (e.g. Florida), Cymodooea, Ulva3 Haloghila and others. Adults and sub-adults are not averse to eating animals as well. Some animals may be devoured accidentily together with the swallowing of marine plants. There isa possibility that specimens traveling over long distances from feeding grounds to breed i ng grounds and back, have to eat animals (e.g. jellyfish) due to a lack of seaweeds. Other marine animals found in turtle stomachs are: sponges, molluscs (e.g. sna i 1 s ) and crus¬ taceans (e.g. crabs). In captivity green turtles can survive on a diet of mixed fishes. Young turtles eat almost any animal they can devour (Burton, 1970). That i s not amaz i ng s i nee the spec ies 1 favorite seagrasses are absent off the nesting beaches. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 53 Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 Fig. 8. Female C. my das digging nest hole. Page 54 Bulletin Maryland Herpeto logical Society Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 NESTING, EGGS, HATCHLINGS Females come ashore to lay eggs on or around the night high tide (Fig. 6). After reach i ng the beach , the turt 1 e reposes for awhile. Pos¬ sibly to orientate and to examine if the coast is clear; moreover, she presses the head on the sand (Janssen, 1972). The f unct i on of th i s "sand¬ smelling" is still unknown. She then crawls from surf to the nest site and progresses by laborious forward thrusts in which all four limbs move at once (Bustard, 1968). This is extremely exhausting for the turtle, because of the soft sand. The animals are very shy at this time and will return to the sea immediately upon disturbance (i.e. lights, approaching of peopl e , talking). After cl ear i ng the nest s i te (preferably a beach platform well above flood tide; Hirth, 1971) a body pit is excavated (Fig. 7). With all four limbs sand is thrown backwards, while the plastron rests on the sand. Occasionally the animal moves forward until a pit is produced somewhat larger than the turtle's body (Schulz, 1968). The depth of the body pit varies from 12 to 20 in (30 to 50 cm). During digging the animal rests repeatedly. After completion of the body pit, she starts excavating the nest hole (Fig. 8). She scoops out the sand beneath the cloaca with her hind flippers and puts it beside the nest. She continues scooping till the nest hole has a depth of about 20 in (50 cm) and a diameter of about 12 in (30 cm) (Somberg-Hon i g , 1967). If during excavating an obstacle is met (e.g. stone or stub) , the whole process is repeated at an other site near by. The eggs are white and usually dropped one, two or three at a time. The spherical eggs are covered with mucous when leaving the cloaca (Fig. 10) (Hirth, 1971). Egg laying takes about 8 to 12 minutes (Schulz, 1968). Frauca (1973) however, states that th i s takes 30 m i nu tes to over one hour (Fig. 9) . The eggs weigh between 28 and 44 gms each and have a di ameter from 40 to 55 mm. Nests contain between 50 and 200 eggs (Frauca, 1970), 48 - 131 (Pritchard, 1971), 70 -130 (Hirth and Carr, 1970), 1 37 on an average (Schulz, 1968). Pritchard (1969) reports the average number of eggs per nest at Sur i nam as 1 42 . 8 , at Tortuguero 110.0, at Ascension 115.5, and at Sarawak 104.7. The female covers both the nest hole and body pit with sand and makes her way back at sea (where the males are waiting), leaving behind deep tracks on the sandy beach (Fig. 11). During nesting and covering she may move one ton of sand (Frauca, 1970). The female green turtle spends about 3 hours out of the water when nes t i ng and 1 ay i ng , but this varies and de¬ pends on beach conditions. Most green turtles lay between 3 and 7 times each season at about 10 to 16 day intervals (Hirth, 1971). Incubation takes about 7 to 10 weeks, but this depends mainly on cl imate, season and temperature. In Australia (Heron Island) it takes about 8 to 9 weeks (Bustard, 1968), but at Tortuguero 7 to 10 weeks. Hirth and Carr (1970) mention 48 - 49 days at Abul Wadi Beach (Aden). Emergence from the sand normally takes place under cover of darkness when predation hazard is greatly reduced. Carapace length of hatchlings varies from 44 to 56 mm. Balazs and Ross (1973), give mean values of 125 one-day-old turtles at the Hawaii Institute of Marine Biology: weight 0.029 kg, carapace length 50mm, carapace width 36 mm. The movement from Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 57 Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 the nest to the surface of the sand is a process that repeats that de¬ scribed for the 1 eatherback , Vermochelys coviacea (Zwinenberg, 197*0- The carapace of hatch 1 i ngs is extremely dark (black to dark greenish or dark brown i sh - F i g . 12). After emergence , the young head for the light horizon (the sea), rush into the sea and swim rapidly to deeper waters. Little is known about the habits of the hatchlings after entering the sea. Fig. 11. A large crowd gathers as the female heads back to sea. ENEMIES AND TURTLE FARMING Eggs are dug out and eaten by dogs, foxes, pigs, crabs, rats, monitor lizards and sometimes birds in addition to man. The mortality of hatch¬ lings is high. Approximately less than \% of them survive to adulthood. Newly hatched turtles have soft shells and are killed by a wide range of predators before they can reach the sea , e.g. by ghost crabs ( Gcypode sp . ) , dogs, foxes, raccoons, feral cats, frigate birds (when emergence inci¬ dentally takes place at dayl ight) , night herons , rats , mongooses , tigers, jaguars, crows, silver gulls (Larus novae-hollandiae) , monitor lizards ( Varanus sp.), snakes (Python sp.). The few that reach the sea are largely eaten by large fishes, crocodiles and in large numbers by sharks. The stomach of a black-tipped reef shark killed off Australia's coast con¬ tained 1A hatchlings (Bustard, 1973). Adults are killed by sharks too. Many specimens caught at sea or observed on beaches show damages of shark attacks. Except for sharks, Page 58 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 adult green turtles have hardly any natural predators. Only man forms a threat. Mortality is high, as mentioned earlier. Protection is badly needed for obv ious reasons. Hatch 1 i ngs shoul d have a chance to reach adult¬ hood. Green turtle hatcheries operate at d i fferent places in the tropical wor 1 d to hel p assure the i r surv i va 1 . Bustard (1 968) col 1 ected 30,000 green turtle eggs annually (at a later stage 50,000) from Heron Island for in¬ cubation elsewhere under control. After emergence the young are kept in pools for some time [Carr and Ingle (see Peters, 1968) proposed they be kept until they reach shell lenghts of 6 - 8 in (15 "20 cm)], tagged and rel eased at sea i n several areas. Hatchlings (more than 1 00 , 000) are flown from Caribbean beaches (especial ly from Tortuguero, Costa Rica) to Florida, South America and many other areas for release in hopes to replenishing turtle stocks. In 1968 the Queensland Government gave 5 species of sea turtle full protection, i ncl ud i ng the green turtle (Bustard, 1969). Full protect ion for green turt 1 es and the i r eggs are given at Ascension Island, in Costa Rica, Surinam and Panama. In other areas turtles and eggs are protected only for a number of months, as in Trinidad (from 1 June - 30 September) and French Guiana (from 1 May - 31 August). Green turtles can¬ not be hunted except under 1 i cences , wh i ch a re hard 1 y ever g i ven , at Sabah , Malaysia (De Silva, 1969). Mexico gives full protection for eggs and allows hunt i ng of turt 1 es during open season. I agree with Hirth (1971), who states that the best and simplest method to secure the green turtle's future is to provide protect ion for nest i ng females, eggs, and hatchlings on the natural rookeries, so survival is assured. Fig. 12. A young green turtle with egg-tooth. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 59 Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 CONCLUSION The green turtle is one of the most studied species of sea turtle. We know more about its life history, then of any other sea turtle, and still a number of facts are unknown or need further study. For instance, little is known of the seasonal trips the turtles make between feeding grounds and nest i ng beaches. Navigation and orientation should be studied continously, as well as the migration routes. Tagged females from Tor- tuguero rookeries were recaptured 2400 km away. Others were taken at a d i stance of 800 km in another direction. Most of these turtles, however, return to the same nesting ground within 2-4 years. How do they manage? Mirth and Carr (1970) tagged some females in southern Yemen, five were later taken off the coast of Somalia. One of them had covered a distance of about 3200 km in exactly 2 years. Ascension Island turtles were re¬ captures off the coast of Brazil (over 2200 km) and the shores of the I vory Coast (Af r i ca) , about 1600 km away (Fig. 13). Not a 1 1 turt 1 es travel Fig. 13. The migration of green turtles from Ascension Island. over great distances. A lot are taken within a radius of 100 km of the beach where they were tagged. We know hardly any th i ng of the hatchlings after they reach the sea. Females do come on beaches after reaching matur i ty , but ma 1 es apparently never come ashore, except for some Pacific green turtles ( Chelonia m. agassizii) . In this subspecies it is known that males do occasionally bask on remote rockery beaches. The life span of C. mydas is still un¬ known. The feeding habits are also unclear. These, and a lot of other questions exist, making it clear that research must be continued. The Page 60 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 main concern now, is the immediate protection of Chelonia my das , so that there will be enough time to permit a 1 1 the necessary investigations, and so that the future of this valuable sea turtle will be ensured. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I would like to thank Dr. Haro 1 d F . H i rt h of the University of Utah, and Dr. H. R. Bustard at the Australian National University for sending me valuable information, and Mr. P . A . Teun i ssen at Paramaribo (Surinam) and the Austral ? an Information Service at Canberra (Austral ia) for al lowi ng the use of the photographs. Literature Cited Babcock, H. L. 1938. The sea-turtles of the Bermuda I s 1 ands , wi th a survey of the present state of the turtle fishing industries. Proo. Zool. Soq . London 3 ser. A3 107:595“601. Balazs, G. H. , and Ross, E. 1973- Reared in captivity. Int, Turtle and Tortoise Soo . Joum. 7( 0:6-9. Booth, J., and Peters, J.A. 1972. Behavioural studies on the green turtle ( Chelonia mydas ) in the sea. Animal Behaviour 20 (4) : 808-81 2 . Brongersma, L.D. 1981. Notes upon some sea turtles. Zool. Verh . Leiden : 1 -46 . 1 964 . Qua Patet Orbis. Brill - Leiden : 1 -39 . Burton, M. 1970. Purnellls Encyclopedia of Animal Life. BPC Publ. 3 London 3 pp. 948-950. Busack, S. D. 1974. Amph i b i ans and Rept i 1 es Imported i nto the United States. U.S. Dept. Int. 3 Wildlife leaf l . 506:23. Bustard, H. R. 1968. Queensland Sea Turtles, Research and Conservation. Wildlife in Australia 5(1): 2-7. 1969. Queensland protects sea turtles. Joum. Fauna Press . Soc. 3 (Oryx) ^(1): 23-24. 1973. Aust ra 1 i a sea turt 1 es , the i r natura 1 h i story and conservat ion . Wildlife in Australia 2tf(3):98-103 _ _ . , and Limpus, C. 1969. Observations on the Flatback turtle, Chelonia depressa Gar- man. Herpetologioa 25(1): 29 “34. Cal dwel 1 , D. K. 1962. Growth measurements of young captive Atlantic sea turtles in temperate waters. Contr. Soi. Los Ang. City Mus. 3 50:1-8. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 61 Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 Cogger, H. 1967. Australian reptiles in colour. Reed- Sydney , pp. 1 6-1 8. Conant, R. 1958. A field guide to reptiles and amphibians of Eastern North America. Houghton Mifflin , Boston , pp. 67-68 . Cronnie, W. S. 1971. Wie finden Seesch i 1 dkroten im endlosen Meer ihren Weg? Das Tier 22(0:33-37. Deran i yagal a , P. E. P. 1953. A colored atlas of some vertebrates from Ceylon - tetrapod reptilia. Ceylon Govemm. Pr. , pp. 12-21. Frauca, H. 1970. The marine turtles of Australia. News and Inf . Bur. Bull. E709, pp. 1-4. 1973. Aus t ra 1 i an rept i 1 e wonders . Rigby Ltd. , Adelaide, pp. 91 “97. Harrison, T. 1962. Notes on the Green turtle (Che Ionia my das) . Sarawak Mus. Journ. 10{ 19-20) :6l4-623. H i rth , H. F . 1971. Synops i s of biological data on the green turtle, Chelonia my das (Linnaeus) 1758. FAO Fisheries Syn. 85. _ . , and Carr, A. 1970 The green turt le in the Gul f of Aden and the Seychel les Islands. Verh. Konkl. Ned. Ak. Wet., Amsterdam , pp. 1-44. Janssen, J. J. 1972. Zeesch i 1 dpadden aan de stranden van Sur i name. Laoerta 37 ( 1): 3-12. Labat, P. 1 725. Nieuwe reizen naar de Franse eilanden in America, behelzende de Natuurlyke Historie van die Landen, derzelver Oorspronk, Zeden, Godsdienst, Reger i ng der oude en tegenwoord i ge Inwoon- ders ; a 1 s 00k d i e der zwarte SI aaven , enz., in 't Nederduitsch in 1 1 ligt gebracht door W. C. Dyks, Amsterdam, B. Lakeman , 2( 2): 404. Loveridge, A. 1946. Reptiles of the Pacific Worl d , McMillan Comp., New York, pp. 21-24. Mertens, R. , and Wermuth, H. I960. Die Amphi b i en und Rept i 1 ien Europas. Kramer Verl. , Frankfurt a.M. , pp. 69-70. Peters, J. A. 1968. Rare and Endangered Reptiles and Amphibians of the United States. U.S. Mus. Publ. , Sheet Rap- 14. Page 62 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 Pritchard, P. C. H. 1969. Sea Turtles of the Guianas. Bull, Flo?, State Mas. Biol, So, 13( 2) : 85-1 AO . 1971 . Galapagos Sea Turtles - Prel imi nary Findings. Journ. of Herp. 5(1-2) : 1-9. Rose, W. 1950. The rept i 1 es and amph i b i ans of southern Africa. Maskew Miller Ltd. j Cape Town 3 pp. 327“ 29 • Schu 1 z , J . P . 1968. Zeesch i 1 dpadden in Suriname, deel II. Dienst Landsbosbeheer 3 Paramaribo 3 pp . 1-120. de Silva, G . S . 19o9. The fauna conservation ordinance of Sabah. Loris XI ( 5 ) : 28 3“ 286. Sombe rg-Hon i g , J. T. 1967. Zeesch i 1 dpadden aan de Surinaamse kust, II. Panda Nieuws 4 (3) : 1 . Stebb ins, R . C . 1966. A field guide to Western Reptiles and Amphibians. Houghton Mifflin 3 Boston , pp. 87-88. Wor re 11, E . 1963. Rept i 1 es of Aust ra 1 i a . Angus and Robertson 3 Sydney3pp . 6-11. Zwinenberg, A. J. 197^. The leatherback (Dermochelys coriacea) , one of the largest living reptiles. Bull. Md. Herp. Soc. 10{ 2):L\2-k9. Bomeostraat 233 Vlaardingen 3 The Netherlands Rece i ve d 2 June 1975 Accepted b June 1975 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 63 Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 Notes on a Brood of the Arizona Ri doe-nosed Rattlesnake Crotalus willardi willardi The limited number of natural history data and field observations of the ridge-nosed rat 1 1 esnake (Crotalus willardi) are i nd i cated by the brief treatment g i ven the spec i es in Klauber's monographic review of the genus (1972). Other pub 1 i cat ions on the natural h i story of th i s species are few and brief in context. On 3 August 197*+, I captured an adult female Arizona ridge-nosed rattlesnake ( Crotalus willardi willardi) at ca . 6500 ft elevation in the Santa Rita Mountains, Santa Cruz County, Arizona. The specimen appeared gravid and was col 1 ected with the hope of gathering reproductive data on the species. It was housed in a 2? gallon aquarium and kept at room tem¬ perature, between 23 and 30° C. Fifteen days after capture 18 August, it gave birth to six live of f spr i ng and one st i 1 1 born wh i ch rema i ned enclosed in the embryonic membranes. When I first observed the brood, about 2b hours after b i rth , the young were coa ted w i th dr i ed membrane material from the egg. They were then soaked for several hours in water to remove the dried material. They were weighed on a Torsion Balance about 36 hours af ter b i rth and measured after the i r f i rst mol t between 24-29 August. Total lengths, we i ghts and notes regarding food habits of the six offspring and the mother are presented in Table 1. The coloration of the juveniles differed from that of the mother, who conformed to the general color descri pt ion of the subspecies (Klauber, 19*+9). A1 1 of the young were d i st i net 1 y grey and had bright yellow tails, not evident in the mother. The yellow tails faded after the second shed. The basic dorsal pattern of the mother was , however , apparent in the off¬ spring. Klauber (1949) noted a female Crotalus w. willardi that "contained 6 eggs" and a Crotalus w. silus that "contained at least 2 wel 1 -developed embryos." He also noted the measurements of three juvenile specimens cap¬ tured i n the wi 1 d and concl uded that they represented the approx imate size of the species at birth. v/l Th i s account , however , appears to be the first conf i rmat ion of ovovi - viparity in this species. A. The mother and four of the of f spr i ng were released near the col lect ion site on 1 September 1974. Two of the young were reta i ned i n capt i v i ty for further observations on growth and food intake, and to note their color changes during maturity. Page 64 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 Table 1. Total 1 engths and we i gh t s of a mother and six newborn Crotalus willardi willardi with notes on feeding and shedding between 18 August and 1 September. Approximate (nearest 5 1 ength mm) Weight (gms) Feed i ng-shedd i ng notes Mother 0 ro LA 65.2 (after parturition) Killed severa 1 sma 1 1 mice but refused to eat them before giving b i rth . Ate 6 sma 1 1 mice between 18 Aug. and 1 Sept. Young : 180 5.43 Shed 29 Aug. newborn mice. Refused 190 5.91 Shed 27 Aug. newborn mice. Refused 190 6.04 Shed 25 Aug. newborn mouse Ate 1 190 6 . 06 Shed 25 Aug. newborn mice. Ate 2 190 6.39 Shed 25 Aug. newborn mice. Ate 2 195 6.66 Shed 24 Aug. newborn mice. Ate 2 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am greatly indebted to the following personnel at the University of Arizona: Dr. Michael D. Borinson for hi s ass i stance and advice in the preparation of the manuscript; Dr. Mac E. Hadley for the use of the fa¬ cilities in his laboratory; and Dr. Howard K. Gloyd for his cr i ti cal re¬ view of the final product. Also thanks to Wi 1 1 i am P. Savary for observing the mother snake and recording the birth date in my absence. Literature Cited Klauber, L. M. 1949. The subspecies of the ridge-nose rattlesnake, Crotalus wil¬ lardi . Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 11 { 8) :121~l40. 1972. Rattlesnakes, their habits, life histories, and influence on mankind. University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles. Vol . 1, pp. XXX-740. — Brent E. Martin, 704 N. Second Avenue, Tucson, Arizona 85705 . Received 9 Apri 1 1975 Accepted 8 May 1975. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 65 Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 An Occurrence of the Arizona Ridge-nosed Rattlesnake, Crotalus willardi willardi s Observed Feeding in Nature There are severa 1 indirect observat ions on the feeding habits of the ridge-nosed rattlesnake, Crotalus willardi , in nature. The following variety of food items have been found in the stomachs of dissected in¬ dividuals: Van Denburgh (1922) and Klauber (19^9) reported finding mammal remains, i ncl ud i ng sma 1 1 rodents. Klauber (1 972) noted l i zards ( Soeloporus sp.3 Gerrhonotus kingi) and a bird, Wilson's Warbler {Wilsona pusilla) . He also reported a scorpion disgorged by a Crotalus w, willardi in the possession of A. E. Ball. Fowlie (1965) captured an individual of this subspecies that d i sgorged a centipede several days later. Vorhies (19^8), Manion (1968) and Harris (1975) mention lizards as the principal natural food of Crotalus willardi , but do not site direct feeding observations. Actual observations of this species feeding in the wild are unknown in the 1 i terature . On the morn i ng of 4 August 197^, I came upon a dead deer mouse (Pero- mysous sp .) on the ground on an open oak-covered hillside at ca. 6500 ft el evat i on i n the Santa Rita Mountains. Death appeared to have been recent , a 1 though the rodent was col d and somewhat stiff. No external injuries were apparent. Suddenly, I was startled by the rattling of an adult Crotalus w. willardi no more than two feet away from the mouse and myself. I was completely unaware of its presence until it rattled. As it turned to es¬ cape, I captured the snake, which then turned and b i t my gloved hand several times. I then released it and after coiling up and continuously rattling for several moments it became quiet and slowly uncoiled, while flicking its tounge and stretching its jaws that were previously displaced from biting. It 1 ocated the mouse , and began to ingest the rodent's head. When i t was ha 1 fway down i t not i ced me move si i ght 1 y from where I was sitting several feet away; it started to rattle and promptly regurgitated the mouse. When I moved about ten feet away, it stopped rat 1 1 i ng and returned to its meal. After eventually swallowing the mouse, it slowly crawled towards a large fal len tree nearby, pausing frequently for several minutes. It then crawled over the tree and coiled up under a space between the fallen trunk and the ground. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am greatly indebted to the following personnel at the University of Arizona: Dr. Michael D. Bor i nson for h i s assistance and advice in the preparation of the manuscript; Dr. Mac E. Hadley for the use of the fa¬ cilities i n h i s laboratory ; and Dr. Howard K. Gloyd for his critical re- viewofthe final product. L i terature C i ted Fowl i e, J . 1965. A. The snakes of Ar i zona . Azu 1 Qu i nta Press , Fal 1 brook , I V + 1 64. Harris, H. 1975. S. , Jr. An endangered species , the New Mexican ridge- nosed rattlesnake. Bull. Md. Herp. Soc. , ll( l):1~7. Page 66 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 Klauber, L. M. 19^9. The subspecies of the ridge-nose rattlesnake, Crotalus wil- lardi. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 11 (8) : 1 21 - 1 AO . 1972. Ra t t 1 esnakes , their habits, life histories, and influence on mankind. University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles. Vol . 1 , pp. XXX-7A0. Manion, S. 1968. Crotalus willardi - - The Arizona ridge-nosed rattlesnake. Herpetology (SW Herpetol og i ca 1 Soc.) Il(lll): 2 7“ 30 . Van Denburgh, J. 1922. The reptiles of western North America. Occ . Pap . Ca 1 i f . Acad . Sci . , 10:1-1028. Vorh i es , C . T . 19A8. Food items of rattlesnakes. Copeia, 1 9A8 (A) : 302-303 . — Brent E. Martin, 704 N. Second Avenue, Tucson, Arizona 85705. Rece i ved 9 Apr i 1 1975 Accepted 8 May 1975 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 67 Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 News & Notes IMPORTANT NOTICE EASTERN SEABOARD HERPETOLOG I CAL LEAGUE MEETING DATE: 18 October 1975 (Saturday) TIME: 10:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. PLACE : Aud ' tor i um National Museum of Natural History Smithsonian Institution Washington, D.C. If you would 1 i ke to present a paper at this meeting, please contact (as soon as poss i b 1 e) : Scott M. Rae, WHS 417 Adahi Road, S.E. Vienna, Virginia 22180 BOOK RELEASE Xenopus The South African Clawed Frog by Elizabeth M. Deuchar This book summarizes our current knowledge of Xenopus in an easy to understand form. Chapters include: The discovery of Xenopus in its nat¬ ural habits, The anatomy of Xenopus, Physiological studies on Xenopus , Gametogenes i s , fertilization and the i n i t i at i on of embryonic development, Development of the embryo and larva of Xenopus laevis. Observations on c 1 eavage and b 1 as tu 1 a stages, The mechan i sms of gastrulation and neurula- tion, Interactions between tissues in the early embryo, Organogenesis in Xenopus , The cont ro 1 of later events i n development, and future poss ib i 1 i t i es in research on Xenopus. The book contains a fine bibliography of some 559 titles. A must for your book shelf. A handy reference guide to Xenopus \ HSH . John Wiley S Sons, Inc., Publishers 605 Third Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10016 Ava i 1 ab 1 e at $29 • 50 Page 68 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 ANNOUNCEMENT The University of Kansas Museum of Natural History will publish in early fall 1975 a book entitled "Edward H. Taylor: Recollections of a Herpetologist," This new book contains: Philippine Adventures: An autobiographical Memoir by Edward H. Taylor Edward Harrison Taylor: The Teacher by A. Byron Leonard The Blazing of a Trail: The Scientific Career of Edward Harrison Taylor by Hobart M, Smith The Published Contributions of Edward H, Taylor by George R. Pisani The book may be ordered at the special prepublication price effective until 1 October 1975 of $5.00 (including postage and handling) from Publi¬ cations Secretary, Museum of Natural History, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas 66045. After October 1 the price will be $6.00. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 69 Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES IN KANSAS .... a new book now available to the public. Written by Joseph T. Collins for the Museum, and co-sponsored by the Museum of Natural History and the State Biological Survey, this publication contains .... accounts of the natural history of the 91 kinds of snakes, lizards, turtles, toads, frogs and salamanders found in Kansas. . . . . detailed maps showing the individual ranges of each species in Kansas. . . . . over 100 striking black and white photographs (most by the author) of these fascinating creatures. . . . . designation of those amphibians and reptiles in Kansas that are considered to be threatened species. . . . . and much more additional information on these interesting animals. Publications Secretary Museum of Natural History University of Kansas Lawrence, Kansas 66045 -ORDER FORM- PI ease accept my order for _ copy(ies) of Amphibians and Reptiles in Kansas by Joseph T. Collins at $5.00 per copy, postage and sales tax (for Kansas residents) included. Checks should be made payable to Museum of Natural History. I enclose $_ _ Name Page 70 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 2 June 1975 HMCo For further information, contact: Carolyn Amussen (617) 725-5970 FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE: A Field Guide “REPTILES "AMPHIBIANS “EASTERN "'“CENTRAL North America BY ROGER CONANT Illustrated by Isabelle Hunt Conant SECOND EDITION Roger Conant 's A FIELD GUIDE TO REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS, first published in 1958, is newly revised and expanded and available for the first time in a softcover edition. The territory covered now stretches to Texas and North Dakota, in the west and north to Manitoba and Keewatin in Canada. Included are 331 species -- counting sub¬ species, a total of 574 different animals -- with 472 full-color photographs and 174 in black and white. In addition, there are 353 line drawings showing key features useful in identification and 311 distribu¬ tion maps. Like all Peterson Field Guides, this one is thorough and easy to use, an indispensable aid to both professional and amateur herpetologists. FETERSON FIELD GUIDES NEWLY AVAILABLE IN PAPER EDITIONS A FIELD GUIDE TO WESTERN REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS by Robert C. Stebbins Cloth, $6.95; Paper, $4.95 ROGER CONANT retired in 1973 after almost forty years as Curator of Reptiles at the Philadelphia Zoo. He is now an Adjunct Professor in the Department of Biology at the University of New Mexico. A FIELD GUIDE TO ANIMAL TRACKS by Olaus J. Murie (Second Edition) Cloth, $6.95; Paper, $4.95 Published June 16, 1975 Cloth, $10.00 Paper, $ 6.95 A FIELD GUIDE TO THE FERNS AND THEIR RELATED FAMILIES OF NORTHEASTERN AND CENTRAL NORTH AMERICA by Boughton Cobb Cloth, $5.95; Paper, $3.95 A FIELD GUIDE TO THE STARS AND PLANETS by Donald Menzel Cloth, $8.95; Paper, $4.95 SUWANNEE COOTER HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY 2 Park Street Boston, Mass. 02107 (617) 725-5000 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 71 June 1975 Volume 11 Number 2 r+ w • P cr p- o o 3 ZI-+M O • P- 3 a ►i wo ID O a 3 C/l - 3* • r+ . P siMoa p a o <~h P inn i-j -<£/>• K >i O P- p oo . 3 a a 3 a 0) ro o *n w 3 - D O * 00 ^ o c I-l p H- o < re < X <5 < X ~ < 1 |e_ < la -P "" M o < a; o P- o O O D M O o • o o D a w M w (— * M i-l 1 a H-* — 1 -P 3 a >1 • w • w 3 CO C/l a: • o P 00 D w 3 D D 3* a w as P- « D M H a z £ M a M p» sO** P P rt- p- /*> o O M 3 O O' -a M o M a M Z a a M * D to a*. O' 1 a 1 C/l 1 1 o CO a *r| ^ O • o to D La O' La TO *• O D M La M a TO C/1 a >«/< P« M •1 1 -O 3 P* o — 'J n < O 3 P ^ La « r> <0? e p o TO D wMU M P i-i <- M M *S a 1 ^ oo 33 3 O • o P M « D P a < » a a | t— * < a . o D OO o P 3 P» a <; TO * O La • p. M P* M-» CO *. D 1 O 3 o W M W S CO P O' M • a/ ^ a O 3 CO M *• /-% ta M 1 C/l a p * 00 < o 1 ^ CO • o o P M CO O' a P- 1 • • D — P CO *• a _ ✓ LJ 00 < ; 1955 1961(1 < z 33 a z-' < 03 O X n 03 O H O O O o D a a o C o D 1-1 O O 0 3“ M •I « X3 a s: n p C XJ 0 p* 3 3- a a • a ax> a D w O D a i i D D D D * 0 M rt- a cr pa rt- C/l 1-t- 3 3* X O « H- H* o TO tn d O a a P — P O' 3 go p. D • a O v_/ o Z O tn i-l a 3 TO o <— -• TO) C3TO * . • M P- • 2 o 3* * O P- p 1 H* 0 0 1 -n 3 n D a < < a d to n 3 a 0 71 3 a cr i. * ion O' P a rt- • O O a jQ P P O 00 TO • a a O a a a l-l a a P 3 i-l a 3* > -TI •I p 00 p - — / o a • • a P* rt- p- La* • a D p- O' 1 !• »• O p D I-l 1 o O* * 1 O XI 3 O M- 2: ^ a oo a Dap p- T)ai a D 1 a | 1 29 < TO • a a XJ 3-0 0 P > p 00 M* p- a p* 00 o D ►< i a 3- D p D 1-1 ~o a a 00 La la a W a a 1 P- 3 p I-l w a -0 p p- cr -0 0 I* • rt- - 1 O' P rt-* C/l -< w 1 p -< 0 X a a ^ ca i 3 a * a J a D i • -• X > TO) 0 pa 00 P Cm 00 Id r — , 2 ^1 p a D o_ M -0 1 -0 3 . O La |o to — « < ;n u> P a P to 1 i 0 r+ • — P Q T3 l-t D p- * a a * ! 1 D a •-» v-r M D a D • w La O' P a N— ' o (A <-. . rt- D a 1 O P 2 a O O ' \ O o O c/i p- a 0 O' O a O O O a a X o a < vO a D 3 c a • 3 1-1 ZTO O O 3 • . o ^ O ►n a 3 00 a P D 3 3* TO O' a a TO a 3 . a i-l n p- D O p- CO a • i P 3“ p- 3* a W O a a o' n a -t c/i D O* p- O P P X a p D -< O c p p- a c a D a-* TOJ O TO a 3 0 ►1 r> aw. D p- O O* c m XJ a < a p- a 3 O cr z. p w p • 1 c o a c 2: 3 a p- a 0 p a o Dap i“l W POP a w C/l » p- w -< a P p- p p D p- o - 1 D . . a 3 0 0 X 3 o a rt- O O O D P O' P P- • < o a 00 a an a 3 a O 0 > C P C D a a p- i-« 3 O' P W • 3* • D D 2 . p 73 D - XI l-1 3 D a P- O a 3 a a p- O • 0 O 3* -O »— • P C, P 0 P* D OJ D 3 . a d 3 3 O W P -3 a n 3 1 X 2 a a w o p a P D POP* 3 a a 3 i-l 2 TO a rt- CO a XI 3 C P' P CO D P D P o a O MCOZO rc rt O a < < < o o o < < o o -o to ^ I M ~0 Page 72 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Back Issues of Various Journals Available For Trade Society Publications Back issues of the Bulletin of the Maryland Herpetolog ical Society, where available, may be obta i ned by wr i t i ng the Execut i ve Editor. A list of available issues will be sent upon request. Individual numbers in stock are $2.00 each. The Society al so publ ishes a Newsletter on a somewhat irregular basis. Theseare distributed to the membersh i p free of charge. Also published are Maryland Herpetofauna Leaflets and these are available at $. 05/page. Information for Authors All correspondence should be addressed to the Executive Editor. Manuscripts being sub¬ mitted for publication should be typewritten (double spaced) on good quality 8^x11 inch paper, with adequate margins. Submit original and first carbon, retaining the second carbon. Indicate where illustrations or photographs are to appear in text. Cite all literature used at end in alphabetical order by author. Major papers are those over 5 pages (double spaced, elite type) and must i ncl ude an abstract . The authors name should be centered under the title, and the address is to fol low the L i terature Cited. Minor papers are those papers with fewer than 5 pages. Author's name is to be placed at end of paper (see recent issue). For add i t iona 1 information see Style Manual for Biological Journals ( 1 964 ) , Amer i can I ns t i tute of Biological Sciences, 3900 Wi scons i n Avenue , N .W. , Washington, D.C. 20016. Price is $3.00. Reprints are available at $.025 a page and shoul d be ordered when manuscripts are submitted or when proofs are returned. Minimum order is 100 reprints. Either edited manuscr i pt or proof will be returned to author for approval or correction. The author wi 1 1 be respons i ble for al 1 corrections to proof, and must return proof preferably wi thin 7 days. The Maryland Herpetological Society Department of Herpetology Hatural History Society of Maryland 3 Inc . 2643 Horth Charles Street Baltimore 3 Maryland 21218 ISSN 0025-4231 BULLETIN OF THE ^Rarylanb f)erpetological ©ociety Department of Herpetology The Natural History Society of Maryland, Inc, 1 PHYSIOORATHIC PROVINCES OP MARYLAND] Distributional Maryland and Survey (Amphibia/Reptilia) : the District of Columbia HERBERT S, HARRIS, JR, MdHS A FOUNDER MEMBER Eastern OF THE Seaboard Herpetological League SEPTEMBER 1975 VOLUME 11, NUMBER 3 Bulletin of the Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 3 September 1975 CONTENTS Distributional survey (amphibia/rept i 1 ia) : Maryland and the . . . District of Columbia . Herbert S. Harris, Jr. 73 This issue is available at $3.00 per copy Errata - Bull. Md. Herp, Soa . 11 (3): 73-170 Page 77. line 6: (1960) should read (1970) Map 37.(16)., line 5: pipena should read pivicno 61. (14)., lines 3, 9: L. d. tcrrporali3 should read L. t. temporalis 62. (15)., line 2: L. d. tricev:ulun should read L. t. triangulum 64.(17)., line 4: (Cooper, 1970) should read (Cooper, 1969) 66.(19)., line 1: thru should read through 76.(2).: should read .... Eastern and Western Piedmont, and Blue Ridge Province via . 88.(14).: Arid (Feral) under Chrysemus (as in Map 87.(13).) Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 76-93458 The Maryland Herpetological Society, Department of Herpetology , Natural History Society of Maryland, Inc., 2643 North Charles Street, Baltimore Maryland 21216. Printed By Photographic Directory Publishers, P.O.Box 178, Randallstown , Md. 21133 BULLETIN OF THE Volume 11 Number 3 30 September 1975 The Maryland Herpetolog i ca 1 Society Department of Herpetology, Natural History Society of Maryland, Inc. Bulletin Staff Executive Editor Herbert S. Harris, Jr. Frank Groves Jerry Hardy Herb Harris, Jr. Arnold Norden Of f i cers President . David M. Hillis Vice-President . Rick Czarnowsky Secretary . Donal Boyer Treasurer . Robert Miller Steering Committee Mark Prihoda Jeff Thomas John Whi tekettl e Tom Boyer Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 76-93458 Membership Rates Active members over 1 8 . . . . $ 1 0 . 00 , under 1 8 . . . . $ 6 . 00 , subscribing members (outside a 20 mile radius of Baltimore Ci ty) . . . . $3.00, Fore i gn . . . . $4 . 00 . Meet i ngs The third Wednesday of each month, 8:15 p.m. at the Natural History Society of Maryland (except May-August, third Saturday of each month, 8:00 a.m.). The Department of Herpetology meets informally on all other Wednesday evenings at the NHSM at 8:00 p.m. Bulletin of the Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 30 September 1975 Number 3 Distributional Survey (Amphibia/Reptilia) : Maryland and the District of Columbia by Herbert S. Harris, Jr.* Historical ly, few reports have dealt with the distribution of amphib¬ ians and reptiles in the State of Mary land and the District of Columbia. Kelly, Davis and Robertson's (1936) book on the snakes of Mary land , while beautifully illustrated, contained many errors on snake distribution. McCauley's (19^5) momentous work on the rept i 1 es of Mary 1 and and the Dis¬ trict of Columbia, containing species distribution maps, set an example not excelled to date. Mansueti (19^9) produced in mimeograph form, keys to the sea turtles, and the adult frogs, toads and salamanders of this region. McCauley (19^9) using this same medium, prepared a key to the adult snakes, lizards and turtles of Maryland and the District of Columbia. Unfortunately, these mimeographed keys did not get wide circulation and are unavailable. Stine (ca. 1953) prepared a mimeographed report on the physiographic d i str i but ion of the herpetofauna of Maryland, and in I960, Cooper publ i shed the fi rst report on the combined phys iographic and county distribution of amphibians and reptiles of Maryland and the District of Col umb i a . Cooper's (i960) paper was reprinted and revised by Harris (Cooper, 1965) in November 1965. Harris ( 1 966- 1 969 ) published additions to this survey and in 1969, published a Distributional Survey of the region, pro¬ viding spot distribution maps for every amphibian and reptile. Numerous other publ i cat ions exi st , but concern only a limited region of the state, or a particular species or group of species. Many handbooks and field guides have been pub 1 i shed wh ich include Maryland, but are not 1 imi ted to the state. Maryland, i ncl ud i ng the D i st r i ct of Col umb i a , is bounded on the north by Pennsylvania, on the east by Delaware and the Atlantic Ocean, on the south by the Potomac River (West Virginia, Virginia) and on the west by West Virginia. From sea level (Atlantic Ocean) the topography rises to 3,3^0 feet (Backbone Mountain). The total area of the state is 12,327 square miles, of which 2,386 square miles are water. * Curator, Department of Herpetology , Natural History Soci ety of Mary 1 and Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 73 Volume 11 Number 3 September 1975 The state is divided into three major physiographic provinces with eight recognizable divisions (Figure 1): APPALACHIAN PROVINCE 1 . A1 leghany Plateau 2. Val ley and Ridge 3 . Great Val ley 4. Blue Ridge PIEDMONT PROVINCE 3. Western Division 6. Eastern Division COASTAL PLAIN PROVINCE 7. Western Shore 8. Eastern Shore The Fall Line (Figure 1 ), wh i ch separates the Coasta 1 Plain from the Pied¬ mont, is an important limiting factor in local distribution. Likewise, many of the other physiographic boundaries of the eight divisions produce potential distributional barriers to amphibians and reptiles. On some of the di stribut ion maps , expected ranges wi 1 1 be represented by shaded areas. The use of physiographic boundaries as distributional barriers and as boundaries to separate subspecies is conditional. Where the distributions of di fferent subspecies contact , the zone of intergrada¬ tion is usual ly broad and a single boundary line cannot be accurately used to show the area of intergradation. They are used here for convenience, and al though not ent i rely accurate, wi 1 1 suff i ce to i 1 1 ust rate the general trend in di st ri but ion until a comprehensive study of each subspecies can be made. Maryland can also be divided into Life Zones (Cope, 1873; Merriam, 1898) which have been used to expl a i n amphibian and reptile distribution in the state (Cope, 1875, 1 896 , 1 900 ) . The Life Zones or "faunal areas" generally recogn i zed cons i s t of the Canad i an Zone, The Alleghanian Fauna, and the Carolinian Fauna (Figure 2). The Canadian element is restricted to the higher elevat i ons i n Garrett County , and compr i ses 1 i tt 1 e ter r i tory . The Al leghan ian Fauna, occupies al 1 of Maryland west of the Fal 1 Line, and the Carolinian Fauna, all of the state east of the Fall Line. The Life Zones although useful , are not as i nd i cat i ve of amph i b ian and reptile dis¬ tributions i n Maryl and , as are the Physiographic Provinces and hence, are not used here. River valleys can affect di stribut ions of animals by acting both as dispersal routes and as barriers. In a number of Coastal Plain species, isolated records exist in the Piedmont Province or Appalachian Province along the Potomac River. Lowland river valleys are "extensions" of the Coastal Plain as far as di stributional expans ion i s concerned and have been and are being colonized by some species. The Potomac River and in modern times the C & 0 Canal both probably have acted as dispersal routes for distributional expansion. Likewise, many other rivers crossing physio- Page 74 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 3 September 1975 graphic boundaries act as dispersal routes (See figure 3 for Drainage Bas ins). Certain species considered P i edmont i n d i str i but i on , somet imes occur as relict populations in the Coastal Plain Province. Again, rivers are usually the dispersal routes, either through normal animal migration or by i nd i v i dua Is being "washed" downstream during severe storms . When species unwi 1 1 ingly enter "new" hab i tat the species may live out their life spans, die prematurel y , or i n some i nstances , adapt and col on i ze the new area and thus "expand" the species range. Rivers and river val leys also act as barriers to amphibi an and reptile dispersal. The salamanders Euryeea l. guttolineata and Desmognathus m. j effersoni , both, have been dilgently searched for in Maryland, but the Potomac River is probably a barrier to these subspecies. The Potomac River is also a probable barrier to the lizard Eumeces inexpectatus . Zoogeography is not stable. Animal distributions are changing due to fluxuations in climate and urbanization. Many of the localities in¬ dicated on the maps no longer support the listed species. Urbanization has v i r i tuel y destroyed many hab i tats and thus a 1 tered animal distribution. Exampl es of these include the timber rattlesnake in Bal timore County, the narrow-mouthed toad at Cove Point, and the tiger salamander at LaPlata. Man's ever increasing need for land will cont i nue to a 1 ter animal distri¬ butions worldwide. This in combination with the overcollecting of some species has recently brought about legislation to protect rare and en¬ dangered species. Cl imatic changes come s lowly and are not as obvious as changes caused by man. Climatic changes can best be explained by looking at past dis¬ tributions of plant and animal communities. This must be done based on fossil ev i dence , and a knowl edge of the pa 1 eogeography of the region under consideration. Even s i nee the M iocene, North Amer i ca has exper i enced many climatic and topographic changes. In order to explain current distribu¬ tions , we need look on 1 y at the events that occurred dur i ng the 1 as t epoch, the Pleistocene. Not only are current distributions expl ai ned by PI ei stocene events, but sometimes relationships of related species can be more fully under¬ stood. Pseudaoris triseriata kalmi of the Delmarva Peninsula is a dis¬ tinct i ve an ima 1 and very d i fferent from P. t. feriarum. 1 1 appea rs closer related taxonom i ca 1 1 y to P. t. triseriata which today is found to the west of the range of P. t. feriarum. The pa 1 eogeography of this region, ac¬ cord i ng to Smi th (1957), i nd i cates that a Pra i r i e Pen i nsul a dur i ng the Post- Wisconsin Glacial period reached the Atlantic Coast and that the entire Delmarva Peninsula cons i sted of pra i r ie habitat. During this time, P. t. triseriata probably moved wi th the advanci ng prairies bisecting the dis¬ tribution of P. t. feriarum and occupied the Delmarva Peninsula. With the retreat of the prairies, relict populations of P. t. triseriata re¬ mained with relict prairie hab i tat and d i fferent iated i nto the subspecies P. t. kalmi. The bisected range of the subspecies P. t. feriarum re¬ joined wi th the retreat of the Prairie Pen i nsul a and re-occupied the ter¬ ritory between the existing distributions of P. t. triseriata and P. t. kalmi. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 75 Volume 11 Number 3 September 1975 In this vain, when additional specimens of Lampropeltis triangulum from the lower Delmarva become available they should be examined to de¬ termine if their affinity is with L. t. syspilla or L. t. temporalis . Many d i stri but ions of Mary 1 and amph i bi ans and rept i 1 es are unexpl a i n- ed, such as Pseudotriton ruber ruber and Amby stoma maculatum. Why do these species apparently not inhabit the Coastal Plain Province of the lower Delmarva Peninsula? The Susquehana River at one time during the PI ei stocene apparent 1 y b i sec ted the lower Delmarva Pen insula (Burns, 1973). Could this have happened prior to their distributional expans i on and pos¬ sibly explain the current zoogeography of these species? Several species apparent ly do not inhabit the central section of the Delmarva Peninsula. Coul d the Plei stocene route of the Susquehana River also possibly explain this hiatus in distribution? These and many other questions (Harris, et. al., 1967) are still to be answered, and when explanations are available will enable us to better understand current distributional patterns. On the annotations accompany i ng the di stri but ion maps, the breeding season (amphibians) andabrief habitat description (if restrictive) may be given. These data wi 1 1 enabl e the researcher to learn “when" and "where" to look for additional localities or range extensions. It is easier to examine ponds and streams for eggs or larvae of some species of amphibians than it is to collect adult specimens. If the habitat is restrictive such as with Aneides (Pottsville Sandstone outcroppings) and Pseudotriton m. montanus (Spring seepage areas) the "where" to look is also much reduced. County records unsubstantiated by specimens in a recognized col lection and doubtful literature records have not been included in the tables of county and physiographic distribution (tables 1-4). These records are i nd i cated wi th ci rcl es (0) on the distribution maps. Specimens examined, and unquestionable literature records are represented on these maps by solid circles (•) (figure 4). For the purpose of this report, Baltimore City is considered to be part of Baltimore County. A survey of this magnitude cannot be accompl i shed wi thout the wi 1 1 i ng help of many people. I am extremely grateful and i ndebted to the following persons who have contributed data contained herein: Don Boyer, Tom Boyer, Glenn Burns, Howard W„ Campbell, Daniel Carver , Joseph Col 1 i ns , Roger Conant , John E . Cooper , John Cren¬ shaw, Rick Czarnowsky, James A. Fowler , L. Richard Franz, John Funk, William Grogan, Frank Groves, John Groves, Richard Hahn, Jerry D. Hardy, Richard Highton, David Hi 11 is, George Jacobs, Jeremy Jacobs, David S. Lee, Brian Leverton, Daniel J. Lyons, William Marvel , Robert W. Mi 1 ler , III, Kenneth T. Nemuras , Arnold Norden, Jack Norman, James A. Peters, Mark Prihoda, Clyde E. Prince, John A. Rahnis, Neil D. Richmond, Louis Rigley, Jack Ruppert, David Saul, Joseph Schuch, Frank J . Schwartz , William Shirey, Robert S. Simmons, George Stewart, Charles J. Stine, Jeff Thomas, Robert G. Tuck, Jr., Prescott Ward, Peter Wemple, Richard D. Worthington, Bill Zovickian. Page 76 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 3 September 1975 A special note of thanks must also go to the following people who each have helped with the preparat ion of th i s manuscript. Geneva Ambrose has added the many addi t ions to the bibl iography as we 1 1 as he 1 ped in the preparat ion of the tab 1 es and maps . Roger Conant reviewed the 1969 survey and forwarded many helpful suggest ions and cri ticisms page by page. John E. Cooper's favorable review (i960) contained a few criticisms without meri t , but on a whole was very helpful. Rick Czarnowsky prepared the tab le out 1 i nes and pi otted some of the dots. My thanks also go to Robert Miller for the painstaking job of locating some of the new locality records on road maps for final plotting in the survey. Thanks are also due to Jerry D. Hardy, Jr. who read the final manuscript and made invaluable comments. The Amphibians and Reptiles of Maryland and the District of Columbia Caudata 1.(1). 2.(2). 3. (3). 4. (A). 5. (5). 6. (6). 7. (7). 8. (8). 9. (9). 10. (10) . 11.(11). 12. (12). 13. (13). 14. (14). 15. (15). 16. (16). 17. (17). 18. (18). 19. (19). 20. (20). 21. (21). Cryptobranchus alleganiensis alleganiensis . Hellbender. Necturus maoulosus maoulosus . Mudpuppy . Notophthalmus viridesoens viridesoens . Red -spot ted newt. Amby stoma jeffersonianum. Jefferson salamander. Amby stoma maoulatum, Spotted salamander. Amby stoma opaoum . Marbled salamander. Amby stoma tigrinum tigrinum, Eastern tiger salamander. Aneides aeneus . Green salamander. Euryoea bislineata bislineata, Northern two-1 i ned salamander. Euryoea longioauda longioauda, Long-tailed salamander. Eemidactylium soutatum, Four- toed salamander. Plethodon oinereus oinereus, Red-backed salamander. Plethodon hoffmani ., Valley and ridge salamander. Plethodon glutinosus glutinosus . Slimy salamander. Gyrinophilus porphyritious porphyritious , Northern spring sal¬ amander. Pseudotriton montanus montanus. Eastern mud salamander. Pseudotriton ruber ruber . Northern red salamander. Desmognathus fusous fusous, Northern dusky salamander. Desmognathus oohrophaeus. Mountain dusky salamander. Desmognathus montioolamontioola, Appalachian seal salamander. Siren laeertina . Greater siren. Salientia 22. (1). Soaphiopus holbrooki holbrooki. Eastern spadefoot. 23. (2). Bufo americanus americanus . American toad. 24. (3). Bufo woodhousei fowleri. Fowler's toad. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 77 September 1975 Volume 11 Number 3 25. (4). 26. (5). 27. (6). 28. (7). 29. (8). 30. (9). 31. (10). 32.(11). 33. (12). 34. (13). 35. (14). 36. (15). 37. (16). 38. (17). 39. (18). 40. (19). Acris crepitans crepitans . Northern cricket frog. Eyla cinerea. Green treefrog. Upper Ti dewater Potomac River pop¬ ulations, previously recognized as Hyla cinerea evittata. Eyla crucifer crucifer . Northern spring peeper. Eyla versicolor . Eastern gray treefrog. Eyla chrysoscelis. Southern gray treefrog. Pseudacris triseriata feriarum. Upland chorus frog. Pseudacris triseriata kalmi. New Jersey chorus frog. Pseudacris brachyphona. Mountain chorus frog. Gastrophryne carolinensis . Eastern narrow-mouthed toad. Rana catesbeiana. Bullfrog. Rana virgatipes . Carpenter frog. Rana clamitans melanota. Green frog. Rana pipiens . Northern leopard frog. Rana utricularia utricularia . Southern leopard frog. Rana palustris . pickerel frog. Rana sylvatica sylvatica. Wood frog. Squamata (Sauria) 41. (1). 42. (2) . 43. (3). 44. (4). 45. (5). 46. (6). 47. (7). Sceloporus undulatus hyacinthinus . Northern fence lizard. Cnemidophorus sexlineatus sexlineatus. Six-lined racerunner. Leiolopisma laterale. Ground skink. Eumeces anthr acinus anthr acinus . Northern coal skink. Eumeces fasciatus. Five-lined skink. Eumeces inexpectatus . Southeastern five - lined skink (Tena- tive listing) Eumeces laticeps . Broad-headed skink. Squamata (Serpentes) 48. (1). 49. (2). 50. (3). 51. (4). 52. (5). 53. (6). 54. (7). 55. (8). 56. (9). 57. (10). 58. (11). 59. (12). 60. (13). Carphophis amoenus amoenus . Eastern worm snake. Farancia erytrogramma erytrogramma . Rainbow snake. Diadophis punctatus punctatus / edwardsi . Intergrade popula¬ tion between southern and northern ringneck snakes on the Delmarva Coastal Plain. Diadophis punctatus edwardsi . Northern ringneck snake. Eeterodon platyrhinos . Eastern hog nose snake. Opheodrys aestivus. Rough green snake.. Opheodrys vemalis vemalis . Eastern smooth green snake. Coluber constrictor constrictor. Northern black racer. Elaphe obsoleta obsoleta. Black rat snake. Elaphe guttata guttata. Corn snake. Pituophis melanoleucus melanoleucus . Northern Pine snake. (Tenat i ve 1 i st i ng) Lampropeltis getulus getulus. Eastern kingsnake. Lampropeltis calligaster rhombomaculata. Mole snake. Page 78 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 3 September 1975 61. (14). 62. (15). 63. (16). 64. (17). 65. (18). 66. (19). 67. (20). 68. (21). 69. (22). 70. (23). 71. (24). 72. (25). 73. (26). 74. (27). Lamp rope Itis triangulim triangulwn. Eastern milk snake. Lampropeltis triangulum temporalis . Coastal plain mi lk snake. Cemophora ooocinea oopei . Northern scarlet snake. matrix erythrogaster erythrogaster. Red-bellied water snake. Natrix sipedon sipedon. Northern water snake. matrix septemvittata . Queen snake. Storeria dekayi dekayi . Northern brown snake. Storeria occipitomaculata occipitomaculata. Northern red- bellied snake. Virginia valeriae valeriae. Eastern earth snake. Virginia valeriae pulohra . Mountain earth snake. Thamnophis sauritus sauritus . Eastern ribbon snake. Thamnophis sirtalis sirtalis. Eastern garter snake. Agkistrodon contortrix mokasen . Northern copperhead. Southern Eastern Shore populations exhibit A, c. contortrix in¬ fluences. Specimens from southern St. Mary's County also show some A. c. contortrix tendencies. Crotalus horridus horridus . Timber rattlesnake. Chelonia 75. (1). 76. (2). 77. (3). 78. (4). 79. (5). 80. (6). 81. (7). 82. (8). 83. (9). 84. (10) . 85. (11). 86. (12). 87. (13). 88. (14). 89. (15). 90. (16). 91. (17). 92. (18). 93. (19). 94. (20) . Stemotherus odoratus . Stinkpot. Kinostemon subrubrvm subrubrvm. Eastern mud turtle. Chelydra serpentina serpentina. Common snapping turtle. Clemmys guttata . Spotted turtle. Clemmys insculpta. Wood turtle. Clemmys muhlenbergi. Bog turtle. Terrapene Carolina Carolina. Eastern box turtle. Malaclemys terrapin terrapin. Northern diamondback terrapin. Graptemys geographica. Map turtle. Chrysemys picta picta. Eastern painted turtle. Chrysemys picta marginata. Midland painted turtle. Chrysemys rubriventris. Red-bellied turtle. Chrysemys scripta elegans. Red-eared turtle. Feral. Chrysemys scripta troosti. Cumberland turtle. Feral. Chelonia my das mydas. Atlantic green turtle. Eretmochelys imbricata imbricata. Atlantic hawksbill. Caretta caretta caretta. Atlantic loggerhead. Lepidochelys kempi. Atlantic rid ley. Dermochelys coriacea coriacea. Atlantic leatherback. Trionyx spiniferus spiniferus. Eastern spiny softshell. Doubtful or Erroneous Records and Possible Additions with a Comment on Siren lacertina and Pituophis melanoleucus melanolecus I. i n the pas t , the fol lowi ng species have appeared on checkl i sts of Mary¬ land herpetofauna . Some of these records are due to old and unsub- Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 79 Volume 11 Number 3 September 1975 stantiated accounts and misidentif ication; other occurrences are presently doubtful. I am, at this time, removing them until they can be proved part of the Maryland fauna: Eyla femoralis - Reported from Calvert County, Maryland, by Fowler and Orton (1947) on the basis of four specimens collected at Battle Creek cypress swamp. Much doubt does exist (Fowler, 1969) as to whether or not th i s record is valid. Diligent searching has failed to produce additional specimens. Until the existence of H. fem¬ oralis in Maryland can be verified, it cannot be included in the state list. The nearest known locality is near Lanexa, New Kent County, Virginia. Chrysemys floridana floridccna - Upon examination, all available Mary¬ land mater i al previous ly ass igned to th i s species has been re-iden¬ tified as C, rubriventris . A specimen of C, f . floridana collected "20 mi les f rom Bal t imore" i s cons idered a release. Nearest reliable records apparent ly are from North Carolina. All Virginia records, except for an "established" colony at Richmond are questionable (Tobey, 1975). Chrysemys concinna eoneinna ~ Originally placed on the state list by Harris (Cooper, 1965) on the basis of two hatchlings collected in the Patapsco River at its intersection wi th the Bal t imore-Washi ng- ton Parkway. Since numerous attempts to locate addi tional specimens have been fru i t less , i t woul d be best to remove C. c. concinna until it can be proven to be native or established in Maryland. Nearest reliable records are from the James River, near Wingina, Va. and from the head of Washington D i tch , of f Lake Drummond, Va. (Tobey, 1975). II. Possible Additions Plethodon wehrlei - Re 1 i able records in Pennsylvania and West Vi rg ini a indicate that this salamander possibly exists in extreme western Garrett County. It should be searched for in talus slopes in the northwestern sector of Garrett County. Eurycea longicauda guttolineata - Poss ibly occuri ng from the District of Columbia south into Prince George's County and into southern Maryl and on the Western Shore, a 1 though the Potomac River is prob¬ ably a barrier to this salamander. E. I, guttolineata has been collected within 500 feet of the Potomac River in a tributary of Difficult Creek, Virginia. E. I . longicauda has been collected within feet of the Potomac River at Great Falls, Maryland. Desmognathus monticola jeffersoni - This salamander occurs in the Blue Ridge of Vi rginia, but the Potomac Ri ver (Harper ' s Ferry) pro¬ duces a probable barrier to the northeast extension of its range into Maryland. Page 80 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 3 September 1975 III. Comments Siven laoevtina - An old record for the Potomac Flats (Hay, 1902) is apparently valid. Recently, a specimen was found in a jar of pre¬ served fishes, labeled "Battle Creek Cypress Swamp, Calvert Co¬ unty, Maryland" (Towson State Collection). A diligent search of this area has failed to produce an additional specimen. At this time it is uncertai n that th i s salamander still exi sts i n Mary 1 and . S. lacertina has been observed and collected at Camp A. P. Hill, Caroline County, Virginia. Pituophis melanoleuous melanoleuous - In the 1969 Survey, I said "The existing state records are doubtful and no spec imens are ava i 1 ab 1 e. The sporadic range of this snake apparently does not i ncl ude Mary- 1 and." MaCauley (19^5) summarized the knowledge known at that time and 1 isted the pine snake as possibly occurring in Maryland. Al¬ though no specimens were avai lable, he accepted Dr. Truitt's record and also presented a verbal account given to him by the superin¬ tendent and personnel at a Civilian Conservation Corps Camp near Ocean City. The other records cited by MaCauley (19^5) are open to question for many reasons and were unacceptable to him. There is no reason to doubt Dr. Truitt's record, except that the speci¬ men i s not avai lable. Grogan (1973) reported a specimen from Ft . Meade , Anne Arundel County, Maryland which is preserved in the USNM collection. How¬ ever, this record can not be accepted as legimate as stated in the account on P. m, melanoleuous prepared by the Committee on Rare and Endangered Amphibians and Reptiles of Maryland (1973). Lee (1 972) ment ions a specimen of Pituophis observed by I. Hampe, swim- i ng in Sinepuxent Bay. Grogan (1973) and Lee (1972) also mention "Bull Snakes" observed by Park Rangers in this area. I have had two contacts with people, in which, I was asked to identify the snake they described. In both cases, they described a large white snake with black blotches, and the s i gh t i ngs were in Wicomico and Worcester Counties respectfully. It is hard to understand that such a large and distinctive snake such as Pituophis , if it is indeed a legimate member of the Maryland herpetofauna , could have eluded herpetologists so long. I would 1 ike to see a legimate Maryland specimen of P. m, mel- ccnoleuous before add i ng th i s spec i es to the official list of Mary¬ land herpetofauna, but have tenatively listed it on the basis of Dr. Truitt's record and the recent sightings. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 81 Volume 11 Number 3 September 1975 AMPHIBIA [Allegany [Anne Arundel [Baltimore [Caroline o Vh 3-. n3 U [Calvert U o X) 03 E- [Washington [Wicomico [Worcester j C. a. atleganiensis © • • N. m. maculosus • N. v. viridescens 0 0 0 A. j effersonianum • • 0 A. maculatum A. opacum A. t. tigrinum • • • • • 0 0 0 A. aeneus • E. b. bislineata E. 1. longicauda • • • • • • • • • 0 E. scutatum P. c. cinereus P. hoffmani • • 0 P. g. glutinosus • • • • • • • • • 0 G. p. porphyriticus • • • 0 P. m. montanus • • • • • 0 0 0 0 0 0 P. r. ruber D. f. fuscus D. oahrophaeus • • D. m. montiaola • • S. lacertina 1 • S. h. holbrooki • • 0 • • • • • 0 0 0 0 0 0 B. a. americanus B. w. fowleri A. c. crepitans H. cinerea • • • • • • • • • 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 E. c. crucifer E. versicolor • • • • • • • • • • • 0 0 ? 0 E. chrusoscelis • • • • • ? 0 0 0 0 0 0 P. t. feriarum P. t. kalmi • • • • 0 0 0 0 0 P. brachyphona • • G. carolinensis • • 0 0 0 R. catesbeiana R. virgatipes • 0 0 R. c. metanota R. pipiens • • • • • ? 0 R. u. ultricularia R. palustris R. 8. sylvatica Table 1. County Distribution of Maryland Amphibians Page 82 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 3 September 1975 APPALACHIAN PROVINCE PIEDMONT PROVINCE COASTAL PLAIN PROVINCE AMPHIBIA Alleghany Plateau Valley and Ridge Great Valley Blue Ridge Western Division Eastern Division Western Shore (Inner Division) Eastern Shore (Outer Division) C. a. alleganiensis © [ N. m. maculosus © N. v. viridescens © © © 0 © © © A. o effersonianum © © 9 0 © A. maculatum © ® 9 ® © © © A. opaaian 9 0 0 0 © © 9 A. t. tigrinum 0 9 A. aeneus • E. b. bislineata • • 0 9 9 9 0 9 E. 1. longicauda • • 0 9 0 0 H. scutatum • • 0 0 0 0 9 P. c. cinereus • • 0 9 9 9 0 0 P. hoffmani • • P. g. glutinosus • • 0 9 0 9 G. p. porphyriticus 0 • 9 0 9 P. m. montanus 9 ® 0 P. r. ruber © • © 9 0 © 0 9 D. f. fusaus © 0 © ® 0 0 9 9 D. oahrophaeus 9 9 D. m. montiaola © e S. laoertina 0 S. In. holbrooki 0 © ® B. a. americanus 0 0 0 9 0 9 0 B. w. fowleri 9 © @ 0 9 © © A. a. crepitans © © 0 9 e 0 0 H. cinerea © ® ® H. c. crucifer ® © © © 0 © 0 0 H. versicolor © © 0 9 0 © © H. chrysoscelis 0 © P. t. feriarum 0 © 0 © @ © P. t. kalmi 9 P. brachyphona © © G. carolinensis j @ ® R. catesbeiana © 0 © | © ® ® 9 R. virgatipes j 9 R. c. melanota © © © jj « © 9 © R. pipiens I * © <§ © | © 0 i . R. u. ultricularia j ® 0 © R. palustris | ® 9 © § 0 © © ® R. s. sylvatica | © 0 © 9 i ® © 9 © Table 2. D i s tr i but i on of Ma ry 1 and Amphibians by Physiographic Provinces Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 83 Volume 11 Number 3 September 1975 REPTILIA Allegany Anne Arundel |Baltimore [Caroline |Carroll |Calvert u Nat. Hist. Soo. Md. 3(b): 64. Pace, Ann E. 197^. Systematic and biological studies of the leopard frogs (Rana pipiens complex) of the United States. Miso. Publ. 3 Mus. Zool. j Univ. Mioh. (I48):1-l40. Posey, Calvert R. 1973. An observation on the feed i ng hab i ts of the eastern ki ng snake. Bull. Md. Herp. Soo. 9(b): 105. Pough, F. Harvey and Margaret B. Pough. 1968. The systematic status of painted turtles (Chrysemys) in the northeastern United States. Copeia 1968 : 61 2—6 1 8. Prince, Clyde E. 1957. A typical Maryland hab i tat for the s 1 imy sa 1 amander . Md. Nat. XXVIl(l-b) : 5 . Prince, C. E., and Robert Duppstadt and Daniel J. Lyons. 1955. An annotated list of amphibians and reptiles from the Broad Creek-Deep Run area, Harford County, Maryland. Md. Nat. XXV (1 ~b) : 9“ 1 2. Putens , Lou i s A. 1936. Two ear ly spring frogs. Bull. Nat. Hist. Soo. Md. 6( 12) : 72-74 . 1936 . The green tree frog (Hyla oinerea) . Bull. Nat. Hist. Soo. Md. 6 (9) : 57 . Quinn, Robert. 1972. Maryland Herpetology: American toad. Bull. Md. Herp. Soo. fl(3):8l. Bulletin Maryland Hereptological Society Page 157 Volume 11 Number 3 September 1975 Rae, Scott. 1973. Maryland Herpetology: Red rat snake. Bull . Md. Herp. Soo. 9( l):15o Ra 1 i n , Denn is B . 1968. Ecological and reproductive differentiation in the cryptic species of the Hula versicolor complex {Hylidae) . South¬ western Nat. 13(3):283-30G. Reed, Clyde F. 1937. The copperhead snake. The Elkridge Advocate 3 pp. 19“20, 22. 1938. Maryland nature log. Cross Country Boulevard , Bal t imore, Md. Bull. Nat. Hist. Soc. Md. 9(k): 34-35. 1 956. Contributions to the herpetology of Maryland and Delmarva, 1. Distribution of the wood turtle, Clemmys insculpta in Mary¬ land. Herpetologica 12 { l):80. 1956. Contributions to the herpetology of Maryland and Delmarva, 2. The herpetofauna of Harford County, Maryland. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 46( 2):58“60. 1 956. Contributions to the herpetology of Maryland and Delmarva, 5. Bibl iography to the herpetology of Maryland, Delmarva and the District of Columbia: 1-9. Reed Herpetorium. 1956. Contributions to the herpetology of Maryland and Delmarva, 6. An annotated check list of the lizards of Maryland and Delmarva. Published by the author. T§56. Contributions to the herpetology of Maryland and Delmarva, 7. An annotated check list of the turtles of Maryland and Delmarva. 1-11. Reed Herpetorium. T95^T™Tontri but ions to the herpetology of Maryland and Delmarva, 8. An annotated check list of the snakes of Mary 1 and and Del¬ marva. Published by the author. ”l 956 Contributions to the herpetology of Maryland and Delmarva, 9> An annotated check list of the frogs and toads of Mary land and Delmarva. Published by the author. 1950c Contributions to the herDetology of Maryland and Delmarva, 10. An annotated check list of the salamanders of Maryland and Delmarva. Published by the author. Page 158 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 3 September 1975 1 956. Contributions to the herpetology of Maryland and Delmarva, 11. An annotated herpetofauna of the Del-Mar-Va Peninsula, i ncl ud i ng many new or add i t ional local i t ies . Reed Herpetorium. 1 356 • Hyla cinerea in Maryland, Del aware , and V i rg i n ia , with notes on the taxonomic status of Hyla oinerea evittata . J. Wash . Acad. Soi. 46 ( 10) :328~332. Y956. Northern extension of known range of the Florida five-lined skink in Virginia. Herpetologica 12: 136. 1 956 . The spadefoot toad in Maryland. Herpetologica 12: 29^-295. 1957. Contributions to the herpetology of Maryland and Delmarva, 12. The herpetofauna of Anne Arundel County, Maryland. J. Wash . Acad. Soi . 47: (3) : 89~91 . 1957. Contributions to the herpetology of Maryland and Delmarva, 13. The peidmont herpetofauna on coastal Delmarva. 1957. Contributions to the herpetology of Maryland and Delmarva, 1A. The herpetofauna of the Big Gunpowder Falls and the Gun¬ powder River, Baltimore County, Maryland. Published by the author . 1957. Contributions to the herpetology of Maryland and Delmarva, 15. The herpetofauna of Somerset County, Md. (communicated by Doris M. Cochran). J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 47 (A) : 1 27“ 1 28. 1957. Contributions to the herpetology of Maryland and Delmarva, 16. Rana virgatipes in Southern Mary land , wi th notes upon its range from New Jersey to Georg i a . Herpetologica 13 { 2) : 1 37“ 1 38. 1957. Contributions to the herpetofauna of V i rg i n i a , 2 . The reptiles and amphibians of Northern Neck. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 47 { 1): 21-23. 1 957 . Contribut ions to the herpetology of Vi rginia, 3* The herpeto¬ fauna of Accomac and Northampton Counties, Virginia. J. Wash . Acad. Sci. 47(3):89“91. 1958. The carpenter frog in Worcester Co., Maryland. Herpetologica 13 ( ) :276. I960. New records for Hyla cinerea in Maryland, Delaware, Virginia and North Carolina. Herpetologica 16: 11 9" 120. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 159 Volume 11 Number 3 September 1975 i960. Plethodon erythronotus (Raf.), the red - backed salamander. Herpetologioa 16 (3) : 207“ 1 3 . Reid, Mike and Ash Nichols. 1970. Predation by repti les on the periodic cicada. Bull. Md. Herp. Soo. f?(3):57- Rig ley, Louis. 197A. Agonistic behavior of the eastern mud turtle, Kinostemon subrubrum subrubrum. Bull. Md. Herp. Soo. 10( 1 ) :22— 23 . Robertson , H. C. 1933. Fangs of Maryland pit-vipers. Bull. Nat. Hist, Soo. Md. 4 (2):7-9, 3 figs. 1933. The queen snake, Natrix leberis (Cope). Bull. Nat. Hist. Soo. Md. 3(9): 33-34. 1934. The common swi ft . Bull. Nat . Hist . Soo. Md. 4 (12) : 72—7 3 , 1 1 1 us . 1935. Collecting the copperhead. Bull. Nat. Hist. Soo. Md. 5(5): 2A-30, 5 figs. T936. Some snake myths . Bull . Nat. Hist . Soc. Mi. 5(11 ):65, 67-68. 1936. The 1 i f e h i story of the king snake (Lampropeltis getulus get- ulus), Bull, Nat . Hist. Soo . Md. 5(6): 32-37, ill us. 1939. A preliminary report on the reptiles and amphibians of Ca- tocin National Park, Maryland. Bull. Nat. Hist. Soo. Md. 9 (10): 88-93 . 1 9A7. Notes on the green turtle in marine waters of Maryland. Md. J. Nat. Hist. 17(2): 29-32. Roddy, H. J. 1928. Reptiles of Lancaster County and the state of Pennsylvania. Pub. Dept. Nat. Hist.3 Franklin & Marshall College 53 pp.» figs. Sayler, Anne. 19660 Reproductive ecology of the red-backed salamander, Plethodon oinereus , in Maryland. Copeia 1966{2) : 1 83" 1 93 . Schmidt, Karl P. 1953. A check list of North American amphibians and reptiles. 6th edition. 280 pp. Schreiger, J . F. , Jr . 1952. Ecology of a Bare Hills cave. Maryland Naturalist 22(1-2): 9-18. Page 160 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 3 September 1975 Schwartz, Frank J. I960. The barnacl e , Platylepas hexastylor, encrusti ng a green turtle, Chelonia mydas mydas , from Chi ncoteague Bay, Maryland. Ches¬ apeake Sei . 7(2) : 116-1 17. 1 1961 . Mary land turtles. Md. Dept . Research & Educ. , Edue, Ser. (50): 1-44, ill. 1 9&7* Mary land turtles. Univ. Md. Nat. Resources Inst. Educ. Ser. (79) : 1-38. and B. L. Dutcher. ’ "196I . A record of the Mississippi map turtle, Graptemys kohni , in Maryland . Ches. Sci. 2(2) : 100-101 . Semmes, Raphael. 1937. Captians and mariners of early Maryland. The John Hopkins Press , Baltimore, Md. pp. 8-9. Si 1 ver , James. 1928. Pilot blacksnake feeding on the brown bat. J. Mammal. 5:149. Simmons, Robert S. and Charles J. Stine. 1981. Ankylosis and xanthism in the eastern wormsnake. Herpeto- logica 17 ( 3): 206-208. _ _ and J. B. Hanzely, S.J. 1952. New county records for the wood turtle ( Clemmys insculpta) in Maryland. Maryland Naturalist 22 (1 -2) : 22-23 . Slack, Roy S., James E. Roelle, F. Prescott Ward, Carlos F.A.Pinkham. 1972. Reptiles and amphibians on Edgewood Arsenal's chemical agent test area. Edgewood Arsenal Tech. Rep. EATR 4593, 23 pp. Smith, Hobart M. 1946. Handbood of lizards. Comstock Publ. Co., Ithaca, N.Y., 557 pp . , i 1 1 us . Smith, Hugh M. 1904. Notes on the breeding habits of the yellow-bellied terrapin. Smithson. Misc. Coll. 45: 252-253* Smith, Philip W. 1957. An analysis of post-Wisconsin biogeography of the prairie peninsula region based on d i stri but ional phenomena among ter¬ restrial vertebrate populations. Ecology 38 (2) : 205” 2 1 8. and D. M. Smith. 1952. The relationships of the chorus frogs, Pseudacris nigrita feriarum and Pseudacris n. triseriata. Amer. Midi. Nat. 48: 165-180. Stejneger, Leonhard. 1905. A snake new to the District of Columbia. Proc. Biol . Soc . Nash. XVIII : 73_78 . Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 161 Volume 11 Number 3 September 1975 Stine, Charles J. ca.1950. List of the amphibians and reptiles of Maryland. Off-set, 1 p . , 8 1 taxa. Publ . by the author . 1953. Maryland sal amanders of the genus Ambystoma . Md. Nat. XXIII (1-2):75-78. ca. 1953. Physiographic distribution of the herpetofauna of Maryland. Mimeographed Nat. Hist. Soo. Md. , 6 pp. 1953. Snapping turtle. Maryland Naturalist 23(3“A): cover photo. 1953. Tadpole of green frog, Rana olamitans. Maryland Naturalist 23(1-2): cover photo. and J. A. Fowler. 1956/ The rav i ne sa 1 amander i n Mary land . Md. Nat. XXVl( 1 -A) : 1 0-1 2 . and R. S. Simmons. 195**. Occurrence of the eastern t i ger sa 1 amander , Ambystoma tigrinum tigrinum (Green) in Maryland, with notes on its life history. Annals Carnegie Mus. 33:lA5~lA8 + 12 fig. and Robert S. Simmons. 1952. A new county record for Jefferson's salamander in Maryland. Md e Nat. ffll(3-A) : A5-A7. and J. A. Fowler. ' 1956. New records for the eastern spadefoot toad in Maryland. Her - petologioa 12: 29 5“ 296. Stout, Dave. 1972. Maryland Herpetology: Spotted salamander. Bull. Md. Herp. Soo. 8(h): 99. Stul 1 , Olive G . 19A0. Variations and relationships in the snakes of the genus Pit- uophis. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. ( 175): 225 pp. , 8A figs. Surface, H, 1908. . A. First report on the economic features of turtles of Pennsyl¬ vania. Zool. Bull. s Div. Zools Penn. State Dept. Agr. 6(h2S): 107-195, 16 figs., pi. A-12. Taylor, Edward H. 1935. A taxonomic study of the cosmopolitan scincoid lizards of the genus Eumeces with an account of the distribution and rela¬ tionships of its species. Kansas JJniv. Soi. Bull. 23:'\-6h3 , A3 pi . , maps . Truitt, R. 1927. V. Notes on the matings of snakes. Copeia 1 927(1 62) :21-2A. 1939- Our water resources and thei r conservation. Maryland Conser¬ vation Department Chesapeake Biol. Lab. Contri. (27) :1— 103- Bulletin Maryland Herpeto logical Society Page 162 Volume 11 Number 3 September 1975 Tuck, Robert G. , Jr. 1969. Personal communication. 1973* A cran iod i chotomous queen snake, Regina septemvittata (Say) (Serpentes: Natricidae), from Frederick County, Maryland. Bull. Md. Herp. Soe. 9{ 2) : 22-23 - _____________ and Jerry D. Hardy, Jr. 1970. An amph id i chotomous northern black racer, Coluber c . eons - victory from Maryland and a resume of recent records of axial bifurcation in snakes. Bull. Md. Herp. Soc. 5(3):37~48. U. S. Dept. Interior. 1951. Turtle trapping. Fish and Wildlife Service s Fishery Leafl. (190) : 1-5. Vokes, Harold E. 19^9. Maryland dinosaurs. Maryland Naturalist 19 (3) : 38-46 , 3 figs. _ and Jonathan Edwards, Jr. 1957. Geography and geology of Maryland. Maryland Geological Sur¬ vey j Bull. 19, xv i + 242 pp. Wagner, Carroll E. 1934. Mouth- rot , a common di sease of snakes . Bull. Nat. Hist. Soc. Md. 5 (4) : 20-23 . Wallace, W. Seward. 1902. Snakes of Rockland County, New York. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. No. 56: R135-145. Warden, D. B. 1820. Description statistique, historique et politique des Etats- Unis de L'Amerique septentrional e. Paris. Wells, Kent. 1968. Battle Creek cypress swamp. Bull. Md. Herp. Soc. 4{ 4 ) : 89“ 96 . Wemple, Peter. 1971. The eastern spiny soft-shel led turt le Trionyx spinifer spin - ifer LeSueur in Maryland. Bull. Md. Herp. Soc. Md. 7(2): 35“ 37 • Wetmore, Alexander and Francis Harper. 1917- A note on the hibernation of Kinosternon pennsylvanicum. Copeia 1917 (45) : 56-59 . 1920. Observations on the hibernation of the box turtle. Copeia 1920 (77) : 3”5 - Wheeler, Joy. 1972. Maryland Herpetology: spotted salamander. Bull. Md. Herp. Soc. 5(4): 99. Willi ams , F. R. 1952. Notes on the anatomy and feed i ng of a pilot blacksnake. Mary¬ land Naturalist 22 (1 -2) : 2 3“24 , fig. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 163 Volume 11 Number 3 September 1975 and J. B. Hanzley. 1953. New county records for the wood turtle {Clemmys insoriptaLs i cH) in Maryland. Md. Nat. ( 1 -2 ) : 22-23 - Williams, Kenneth L. and Larry D. Wilson. 1967. A review of the colubrid snake genus Cemophora Cope. Tulane St, Zoology 13 (A) : 1 03“ 1 24 . Worthington, Richard Dane. 1968. Observations on the relative sizes of three species of sal¬ amander larvae in a Maryland pond. Herpetologioa 24 ( 3): 242- 246. 1968. Postmetamorphi c changes in the skeletal system of Ambystoma opaoum Gravenhorst (Amphibia, Caudata) . Dissertation Ab¬ stracts 29 (1 1 ) : 1 p . 1969. Additional observations on sympatric species of salamander larvae in a Maryland pond. Herpetologioa 25 (3) :227-229. Wright, Albert Hazen and Anna Allen Wright. 1949. Handbook of frogs and toads of the United States and Canada. Comstock Publ. Co., Ithaca, N.Y., 3 ed., xi i + 640 pp. 1957. Handbook of snakes of the United States and Canada. Cornell Univ. Press, Ithaca, N.Y., 2 vols., xviii + 1105 pp. Zwei fel , Richard G. 1970. Distribution and mating call of the tree frog , Hyla ohrysos- oelis , at the northeastern edge of its range. Chesapeake Soi. 11 (2): 94-97. Supplemental Bibliography Anderson, J. D. 1967. Ambystoma opaoum. Cat, Amer, Amphib. Rept, : 46. 1-46.2. 1 967. Ambystoma maoulatum. Cat, Amer, Amphib. Rept.: 51.1-51.4. Baltimore Evening Sun. 1972. Sea turtles, flamingo, seal. Exotic visitors stray to Mary¬ land shore. July 25, 1972. Brandon, Ronald A. 1967. Gyrinophilus porphyritious . Cat. Amer. Amphib. Rept.:33.1- 33.3. Cochran, D. M. and C. J. Goin. 1970. The new f ieldbook of repti les and amphibians. G. P. Putnam's Sons, N.Y. , xxii + 359 p. Collins, J . T. 1966. Collecting in Caroline County. Va . Herp. Soo. Bull. 48:h~3. Page 164 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 3 Crenshaw, J. W. 1955. The ecological geography of the Pseudemys floridana complex in the northeastern U.S. Unpubl. Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. Fla . Davis, D. M. 1968. A study of variation in the North American lizards of the fasciatus group , (Eumeoes) . Duke Univ. ( Unpubl . dissertation). Dukehart, J. P. 1884. Transfer of soft-shel 1 terrapin from the Ohio to the Potomac River. Bull . U. S. Fish . Comm. 4: 143. Dundee, H. A. 1971. Cryptobranohus and C. alley aniens is . Cat. Amer. Amphib. Rept. : 101 .1-101 .4. Ernst, C. H. 1971. Chrysemys piota. Cat. Amer. Amphib. Rept. : 106. 1-106.4. 1 972 . Clemmys guttata. Cat. Amer. Amphib. Rept. : 1 24. 1 -1 24. 2. 1972. Clemmys insoulpta. Cat. Amer. Amphib. Rept. : 1 25 . 1 "1 25 . 2 . Fisher, A. K. I887. Spelerpes guttolineatus Holbrook in the vicinity of Washing¬ ton, D.C. Amer. Rat. 21 (7): 672. Gehlbach, F. R. 1967. Amby stoma tigrinum. Cat. Amer. Amphib. Rept. : 52. 1-52.4. Gordon, Robert E. 1967. Aneides aeneus. Cat. Amer. Amphib. Rept. : 30 . 1 -30 . 2 . Gosner, K. L. and I. H. Black. 1968. Rana virgatipes. Cat. Amer. Amphib. Rept. :67. 1-67.2. Harris, Herbert S., Jr. I960. Notes on some migration habits of the spotted salamander, Amby stoma maculatum. Temporalis Herp. Club., Balto. City College, l( 2):2. 1969. Additions to the Distributional Survey: Maryland and the District of Columbia - III. Bull. Md. Herp. Soo. 5(3) : 8 1 -82 » Keefer, Thomas. 1971. An additional case of abnormal pigmentation in a Maryland reptile. Bull. Md. Herp. Soo 7(2): 39. Mansuet i , R. 1953. A brief natural History of the Pocomoke River, Maryland. Md. Dept, of Res. & Eduo ., Ches. Biol. Lab. Solomons, Md. :9 p. (mimeo) . 1953- Notes on Eastern Shore, Maryland turtles and terrapins. Ches. Biol. Lab. :3 p. (mimeo). Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 165 Volume 11 Number 3 September 1975 Martof, B. S. 1970. Rana sylvatioa . Cat . Amer . Amphib. Rept. : 86. 1-86.4. 1973. Siren laoertina. Cat . Amer . Amphib. Rept. : 1 28. 1 -1 28. 2. Mecham, J. S. 1967. Notophthalmus viridesoens . Cat. ^?zep. Amphib. Rept. : 53 * 1 " 53.4. Mi tchel 1 , Joseph C . 1974. Distribution of the corn snake in Virginia. VaES Bull. No. 74:3-5. Mittleman, M. B. 1966. Euryoea bislineata. Cat. Amer. Amphib. Rept. :45. 1-45.4. Neill, W. T. 1963. Eemidactylium soutatum. Cat. Amer. Amphib. Rept. :2. 1-2.2. Nelson, C. E. 1972. Gastrophryne cccrolinensis . Cat. Amer. Amphib. Rept. : 120.1 - 120.4. Nemuras, K. 1969. Survival of the muhlenberg. Intemat. Turtle and Tortoise Soc . J. , Sept. -Oct., p. 18-21. Reed, Clyde F. 1958. Contributions to the herpetology of Mary 1 and and Delmarva No. 17: southeastern herptiles with northern limits on coastal Maryland, Delmarva and New Jersey. J. Wash. Aoad. Soi. 48 (1 ) : 28-32 . Rossman, D. A. 1970. Thamnophis sauritus. Cat. Amer. Amphib. Rept. : 99.1 “99. 2. Schaaf, R. T. , Jr. and P. W. Smith. 1971* Rana palustris. Cat. Amer. Amphib. Rept. : 1 07 . 1 "1 07 . 3 . Smith, P . W . 1963. Rlethodon oinereus. Cat. Amer. Amphib. Rept. :5.1“5»3. Standaert , William F. 1975. Personal Communication through R. Czarnowsky. September 26, 1975. Stine, Charles J. 1967. A new Maryland animal find. Baltimore Sunday Sun, September 17, 1967. Tilley, Stephen G. 1973. Desmognathus oohrophaeus. Cat. Amer. Amphib. Rept. : 129.1" 129.4. Tobey, Franklin J., Jr. 1975. Personal Communication. September 23, 1975. Llzzel 1 , Thomas. 1967. Amby stoma jeffersonianum. Cat. Amer. Amphib. Rept. : 47 - 1 ” 47.2. Page 166 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 3 September 1975 Wasserman, A. 0. 1968. Scaphiopus holbrooki. Cat . Amer. Amphib. Rept. : 70 . 1-70.4. Webb, Robert G. 1973. Trionyx spiniferus. Cat . Amer. Amphib . Rept . :140. 1-140.4. Department of Herpetology , Natural History Society of Maryland, 2643 N. Charles Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21218. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 167 Volume 11 Number 3 September 1975 NOTES Page 168 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 3 NOTES Society Publications Back issues of the Bulletin of the Maryland Herpetol og i ca 1 Society, where available, may be obta i ned by wr i t i ng the Execut i ve Editor. A list of available issues will be sent upon request. Individual numbers in stock are $2.00 each. The Society al so publ ishes a Newsletter on a somewhat irregular basis. Theseare distributed to the membersh i p free of charge. Also published are Maryland Herpetofauna Leaflets and these are available at $. 05/page. Information for Authors All correspondence should be addressed to the Executive Editor. Manuscripts being sub¬ mitted for publication should be typewritten (double spaced) on good quality 8^x11 inch paper, with adequate margins. Submit original and first carbon, retaining the second carbon. Indicate where illustrations or photographs are to appear in text. Cite all literature used at end in alphabetical order by author. Major papers are those over 5 pages (double spaced, elite type)andmust i ncl ude an abstract . The authors name should be centered under the title, and the address is to fol low the Li terature Cited. Minor papers are those papers with fewer than 5 pages. Author's name is to be placed at end of paper (see recent issue). For add i t iona 1 information see Style Manual for Biological Journals ( 1 964 ) , Amer i can I ns t i tute of Biological Sciences, 3900 Wiscons in Avenue, N.W. , Washington, D.C. 20016. Price is $3.00. Reprints are available at $.025 a page and shoul d be ordered when manuscripts are submitted or when proof s are returned . Minimum order is 100 reprints. Either edited manuscri pt or proof will be returned to author for approval or correction. The author will be res pons i bl e for al 1 corrections to proof, and must return proof preferably wi thin 7 days. The Maryland Herpetological Society Department of Herpetology Natural History Society of Maryland > Inc . 2643 North Charles Street Baltimore, Maryland 21218 ISSN 0025-4231 BULLETIN OF THE THarylanb f)crpetological ©oriety Department of Herpetology The Natural History Society of Maryland, Inc. MdHS . A FOUNDER MEMBER OF THE Eastern Seaboard Herpetological League DECEMBER 1975 VOLUME 11, NUMBER H Bulletin of the Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 4 December 1975 CONTENTS Taxonomic chaos: Elaphe guttata (Linnaeus), a case in point . . . Robert A. Thomas 171 A hybrid Eumeoes from Oklahoma . David M. Hi 11 is 177 Evidence of climbing ability by western fox snakes ( Elaphe vulpina vulpina) . . . . L.E. Brown, J.R. Brown 179 The "cannibals" of the tiger salamander . Robert W. Reese 1 80 A new county record for Gastrophryne carolinensis in Maryland . Richard Czarnowsky 1 85 A brood of Arizona ridge-nosed rattlesnakes ( Crotalus willardi willardi) bred and born in captivity . . Brent E. Martin 187 News & Notes Hylid frogs of middle America . 190 March 1976 ESHL Meeting . 191 Errata: Distributional Survey (Amph i b i a/Rept i 1 i a) : Maryland and the District of Columbia . . 191 Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 76-93^58 The Maryland Eerpetologieal Society, Department of Herpetology , Natural History Society of Maryland, Inc., 2643 North Charles Street, Baltimore Maryland 21218. Printed By Photo graphic, Vdsi&ctosiy Pu.b&a>kzAA , P.O.Box. 178, RandcMAtown, M d. 21133 BULLETIN OF THE Volume 11 Number 4 31 December 1975 The Maryland Herpetolog i ca 1 Society Department of Herpetology, Natural History Society of Maryland, Inc. Bulletin Staff Executive Editor Herbert S. Harris, Jr. Steer i ng Comm i ttee Frank Groves Mark Prihoda Jerry Hardy Jeff Thomas Herb Harris, Jr. John Whi tekettl e Arnold Norden Tom Boyer Of f i cers Pres i dent . _ David M. Hi 1 1 is V i ce-Pres i dent . . . Secretary . T reasurer . Library of Congress Cata log Card Number: 76“93^58 Membership Rates Active members over 18.. ..$15.00 under 18. ..$10.00, subscribing members (outside a 20 mile radius of Baltimore C i ty) . . . . $5. 00, Foreign. .. .$6.00. Meet i ngs The third Wednesday of each month, 8:15 p.m. at the Natural History Society of Maryland (except May-August, third Saturday of each month, 8:00 a.m.). The Department of Herpetology meets informally on all other Wednesday evenings at the NHSM at 8:00 p.m. , Bulletin of the Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 31 December 1975 Number A TAXONOMIC CHAOS : Elccphe Guttata (LINNAEUS), A CASE IN POINT Robert A. Thomas When Catesby (175*0 descr i bed the snake Anguis e rubro et albo varius , one of the most perplexing nomencl atora 1 problems in North American her¬ petology began. Linnaeus (1766) appl ied the appel lat ion Coluber guttatus to an example of the latter which had been sent to him from "Charleston, South Carol ina," by Dr. A. Garden. By the early ni neteenth century , numerous junior synonyms appeared under the species names maculatus (Bonnaterre, 1790), compressus (Donndorff, 1798), carolinianus (Shaw, 1802), and mo- lossus and panterinus (Daudin, 1 80 3 ) - Shaw's (1802) description of C. carolinianus was based on Plate 55 of Catesby's ( 1 75^+) publication, though Shaw then discussed C. guttatus and noted that it was described by Catesby (175*0. Merrem ( 1 820 ) recognized only guttatus , maculatus , and pantherinus and placed them in the genus matrix Laurenti, 1768, with no explanation. He may have been led to this decision by Shaw's (1802: 460-6 1 ) statement (referring to C . carolinianus , which Merrem, 1820, considered a synonym of C. maculatus) that "Its habit or general form resembles that of the Matrix . . . ." Ha rl an ( 1 927) added to the conf us i on by descr i b i ng Coluber floridanus from eastern FI or i da . Hoi b rook ( 1 834 ) attempted to order matters by placing all of the aforementioned species in the synonymy of C. guttatus. Baird and Girard (1853) were the first to note the singularity of the North American ratsnakes by describing the genus Scotophis , which included, in addition to the Linnaean guttatus and other species, the similarly patterned species S. laetus and S. emoryi. Dumeril and Bibron (l85*i) noted the relationships of the North American Scotophis to the European ratsnakes by placing them all in the genus Elaphis Bonaparte, 1831. They a 1 so descr i bed Elaphis rubiceps (p. 270), wh i ch was cons i dered a synonym of C. guttatus by Boulenger (1894), of C. obsoletus confinis by Cope (l875),andof Elaphe vulpina by Conant (1 9**0) and Schmidt (1953). Jean Guibe (pers. comm.) has informed me that the holotype of E. rubiceps is lost, so its identity will remain a mystery. Kennicott (1859), convi need that Harlan (1827) had spec imens of what we now call Elaphe guttata emoryi before him when he described Coluber calligaster , relegated the species to the genus Scotophis. Cope (i860) rea 1 i zed that Kenn i cott ' s S. calligaster was based on snakes obvi ous 1 y dis¬ tinct from C. calligaster Harlan and proposed the name C. rhinomegas for the former to avoid the confusion which might result from sympatric, similarly patterned snakes having the same trivial name. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 171 Volume 11 Number 4 December 1975 Cope (1875) placed Scotophis guttatus and S. emoryi in the genus Coluber aga i n and referred S. calligaster and C. rhinomegas to the synonymy of the latter. In two major t reatments on the Nearctic herpetofauna , Garman ( 1 883 ) cons i dered Scotophis vulpinus Ba i rd and G i rard a var i ety of Elaphis guttatus and Cope ( 1 887 ) placed S . emoryi in the genus Natrix with reference to his (1862) emendation that Laurenti's (1788) original use of this genus should be followed. Cope (1888a) described Coluber rosaceus and C. g. sellatus and sub¬ sequently (1888b) returned Scotophis emori to the genus Coluber. Bonaparte's ( 1 840) descr i pt ion of the genus Callopeltis , with Coluber leopardina as the type species, led to a number of referrals of North American ratsnakes to th i s genus (e.g.f Loennberg, 1895; Gibbs, et. al. > 1905; Strecker, 1915). Boulenger (189*0 erred in his treatment of the names of North Amer- i can ratsnakes by describing with perfect ion a specimen of Scotophis emoryi under the appellation Coluber laetus (Baird and Girard) and by placing the name C. emoryi i n the synonymy of C. guttatus. Despite Cope's ( 1 900) decision to recognize C. laetus and C. emoryi as distinct species, the aforementioned designation of the Great Plains ratsnakes (laetus) was fol lowed by Stej neger and Barbour (1917) under the genus Elaphe Fitzinger, 1833 (inWagler, 1828-1 833), with S. emoryi be i ng pi aced i n i ts synonymy . This nomen cl a tori al mistake was perpetuated until Dowl i ng (1951a) exhibited the cons pec i f i ci ty of the holotype of S. laetus and Elaphe obsoleta (auct.) and referred the names S. laetus to the synonymy of Elaphe obsoleta and E. laeta to the synonymy of E. emoryi. He pointed out that the type of S. laetus is a juvenile (45.7 cm in total length) and that young E. ob¬ soleta are very s imi lar to E. emoryi . The following year, Dowling (1952) designated emoryi a subspecies of E. guttata. Boulenger (1894) considered Coluber g . sellatus i nva 1 i d and referred it to the synonymy of C. guttatus. Dunn (1915) and Barbour (1920) re¬ legated guttatus and rosaceus , respectively, to the genus Elaphe. Woodbury and Woodbury (1942) were the first to investigate relation¬ ships among several populations of Elaphe guttata emoryi (auct*). After exami ng the number of dorsal blotches , ventral scales , and sub caudal scales , they concluded that the i sol ated population in Utah and western Colorado represents a distinct race, E. laeta intermontanus . Dowling (1951a, b) placed this form in the synonymy of E. guttata emoryi. Burt (1946) presented a description of Elaphe quivira (based on a specimen of S’, g. emoryi) in an oral paper at the Kansas Academy of Sc i ences annual meet i ng of that year. Due to the pub 1 i cat i on of the name in a title with no subsequent description of the species, it is a nomen nudum. When Cope (1888a) described Coluber rosaceus , he considered it as intermediate between Coluber guttatus and C . quadrivittatus (=Elaphe ob¬ soleta quadrivittata) . Carr (1940) considered its affinites to lie with the latter, though he gave no supporting evidence. Neill (1949) was the f i rst to reduce Elaphe rosacea to subspecific status in E. guttata (this was over 1 ooked by Dowling, 1952). In so doing, Nei 1 1 noted that "Specimens Page 172 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 4 December 1975 of guttata decidedly resembling rosacea are occasionally found even in northern Florida, and are common in South Florida." Dowling (1951b) stated that "should future study prove the variation to be a straight cl ine, then E. guttata rosacea wou 1 d become a synonymy [sic] of E. g. guttata ." Duel 1 man and Schwartz (1958) demonstrated such cl i nes and pi aced E. g. rosacea in E. g. guttata's synonymy. Paulson (1966) stated that his "subjective interpretation of the situation is that more is to be gained by the main¬ tenance of the names rosacea . ", as ! have quoted and all authors to date have done so. Since 1966, the "can of worms" has been closed , but it will soon be reopened ! Literature Cited Baird, S. F. and C. Girard. 1853. Catalogue of North American reptiles in the museum of the Smithsonian Institution. Part 1. Serpents. Publ . Smith¬ sonian Inst . : xv i + 172 pp. Barbour, T. 1920. An addition to the American checklist. Coipeia 192Q:&8-&9. Bonaparte, C. L. 1831. Saggiodi una d i st r i buz i one metod i ca deg 1 i animal i vertebrati a sangue freddo. Giom. area . Sci. Lett . Arti . Roma 52: 1 29~ 209 . 1840. Iconograf ia della fauna Italicanerle Quattro classi animal i vertebrati . Tomo I I . Amfibi . Balia Tipografia Salviucci, Roma . Bonnaterre, P. J. 1790. Tableau encyclopedi que et methodique des trois regnes de la nature. Ophiologie. Paris . xliv + 76 pp. Boulenger, G. A. 1894. Catalogue of snakes in the British Museum (Natural History). Publ. British Mus., London. Burt, C. E. 19^6. Description of Elccphe quivira , a new ratsnake from Kansas. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci . 46: 1 1 6 . Carr, A. F. 1940. A cont ri but ion to the herpetology of Florida. Univ. Florida Publ., Biol. Sci. Ser. 3: 1-1 18. Catesby, M. 175*+. The natural h istory of Carol i na , Florida, and the Bahama Is¬ lands: (etc). II. London. Conant, R. 19*+0. A new subspeci es of the fox snake, Elaphe vulpina (Baird and Girard). Herpetologica 2: 1-1 4. Cope, E. D. i860. Catalogue of the Colubridae in the museum of the Academy of Natural Sc i ences of Ph i 1 adel ph i a , with notes and descri pt ions of new species. Part 2. Proc. Acad. Eat. Sci. Philadelphia 1860 : 241-266. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 173 Volume 11 Number 4 December 1975 Notes upon some rept i 1 es of the Old World. Proc . Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 14: 3 37“ 3^+5 - 1875. Check-list of North American batrachia and reptilia; with a systematic list of the higher groups and an eassay on geo¬ graphical distribution. Bull. U. S. Natl. Mus. 1: 1-104. OO OO Catalogue of batrachians and rept i 1 es of Cent ra 1 America and Mexico. Bull. U. S. Natl. Mus. 32: I-98. CO OO OO CL) On the snakes of Florida. Proc . U. S. Natl. Mus. 11: 381-394. OO OO OO cr Catalogue ofbatrachia and reptilia brought by William Taylor from San Diego, Texas. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 11: 395“ 398 . 1900. The crocod i 1 i ans , 1 i zards , and snakes of North America. Rept. U. S. Natl. Mus. for 1898: 153-1270. Daudin, F. M. 1803. Histoire naturelle, generale et particuliere des reptiles. VI. F, Du fart; Paris. Donndorff, J. A. 1798. Zoologische beytrage zur XIII ausgabe des L i nne i schen natur- systems. III. Amphibien und Fische. Dowl i ng , H . 1951a. G. A taxonomic study of the ratsnakes , genus Elaphe . 1 . The status of the name Scotophis laetus Baird and Girard (1853). Copeia 1981: 39-44. 1951b. A taxonomic s tudy of the Amer i can representat i ves of the genus Elaphe Fitzinger,with particular attention to the forms occur¬ ring i n Mexi co and Cent ra 1 America. PhD. Thesis, Univ. Mich¬ igan, Ann Arbor. 1952. A taxonomic study of the ratsnakes, genus Elaphe Fitzinger. IV. A check 1 i st of the American forms. Occ. Pap. Mus . Zool. 3 Univ. Michigan 541: 1-12. Duellman, W. E. and A. Schwartz. 1958. Amphibians and reptiles of southern Florida. Bull . Florida St. Mus. 3: 181-324. Dumer i 1 , A. 1854. M. C. and G. Bibron (with A.H.A. Dumer i 1 ) . Erpetologie genera 1 e ou h i sto i re naturel 1 e des rept i 1 es . Vol . 7. Paris. Dunn, E. R. 1915. List of amphibians and reptiles observed in the summers of 1912, 1913, and 1914, in Nelson County, Virginia. Copeia 1915( 18) : 5-7. Page 174 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 4 December 1975 Garman, S. 1883. North American reptiles. Mem . Mas . Comp . Z00Z.. 5: 1-1 83. Gibbs, M. , F. N. Notestein, and H. L. Clark. 1905. A preliminary list of the amphibia and reptilia of Michigan. 7th Rept. Michigan Acad. Sci. : 109-110. Harlan, R. 1827. Genera of North American reptilia, and a synopsis of the species. J. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 5: 317-372. Holbrook, J. E. 1834. North American herpetology ; or , a descr i pt i on of the reptiles inhabiting the United States. II. J . Dobson 3 Philadelphia. Kennicott, R. 1859. Notes on Coluber calligaster of Say, and a descr i pt ion of new species of serpents in the collection of the North Western Un i vers i ty of Evanston , Illinois. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil¬ adelphia 11: 98-100. Laurent i , J . N . 1768. Specimen medicum exhibens synopsin reptilium emendatum cum experiment i s ci rca venena et ant i dota reptilium Austr i acorum. Joan Thom. , Vienna. Linnaeus, C. 1766. Systema naturae per regna tria naturae, secundum classes, ordines, genera, species, cum character i bus , differentis, syninymis, locis. Editio duodecima. Loennberg, E. 1895* Notes on rept i 1 es and batrach i ans col lected in Florida in 1892 and 1893. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mas. 17: 3 1 7“339 . Merrem, B. 1820. Versuch ei nes Systems der Amphib ien. J. C. Krieger ^ Marburg. Neill, W. T. 1949. A new subspeci es of rat snake (genus Elaphe) and notes on re¬ lated forms. Herpetologica 5: 1-12. Paulson, D. R. 1 966 (1 968). Var i at ion in some snakes from the Florida Keys. Quart. J. Florida Acad. Sci. 29: 295-308. Schmidt, K. P. 1953. A checkl i s t of North American amph i b i ans and rept i 1 es . Amer. Soc. Ichth. & Herp. Publ. Shaw, G. 1 802. General zoology. III. Part II. Amphibia. Thomas Davidson , London. Stej neger , 1917. L. and T. Barbour. A check list of North American amph i b i ans and rept i 1 es . vard Univ. Press , Cambridge s Massachusetts. Har- Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 175 Volume 11 Number 4 December 1975 Strecker, J. K. 1915. Rept i 1 es and amph i b i ans of Texas . Baylor Univ. Bull. 18: 1-82. Wagler, J. 1828-1833. Descr i pt iones et i cones Amph i biorum. Munchen 3 Stuttagart, Tubingen. Woodbury, A. M. and D. M. Woodbury. 1942. Studies of the rat snake, Elccphe laeta , with description of a new subspecies. Proe. Biol. Soo. Washington 55: 133“ 142. Department of Wildlife and Fisheries Sciences 3 Texas A & M University , College Station , Texas 77843 Received 24 September 1975 Accepted 10 October 1975 Page 176 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 4 December 1975 A Hybrid Eumeoes from Oklahoma On 26 June 1975, a female Eumeoes sp , was collected by Beth Hi 11 is in Osage Hills State Park, Osage County, Oklahoma. It was found coiled around twelve eggs in a sandy depression under a s 1 ab of sandstone , which lay on a steep hill near the shore of a lake. The eggs measured 11.5“ 12.5 mm by 8 mm and the adult 142 mm (133 mm total length, 70 mm snout- vent length in preservative). The eggs were maintained at 27° C until hatch i ng (21 July). The adult female has the general appearance of E. anthracinus plu¬ vialis, The dark lateral stripe tapers from 4 to 2? scales wide and the dorsolateral light stripe is on the edges of the third and fourth scale rows. There are two postmentals (anterior divided) on this specimen. In individuals of E. a, pluvialis only one postmental is characteristic and in E, septentrionalis obtusirostris and E, fasciatus there are generally two (Conant, 1975)* In addition, a postnasal is present, characteristic of E, fasciatus j but not E, a, pluvialis or E , s. obtusirostris (Webb, 1970). In E, s, obtusirostris the dark lateral stripe is never wider than two scale rows and the light dorsolateral stripe i s on the fourth (or fourth and fifth) scale row. The twelve hatch 1 i ngs have the general appearance of young E , fasciatus , Each has five yellow stripes extending onto the head, with the median stripe bifurcating at base of head. These stripes are faint or absent from the young of both E. a , pluvialis (Conant, 1975) and E, s, obtusirostris. The postmentals of the hatchlings vary in number from one to two (table 1). The size at hatching is also indicative of E, fasciatus. Table 1, Selected Eurneaes i Meristic and Morphometric a. pluvialic X E. fasciatua Data on hatchl a Brood of ings. Specimen Number Tota 1 Length (mm) Number of Location of n . ^ , 1 a t e r a 1 Postmentals , , (scale light dorso- str i pe row ( s ) ) 1 54 2 3rd & 4th 2 57 1 3rd & 4th 3 53 1 3rd & 4th A 57 1 3rd & 4th 5 55 1 6 55 2 (anterior post- 3rd & mental very smal 1 and only extending halfway across chin) 4th 7 56 1 3rd & 4th 8 53 2 3rd & 4th 9 57 2 3rd & 4th 10 54 2 (posterior post¬ mental divided) 3rd & 4th 1 1 53 2 (posterior post¬ mental divided) 3rd & 4th 12 54 1 (postmental with 3rd & two small unconnected scales anterior) 4th Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 177 Volume 11 Number 4 December 1975 The adult female appears to be a hybrid between E. a. pluvialis and E. fasciatus. The young could be offspring of this hybrid and a male of either the parent species, or possibly a sibling male hybrid. The adult and hatchling numbers one, seven and twelve have been deposited in the collection of the Natural History Society of Maryland ( R 1 909 NHSM to R 1 9 1 2 NHSM). The remaining hatchlings are being maintained alive for further study. E. a . pluvialis has not been previously reported from Osage County, although this 1 oca 1 i ty i s wi th i n the probable range of the species (Webb, 1970). The closest records are: Parthenia Park, Tulsa County, 64 km south of Osage Hills State Park; Heyburn Lake Recreational Area, Creek County, 80 km to the south-southwest; 3.2 km south of Peoria and 8.8 km southeast of Quapaw, Ottawa County, both of which are approximately 120 km to the east-northeast (Webb, 1970). Literature Cited Conant , Roger. 1975. A field gu i de to rept i 1 es and amph i b ians of eastern and centra 1 North Amer i ca . Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston xv i i i + 429 pp . Webb, Robert G. 1970. Reptiles of Oklahoma. University of Oklahoma Press , Norman xi + 370 pp. — David M. Hi 11 is, Department of Herpetology , Natural History Society of Maryland , 2643 North Charles Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21218. Received 23 July 1975 Accepted 16 October 1975 Page 178 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 4 December 1975 Evidence of Climbing Ability by Western Fox Snakes {Elaphe vulpina vulpina) The natural history of the western fox snake ( Elaphe vulpina vulpina) is poorly known even though it is one.of the more common snakes in the upper Midwest. This spec i es has been considered terrestrial (Cochran and Goin, 1970, Schm i dt and Dav i s , 1941; Wr i ght and Wr ight , 1957) and is thus unlike the other U. S. species of Elaphe which are frequently arboreal. It is of considerable interest that we have observed fox snakes above ground level in our large (40‘ high) wooden barn (3-1 mi NNE of Hudson, 111.). At 11:35 A.M. on 19 June 1975 an adult fox snake was observed exploring an English sparrow nest located near the top of the barn on a beam adjacent to the roof. Presumably the snake was hunting for eggs or young birds. The snake 1 s movements made the nest unstab 1 e and consequent ly the snake and part of the nest fell to the haymow floor 21 1 1" below. The snake did not seem injured and immediately upon sighting us, began to vibrate its tail. The beam on which the nest rested is a considerable distance (30 1 6") above ground level. There is no slope or easy access to the nest but a few bales of straw were stored next to the wall. For most of its ascent the snake probably climbed vertically. Because of the great height th is wou 1 d seem difficult even for snakes adept at climbing. On three other occasions in prior summers we observed inactive adult fox snakes in a crevice near the top of a barn door 7‘ 10" above ground. These observations indicate that E. v, vulpina is quite capable of arboreal activity. The rarity of past observat i ons of arborea 1 E. v. vulpina may be because they have been frequently seen in open, prairie-like situations where trees and shrubs are scarce. Perhaps a decrease in food resources due to heavy use of agri cul tural chemicals in central Illinois has exerted pressure on the snakes to search out greater prey concentrations by climbing in man-made elevated structures such as barns. We thank R. S. Funk, D. Moll and J. Tucker for critically reading the ms. L i teratu re C i ted Cochran, D. M. and C. J. Goin. 1970. The new field book of rept i 1 es and amphibians. G. P. Putnam's Sons, New York . xxi i + 359 pp. Schmidt, K. P. and D. D. Davis. 1941. Field book of snakes of the United States and Canada. G. P. Putnam's Sons , New York . xiv + 365 PP- Wright, A. H. and A. A. Wright. 1957. Handbook of snakes of the United States and Canada. Comstock Publ. Assoc. j Ithaca, New York. M ol . 1 , xx + 554 pp. — Lauren E. Brown and Jill R. Brown, Department of Biological Sciences , Illinois State University, Normal, Illinois 61761. Received 3 September 1975 Accepted 8 September 1975 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 179 Volume 11 Number 4 December 1975 The "Cannibals" of the Tiger Salamander One animal commonly sold by biological supply houses is the tiger salamander, Ambystoma tbgvinum Green. In its larval stage occurs a rare aberrant, the “cannibal", which is little understood although obviously morphologically different (Fig. 1 ) when seen with others of its kind. The aberrant condition was noted by Powers (1903) and thorough 1 y d i scussed by him (1907). Since then, little has been written about it, largely because the animals are not common. I n my personal col lect ions only rare individuals (ten among thousands) show the effects of this way of life although there is ample ev i dence that cann i ba 1 i sm itself is a common occurrence i n natu re in this group. The differences seem to arise from dependence of the true cannibal upon other members of his species as a food source almost to the excl us i on of any other, whereas other larvae indulge in cannibalism only as opportunity presents itself. The characters typical of the true can¬ nibal are the (l) large overall size, (2) wide and depressed head, (3) extreme width between the orbits, (4) neoteny, and (5) extraordinary development of the lateral line system. Fig. 1. RWR-131 (cannibal) and RWR~3^ (normal). Page 180 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 4 December 1975 Cannibalism does not hasten larval development in the tiger salamander as is the case in the spadefoot toad (Bragg, 1965), but on the contrary the developmental stage is prolonged. I have usually found cannibals in ponds containing neotenic populations. This, of course, assures a food supply of which they can take advantage the year around. I have also found them in the fall in ponds which contained 1 arvae too sma 1 1 to trans¬ form, with the same result. With lack of food they will transform just as other larvae , with no apparent morpholog i cal d i f ferences as demonstrated by the measurements , taken two years after transformation, of UIMNH 7 803 1 (Table l), a cannibal which was allowed to transform. One difference observed by Powers (1907), and noted by Smith and Reese (1968) is that they seem to devel op more frequently as males externally, but in two cases they were found to be females internally by the latter workers. Table 1. Measurements of transformed adults that in the larvae stage were either "cannibal" or normal. Specimen Snout-vent Tail mm mm UIMNH 78031 (Canni ba 1 ) 164.2 181.8 RWR 1 2 A (Norma 1 ) 114.4 117.0 RWR 125 (Norma 1 ) 114.1 108.1 RWR 126 (Norma 1 ) 116.3 103.1 Head-width Snout -vent ./Head Weight mm Ratio gms 40.0 4.10 183.8 24.3 4.70 40.1 22.8 5.00 38.2 25.9 4.49 43.6 Compa r i son of the snout-vent to head-wi dth ratio emphasizes the dif¬ ferences between the normal larvae and the cannibal forms. The average ratio for three cannibal istic examp 1 es (Table 2) is 2 . 79 as compared with 3-59 for three normal examples. An additional cont ras t ex i s ts inweight; the average for the normal animals i s cons i derab ly less than that of the smallest cannibal. It shou 1 d be noted here that RWR 131 is considered to be the largest known transformed or adult Amby stoma tigvinum in bulk as opposed to UIMNH 78031 which in length is the largest known. Powers (1907) makes a number of genera 1 izat ions rel at i ve to canni bal - ism, some but not all conf i rmed by my own observations. The cause is not genetic; the scarcity of the animal, the limited environment inwhich it is found and the readiness with which any individual preys upon smaller ones in the laboratory indicate that this may be true. They occur most frequently in clear water; I have found only a single specimen in muddy waters w i th the rema i nder taken in clear ponds containing a fairly heavy growth of water weeds. Powers (1907) further states that their growth is rapid, within a few weeks doubling the size of other larvae of the Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 181 Volume 11 Number 4 December 1975 Table 2. Measurements of cannibal and normal larvae. Cann i ba 1 Snout-vent mm Tail mm Head-width mm Snout- vent /Head Ratio Weight gms RWR 131 145.0 146. C 56.7 2.56 333.5 UCM 33276 130.8 144.2 43.3 3.02 114.5 UCM 36107 Norma 1 136.0 48.9 2.78 151 .0 RWR 40 110.0 117.0 33.3 3.30 77.2 RWR 41 114.0 104.4 30.2 3.77 62.1 RWR 34 114.2 92.7 30.8 3.71 88.6 * Tail missing same year. This I was partially able to confirm in one pond which per¬ mitted limited observations of the development of cannibalism. Although he describes them to be emaciated and undernourished i n appearance , I did not find this to be the case in my specimens, which with one exception were wel 1 fed and fat. As a correlation wi th this last i tern, Powers (1907) also cla ims the forel imbs to be 1 a rger than the posterior 1 imbs and hy pothes i zes that this is a result of all nutritive intake being absorbed by the an¬ terior portion of the body. None of my specimens support either the observation or the hypothesis. Uhlenhuth (1920), working with transformed animals, was concerned with the large size attained and thought on the basis of extirpation and grafting experiments with the anterior lobe of the hypophysis that the hormonal i ntake i nf 1 uenced the s i ze. He fed anter i or lobe of the hypophysis to transformed adults of Ambystoma opacum Gravenhorst and Ambystoma ti- grinum. His controls were fed what was considered to be a normal diet, earthworms. The results obtained were interpreted as positive since the rate of growth was accelerated in those animals fed anterior lobe whereas the controls grew at what was considered to be a normal rate. The ex¬ perimental animals cont i nued to grow after reaching the normal "maximum" size for the speci es and i ndeed exceeded i n s i ze the largest specimen then known of the species. Of course, this "maximum" size is not significant since ectotherms g row con t i nous 1 y , a 1 though at decreas i ng rates, through¬ out their lives. Therefore the "maximum" size is artificial. Uhlenhuth (1920), i n experiment i ng with transformed animals, was not dealing with t rue cann ibals, but he was creat i ng g i ants as implied in the title of his paper . Powers (1907) att r i butes the abnorma 1 development of the head to the extreme, repetitive stretching of the mouth, as a strictly phenotypic response resulting in attainment of an adaptive development. The gape of the mouth does embrace the full width of the head in the cannibal, whereas Page 182 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 4 December 1975 the normal animal has a gape only slightly wider than the spacing of the orb i ts . An additional observation not noted by Powers (1903, 1907) is the extraordinary development of the lateral line system (Fig. 2) which is not found in normal larvae. All cannibalistic specimens examined by me exhibited this extreme development. Fig. 2. Lateral Line system of RWR- 131. However, no truly sat i sfactory , conv i nc i ng 1 y documented explanation has been advanced for the occurrence of this phenomenon. Lloyd (1968), investigating flour beetles, Tvibolium sp ., has suggested that cannibal" ism is a method for self regulation of numbers. The idea could well be at least a byproduct in Ambystoma tigrinum, as eggs are frequently laid in larger numbers than a pond can support , and hatch i ng is successful to a high degree, but these animals are more often the predators in a pond rather than the prey, and cannibalism among them is characteristically opportunistic. That cannibalism starts at an early stage and at a relatively small size has been conclusively demonstrated i n my studies of the animal. The problems are to determ i ne (l) what causes an animal to retain this habit when their fellow larvae have dwindled in numbers to a point where other prey could much more easily be sought, (2) why the extraordinary unique Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 183 Volume 11 Number 4 December 1975 structural features of true cannibals develop, and (3) why the cannibals become and remain neotenic. The abbreviations denoting collections utilized in this study re¬ present the following collections: RWR - personal collection of R. W. Reese, UCM - University of Colorado Museum and UIMNH - University of Illinois Museum of Natural History. Literature Cited Bragg, Arthur N. 1965. Gnomes of the night. JJniv. Pennsylvania Press , Philadelphia, Penna. pp. 11-123. Lloyd, Monte 1968. Self regulation of adult numbers by cannibalism in two lab¬ oratory strains of flour beetles ( Tribolium castaneum) . Ecology . 49:245-259. Powers, J. H. 1903. The causes of acceleration and retardation in the metamor¬ phosis of Amblystoma tigrinum: a preliminary report. Amer. Nat . 37:385-410. 1907. Morphological variation and its causes i n Amblystoma tigrinum . Nebraska Univ . Studies. 7:197"272. Smith, Hobart M. and Robert W. Reese. 1968. A record tiger salamander. Southwest Nat. 13:370-372. Uhlenhuth, Eduard. 1920. Experimental production of g iganti sm by feeding the anterior lobe of the hypophysis. Proc. Soc. Biol. Med. 1 8 : 34 7" 3^5 - — Robert W. Reese, Department of Biology , St . Edwards University , Austin, Texas 78704 . Received 24 September 1973 Accepted 26 October 1975 Page 184 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 4 December 1975 A New County Record For Gastrophryne carolinensis In Maryland At the t ime of add i t i on to the Mary 1 and endangered spec i es list (C REARM , 1973), the eastern narrow-mouthed toad, Gastrophryne carolinens is , w as known from four localities in Maryland: near Great Mills, St. Mary's County; Taylor's Island, Dorchester County; and Cove Point and near Sol¬ omons, Calvert County (Harris, 1969). It is thought that G. carolinensis has been extricated from the Calvert County localities (CREARM, 1973) - S i nee , the narrow-mouthed toad has been recorded in Somerset County, (Lee, 1973) and at a second locality in Dorchester County (Harris, 1975). On 9 September 1975, Ed Lyon and I observed a newly metamorphosed Gastrophryne cavolinensis 1.5 mi north of route 12 on Mount Olive Church Road inWorchestor County. On 11 September a second juvenile Gastrophryne was found hiding un¬ der a large piece of tarpaper at this site. The specimens were photographed at the time of obser¬ vation for identification records, and one specimen is illustrated in Figure 1 . This local i ty , wh i ch represents a county record for Worchestor Co¬ unty, was included in the Dis¬ tributional Survey (Amphibia/Rep- tilia): Mary land and the District of Columbia (Harris, 1975). The habitat inwhich these specimens were found consists of a narrow st r i p of woodl and seperat i ng two farms . The frogs were apparent ly breeding in the drainage ditches that border the farms. The following additional species were also recorded at this locality: Bufo w. fowleri _, Bufo a . americanuSj Scccphiopus h. holbrooki , Eyla chrysoscelis , Ambystoma opacum 3 Eumeces fasciatus ^ Sceloporus u. hyacinthinus _, Coluber c. constrictor _, Diadophis punctatus ssp . ., Heterodon platyrhinos 3 and Lampropeltis g. getulus. Literature Cited Commi ttee on Rare and Endangered Amphi bians and Reptiles of Maryland. 1973. Endangered amph ibians and reptiles of Maryland. Bull . Md. Herp. Soc. S(3):42-100. Harris, Herbert S . , Jr. 1969. Distributional survey: Mary land and the D i st r i ct of Col umb i a . Bull. Md. Herp. Soc. 5(h): 97~ 1 6 1 . 1975. Distributional survey (amph i b i a/rept i 1 i a) : Maryland and the District of Columbia. Bull. Md. Herp. Soc. 11 (3) : 73“ 1 70 . Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 185 Fig. 1. Gastrophryne carolinensis from Worchestor County , Md. Volume 11 Number 4 December 1975 Lee, David S. 1973. An annotated 1 i st of amphibians , rept i 1 es , and mamma 1 s of I r i sh Grove Sanctuary, Somerset County, Maryland. Unpubl ished, 9 pp. — Richard Cza mows ky , Box 262. M.S.U. , Salisbury State Colleqe. Salisbury , Maryland 21801. Received 10 October 1975 Accepted 26 October 1975 Page 186 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 4 December 1975 A Brood of Arizona Ridge-nosed Rattlesnakes (Cro talus willardi willardi) Bred and Born in Captivity INTRODUCTION Reproductive data for the ridge-nosed rattlesnake ( Crotalus willardi) is scant in the literature. Almost all has been cited by Klauber (19 49 , 1972). Klauber (19^9) noted one specimen of C. w. willardi that contained 6 eggs, and one C. w. situs that had 2 we 1 1 -devel oped embryos. In his 1972 monograph he recorded an additional brood of 9 for C. W. willardi. Klauber averaged the measurements of juveniles captured in the wild and concluded that they represented the approximate size of this species at birth. Recently , Martin (1975) reported data on a brood of 6 C. w. willardi born 18 August 1975 from a gravid female captured on 3 August 1975* No additional data on the reproductive habits of this species is available. MATERIALS AND METHODS Two immature specimens of the Arizona ridge-nosed rattlesnake (Cro¬ talus W. willardi) were col 1 ected in the Santa Rita Mountains, Santa Cruz County, Arizona, and were raised to adulthood in a 10 gallon aquarium. Until the winter months of 197^“75 they were maintained between 18 and 31° C throughout the year . On 28 July 197^ the pa i r was observed i n co i tus forthefirst time. No other cou rtsh i p or mat i ng activities were observed. As the ma 1 e was still rather sma 11, it is poss i b 1 e that it may have j us t reached sexual maturity. From late November 197^ through March 1975, the snakes were housed in a darkened room and kept between 4-15° C. Some daylight was allowed to penetrate the room to provide the winter photoperiod. Although their water dish was kept filled, the pair were never offered food. They were observed periodically and usually found to be very inactive. Care was taken to disturb them as little as possible. In early April they were again maintained at warmer temperatures ( 1 8- 31° C) . OBSERVATIONS Both specimens began to feed read i 1 y w i th i n several days after being exposed to warm temperatures , but rema i ned relatively inactive. Activity gradually increased and on 10 June the male molted for the first time since being warmed up, and likewise did the female on 16 June. The male was observed actively courting the female soon after she had shed, and they were found copulating dur i ng the n i ght . Courtship and mating activ¬ ities were similar to the description for the genus Crotalus given by Klauber (1972). On the morn i ng of 1 0 September 1975 the female gave birth to six live offspring (Figures 1, 2) along with two yellow egg - 1 i ke objects. The female and young were weighed on a Torsion Balance the same day and the young were measured after thei r f i rst mol t between September 21-23. Total lengths and weights of the six offspring and the female are presented in Table 1. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 187 Volume 11 Number 4 December 1975 Figure 1. The female Cvotalus w. willavdi with her six one day old offspring. Table 1. Total lengths and weights of a female Cvotalus willavdi willavdi and her six young. Approximate length (nearest 5 mm) Weight (gm) Fema 1 e : 570 (nearest 1 0 mm) ; (after parturition) 116.8 (after parturition) Young : 200 (after first molt) 6.89 (day born) 195 . 6.76 " 190 11 11 6.53 " 190 11 6.48 " 1 80 " 11 " 5.57 " 175 4.32 11 11 Weights, sizes, coloration and marki ngs of the juveniles agree with those descr i bed by Mart i n (1975). All were distinctly g rey i n col orat i on , and only two had the bright yellow tails conspicuous in the brood reported by Martin (1975). The other young had grey striped tails characteristic of the subspecies (Klauber, 1949). After parturition the we i ght of the female was considerably greater than that of a wild caught gravid specimen (116.8 gm compa red to 65 . 2 gm) although there was not a great d i f f erence i n t he size of the individuals (ca. 570 mm compared to 530 mm). This is probably due to the captive female having a constant food supply and not having to expend energy in search of prey. Most of the offspring fed on lizards ( Uvosauvus ) and newborn mice within several weeks of birth. Page 188 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 4 December 1975 I Figure 2. One day old Crotalus w. willardi . Note the light colored (yellow) tail. DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS It is unfortunately not poss i bl e to determ i ne which mating produced the brood. Klauber (1972) estimates 5 months as being the average ges¬ tation period for many rattlesnakes bred at the San Diego Zoo. it would then seem unlikely that the June 1 975 mat i ng was respons i b 1 e , as a period of less than 3 months passed. However, if the July 1 974 mating produced the brood, the gestation period would have totaled over 13 months. It is possible that the pair may have mated unobserved on other dates. Al¬ though observed daily before and after the winter months of 1974-75, it was during this period that as much as one week would pass that they were not checked. The fact that the snakes were exposed to a cooled environ¬ ment dur i ng the w i nter preceding the birth cannot at this time be deter- m i ned as i nf 1 uent i a 1 . The dates and events of this reproductive record does not necessa r i ly correlate to what might be normal for the species in nature. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS lammost gratef u 1 to Dr . Howard K. Gloyd at the Un i vers i ty of Ar i zona for h i s gui dance and advice in the preparation of this manuscript. I also thank Dr. Mac E. Hadley for the use of the facilities in his laboratory at the University. Literature Cited Klauber, L. M. 1949. The subspeci es of the r i dge-nosed ratt 1 esnake , (Cvotalus wil- lavdi) . Trans. San Diego Soo. Nat. Hist. 27 (8) : 121-140. 1972. Rattlesnakes, their habits, life h i s tor i es , and i nf 1 uence on mankind. University of California Press ^ Berkely and Los Angeles. Vol . 1, XXX + 740 pages. Martin, Brent E. 1975. Notes on a brood of the Arizona ridge-nosed rattlesnake (Cro- talus willardi willardi). Bull. Md. Herp. Soo. 11(2) : 64-65. — Brent E. Martin, 704 North Second Avenue s Tucson 9 Arizona 85705. Received 5 November 1975 Accepted 21 November 1975 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 189 Volume 11 Number 4 December 1975 News & Notes LIMITED OFFER — 40% OFF PUBLISHER'S LIST PRICE THE HYLID FROGS OF MIDDLE AMERICA is an exhaustive publication of the 14 genera and 115 kinds of tree frogs of the family Hylidae in Mexico and Central America, the result of 13 years investigation by William E. Duellman who spent nearly four years in the field in Central America. discusses several unique features not previously included in studies of groups frogs: coloration, external morphological characters, cranial osteology, vocal sac structure, and chromosomes. . .compares life histories and mating behavior . . .analyzes distributions from ecological and geographical viewpoints. . . describes each of the 115 accounts of variation in adults, tadpoles, mating calls, natural history and behavior. . .contains an account of the geographical, ecological, and altitudinal distribution. . .includes an appendix of the locality records for each of the more than 33,000 specimens. is profusely illustrated with 14 graphs, 78 maps, 9 photographs, 87 audiospectrograms, and 788 drawings by David M. Dennis. . .combines 152 water color paintings into 32 plates. . . The color plates alone make this limited edition a collector's item. is complete in two cloth-bound volumes, with 693 pages, 324 text figures, and 72 plates. . . .Originally published at $25.00, the price is now $15.00. Information about bookstore discounts and instructor's desk copies can be obtained by contacting the Publications Secretary at the address below. ORDER FORM Fig. 54. Head of Anotheca spinosa (K.U. No. 58076) showing extreme condition of cranial spines. X 3. Publications Secretary Museum of Natural History University of Kansas Lawrence, KS 66045 Please send _ copyCies) of THE HYLID Make checks payable to "Museum Shop, Publications". Kansas residents should add 3.5% sales tax. Postage and handling are included in prepaid orders. OF MIDDLE AMERICA. Enclosed is my check in the amount of $ Fig. 99. Mouth of tadpole of Hyla subocularis, K.U. No. 116784. X 45. zip code Page 190 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Volume 11 Number 4 MARCH 1976 ESHL MEETING December 1975 The Eastern Seaboard Herpetol og i ca 1 Leaguewill hold its March 1976 meeting i n Ph i 1 adel ph i a . PI ease pi an now to attend. See below for details. DATE - March 6, 1976 TIME - 12:00 Noon PLACE - Rohm & Haas Building Auditorium Independence Mall West 6th and Market Streets Philadelphia, Pennsylvania With this being the Bicentenial year, you may wish to plan on staying several days to take in the exhibits. Please do plan early! If you would 1 i ke to present a paper at the March ESHL meeting, write to Malvin L. Skaroff, 1025 Lakeside Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa. 19126. Page 75, Page 75, Page 75, Page 75, Page 76, Page 76, Page 76, Page 77, Page 78, Page 79, Page 80, Page 81 , Page 81 , Page 81 , Page 81 , Page 81 , Page 81 , Page 82, Page 83, Page 88, Page 95, Page 98, Page 101 , Line 3: dilgently = diligently , Line 2: fluxuations = fluctuations , Line 4: virituely = virtually , Line 1 : vain = vein , Line 3: syspilla = syspila , Lines 4, 9: Susquehana = Susquehar.n; , Line 6: (I960) = (1970) Tenat i ve = Tentative Distributional Survey (Amph ib i a/Rept i I i a) : Maryland and the District of Columbia. Bull. Md. Herp. Soo. U( 3) =73-170. Paragraph 1 , Line 2 Paragraph 1 , Paragraph 1 , Paragraph 2, Paragraph 1 , No. 46,58: bottom: melanolecus = melanoleucus E. g. guttolineata account: occuring = occurring Paragraph 3, Lines 1,6: MaCauley = McCauley Paragraph 4, Line 3: legimate = legitimate Paragraph 4, Line 12: respectfully = respectively Paragraph 4, Line 14: legimate = legitimate Paragraph 5, Line 1: legimate = legitimate Paragraph 5, Line 3: tenatively = tentatively Table 1: if. u. ultricularia = R. u. utricularia Table 2: if. u. ultricularia = if. u. utricularia Map 1, Lines 9,10: becomming = becoming Map 16, Line 2: encroachs = encroaches Map 21, Line 4: labled = labeled , Maps 28/29, Lines 5,11: H. chrysoselis = H. chrysoscelis Page 102, Map 30, L i ne 8 waters = water's Page 105, Map 37, Line 4 authenic = authentic Page 105, Map 37, Line 5 pipens = pipiens Page 105, Map 37, Line 6 Ponds = Pons Page 109, Map 44, Line 4 labled = labeled Page 1 10, Map 46, Line 4 Davis = Davis (1968) Page no, Map 46, Line 11 3: tenative = tentative Page 111, Map 48, Line 3 labled = labeled Page 116, Map 58, Line 1 ( ): tenative = tentative Page 117, Map 61 , Lines 3, 9: 6. d. temporalis = L. t. temporalis Page 118, Map 62, L i ne 2 L. d. triangulum = L. t. triangulum Page 119, Map 64, Line 4 (Cooper, 1970) = (Cooper, 1969) Page 120, Map 66, Line 1 thru = through Page 120, Map 66, Line 9 Mansuetti = Mansuet i Page 121 , Map 68, Lines ( 7: occassional = occasional Page 124, Map 74, Line 13: (Cooper, 1959) = (Cooper and Groves, 1959) Page 124, Map 74, Line 15: (Agnes, 1972) = (tropical storm Agnes in 1972) Page 125, Map 76, Line 2 should read . Eastern and Western Piedmont, and Blue Ridge Province via.... Page 129, Maps 84/85, Line 11: tenatively = tentatively Page 130, Map 88: i nseri t (Feral) under Chrysemys (as in Map 87.(13)-) Page 132, Map 91 , Lines 3, ,4: tenatively = tentatively Page 134: L i 1 terature C i i ted = Bibl iography Page 138: reference 6: Page 139, Page 1 49 , Page 150, Page 153, Page 160, Page 1 61 , Page 161 , reference 12: reference 13: reference 3: reference 11: reference 15: reference 5: reference 10: and F. Groves (this should be listed after 3rd reference on page 139) C. B. Brimley = C. S. Brimley Aufrey = Audrey Lamay = Lemay idenity = identity Schreiger = Schreiber Captians = Captains Handbood = Handbook Due to printing deadlines, final proofs were not examined thoroughly and many errors resulted. I apologize for this inconvenience. Please paste this sheet on page 1 67 of your copy Vol . 11 No. 3. H.S.H. Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Page 191 Volume 11 Number 4 December 1975 NOTES Page 192 Bulletin Maryland Herpetological Society Society Publications Back issues of the Bulletin of the Maryland Herpetol og i ca 1 Society, where available, may be ob ta i ned by wr i t i ng the Execut i ve Editor. A list of available issues will be sent upon request. Individual numbers in stock are $2.00 each, un¬ less otherwise noted. The Soc i ety a 1 so pub 1 i shes a News 1 etter on a somewhat irregular basis. Theseare distributed to the membersh i p free of charge . Also published are Maryland Herpetofauna Leaf 1 ets and these are available at $. 05/page. Information for Authors All correspondence should be addressed to the Executive Editor. Manuscripts being sub¬ mitted for publication should be typewritten (double spaced) on good quality 8^x11 inch paper, with adequate margins. Submit original and first carbon, retaining the second carbon. Indicate where illustrations or photographs are to appear in text. Cite all literature used at end in alphabetical order by author. Major papers are those over 5 pages (double spaced, elite type) and must i ncl ude an abstract . The authors name should be centered under the title, and the address is to fol low the L i terature Cited. Minor papers are those papers with fewer than 5 pages. Author's name is to be placed at end of paper (see recent issue). For add i t i ona 1 information see Style Manual for Biological Journals (1964) , Amer i can I ns t i tu te of Biological Sc i ences , 3900 Wi scons i n Avenue , N .W. , Wash i ngton , D.C. 20016. Price is $3.00. Reprints are available at $.025 a page and shoul d be ordered when manuscripts are submitted or when proof s are returned . Minimum order is 100 reprints. Either edited manuscr i pt or proof will be returned to author for approval or correct ion . The author wi 1 1 be res pons i b 1 e for a 1 1 corrections to proof, and must return proof preferab 1 y w i th i n 7 days. The Mary land Herpeto logical Society Department of Herpetology Natural History Society of Maryland 3 Inc . 2643 North Charles Street Baltimore s Maryland 21218 Maryland Herpetological Society JTiON yen y a n JTiON y a n UTION y a n UTION V! q n NOIlfUllSNI NVINOSHIIIAJS $3iyvy8ll LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTE co 2 — ^ z - w 2; * — i 2 SV^\ “ *■ — sGS&lM x ^ - . - ^ CO *2 i — ^9¥T^y ± -~s*mr/ = - w> -? CO 2 CO * z ^7) ‘I LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIlfUllSNI NVIN0SH1IWS S3iyvyg CO NOlinillSNI^NVINOSHimS SBiyvyail^LIBRARI ES*2 SMITHSONIAN*”1 INSTiTUTIC 2 _ r; > z r- z r- | O OT 2 m 2 rr. /^E^g 33 > - co m z co ~ co — CO | LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIlfUllSNI NVIN0SH1IWS S3iavaa z r co z co z _ _ NOIlfUllSNI NVINOSHIIIAIS S3 IBVyail LIBRARI ES~'SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTE “ CO zz CO O ~ o z z LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIlfUllSNI NVIN0SH11WS S3iy\/yd ■ “* ~ z r* z CO — CO “ CO --X _ Ji NOIlfUllSNI NVIN0SH1IINS S3iyvyail LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTjfl CO Z _ CO Z CO 2 ,sv 2 < x^s^x s , < 2 /rc^rx < Jii LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIlfUllSNI NVIN0SH1IWS S3iyvyfl co r; co r: co - A "I /|P%\ ” m O Xft dx>^ ~ o py^ __ x^Z-cu^X o 2 NOIlfUllSNI ~WlN0SHll INS 3 I a Va Sn^LIBRARI ES2 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUU 7- \» z _ _ _ r~\ ✓>». ~ ^CTTITSB] D3 33 > 33 s r~ — -m m <' V^vv ^ x^vasv^X m X^vosv^' ^ * m xlftosv^j co " r: co _ co LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIlfUllSNI NVIN0SH1IWS S3IBVya (JllDlllSNII NVINOSHill/MS S3 ! B VHa 11 LIB RAR I E S ^SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION ° NQI i 2 _ c/3 f /> , , 2 y -> = . xX . — ^^V&V/vT'v < ° C ™v f ,'W. - —X 3 RAR I ES SMITHSONIAN __ INSTITUTION^NOlinillSNI^NVINOSHIIlMS^S 3 I BVB ail'll B m ~ ~ & H I *+ ,/ - w ^ o ^ 5 ^ 5 ^ ^ IXrUlXSNI^NVINOSHXUNS S3 I avaan^LIBRARI ES^MITHSONIAnInsTITUTION^NOIX - - r“ 2 z: oo m RAR I ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOliDXIXSNI NVINOSHIIWS^SB I a V8 S 11 ~L I B S f 2 ^ < S 1)1 2 g ^ -^vosi^ J> 2 I linXIXSNI_NVINOSHXIWS S3 I avaa n_U BRAR I es^smithsonian^institution 3|) < o »sgr " 5 ' '■ 5 nMF “ ^ ~l 2 - 2 - 13 RAR I ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIlfUllSKII NVIN0SH1MAIS S3 I B VB a ll^L I B r 2 r~ 2> 1— w £ rn ^ IXnXIXSNI^NVIN0SHllNS^S3 laVaail LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN "INSTITUTION NOI y /$rr&\- y , Ms 1 I 'e 3ll Cs i% I O I % 14 ^ ^ ^ ^ 2E ~ ^ j> N^XIiS^X 2 jB RAR I ES SMITHSON IAN __ IN ST I TUT I ON N0I1D11XSNI NVINOSHIIIAJS^S 3 I BVH 8 ll^LI B 1 - 2 ^ 4/5 2 ^ 00 O " _ x^oxiiy^ q ixnxixsNi^NviNOSHXiiNs^sa lavaan^UBRARiE sz smithson ian"^ institution z no i. jITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIXDXIXSNI _ NVINOSHXIWS^SB I a VH 8 IT LIB